(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Combined catalogs"




COMBINED 
CATALOGS 

1954-1955 
ISSUE 




of X(niversiii/ of'^ari/lan^ (PuUicaiion, 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

General Information 7 

Agriculture, College of 54 

Arts and Sciences, College of 148 

Business and Public Administration, College of 270 

Education, College of 339 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences 410 

Home Economics, College of 464 

Military Science, College of 495 

Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of 507 

Special and Continuation Studies, College of 562 

Summer School 660 

Graduate School 706 

Dentistry, School of 835 

Law, School of 865 

Medicine, School of 934 

Pharmacy, School of 988 

Nursing, School of 1017 

Records and Statistics 1041 

Honors, Medals, and Prizes 1073 

Student Enrollment, Summary of 1078 

General Index 1081 



IMPORTANT — The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as 
an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. 
The University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at 
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further 
reserves the right at any time to ask a student to withdraw when it considers 
such action to be in the best interests of the University. 



See Outside Back Cover for List of Separate Catalogs 



Volume 7 MAY 15, 1954 Number 2 

A UnfverBlty of Maryland Fnbllcation is published four times in January, February, 
March and April ; three times in May ; once in June and July ; twice in August, September, 
October and November; and three times in December. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mall 
matter \mder the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. Harvey L. Miller, Director of 
Publications, University of Maryland. 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

AND 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term 

Expires 

William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore 1958 

B. Herbert Brown, Pres., Baltimore Institute, 12 W. Madison St., Balto. 1, 1960 

Edmund S. Burke, Cumberland 1959 

Edward P. Holter, Middletown 1959 

Louis L. Kaplan 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 1961 

E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954 

Arthur O. Lovejoy, 827 Park Avenue, Baltimore I960 

Charles P. McCormick, McCormick & Company, Baltimore 1957 

Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County 1957 

C. EwiNG Tuttle, 1114 St. Paul St., Baltimore 1962 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, (Secretary), 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of 
the Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, excepl 
during the months of July and August. 

GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 

Dr. Symons, Acting President, Chairman Mrs. Azlein, Secretary 

Dr. Aisenberg Dean Eppley Mr. Morrison 

Mr. Algire Dr. Faber Dean Mount 

Col. Ambrose Mr. Fogg Dr. Nystrom 

Mrs. Azlein Dean Foss Dean Pyle 

Dean Bamford Dean Fraley Mr. Rovelstad 

*Mr. Benton Dean Gipe Dean Smith 

Dr. Bishop Dr. Gwin Dean Stamp 

Mr. Brigham Mr. Haszard Dean Steinberg 

Dr. Brueckner Dr. Haut Dr. Stone 

Mr. Buck Dean Howell Dr. Symons 

Dean Cairns Dr. Huff Mr. Tatum 

Mr. Cissel Dr. Hoffsommer Mr. Weber 

Dean Cotterman Dean Long Dr. White 

Dean Devilbiss Mrs. Low Dean Wylie 

Dean Ehrensberger Col. Miller Dr. Zucker 

EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL 

The President, Dean of the Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges, Chair- 
men OF Academic Divisions, Heads of Educational Departments, Director of 
Admissions, Registrar. 

1 



OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION 

Thomas B. Symons, D.Agr., Acting President of the University 
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President Emeritus 
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty 
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School 
Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of College of Agriculture 
Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Dean of College of Arts and Sciences 
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean of College of Business and Public Administration 
M. S. AiSENBERG, D.D.S., Acting Dean of School of Dentistry 
Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Summer School 
S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering 
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics 
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law 
Wm. S. Stone, M.D., Director of Medical Research and Education 
H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine 

Joseph R. Ambrose, Col. U.S.A.F., Dean of College of Military Science, and Pro- 
fessor of Air Science and Tactics 
L. M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean of College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
Florence M. Gipe, Ed.D., R.N., Dean of School of Nursing 
Noel E. Foss, Ph.D., Dean of School of Pharmacy 

Ray W. Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Dean of College of Special and Continuation Studies 
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men, Director of Student Welfare 
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women 
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Dean of Students 

G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions and Registrations 
Norma J. Azlein, B.A., Associate Registrar 
Dorothy Lee Powell, B.A., Associate Director of Admissions 
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Instruction, College of Agriculture 
James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of the Agriculture Extension Service 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Agriculture Experiment Station 
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics 
George O. Weber, B.S., Business Manager 
George W. Morrison, B.S., Associate Business Manager 
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Director of Finance and Business 
C. Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A., Comptroller 

W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station 
George H. Buck, Ph.B., Director, University Hospital 
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Director of Libraries 
Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director 
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel 
Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply 
Harvey L. Miller, Col., U. S. M. C. (Ret), Director of Publications and Publicity 
David L. Brigham, B.S., General Alumni Secretary 
Douglas M. Peck, Lt. Col. U. S. A. F., Commandant of Cadets 

CHAIRMEN OF THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

Dr. Ch;arles E. White, Professor of Chemistry, Chairman, The Lower Division 
Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology, Chairman, The Division of Biological 
Sciences 

Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages, Chairman, The Division of 
Humanities 

Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Chairman, The Division of 
Physical Sciences 

Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology, Chairman, The Division of 
Social Sciences. 



FACULTY COMMITTEES 

Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment 

Chairman Reid; Messrs. Algire, Cairns, Eppley, Foss, Gustad, Hodgins. 
Long, Quigley, Robinson, Schindler, Manning, Weigand, White; Mmes. Crow. 
Stamp. 
Coordination of Agricultural Activities 

Chairman Cairns; Messrs. Ahalt^ Bopst, Brueckner, Carpenter, Cory. Cox, 
Foster, Gwin, Haut, Holmes, Jull, Kuhn, Magruder, Nystrom. 

Council on Intercollegiate. Athletics 

Chairman Eppley; Messrs. Ambrose, Cory, Faber, Reid, Tatum; President 
OF THE Student Government Association and the Chairman of the Alumni 
Council, ex-officio. 
Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination 

Chairman Cotterman ; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, Devilbiss, Drake, Hahn, 
Hoffsommer, Kuhn, Martin, Shreeve, L. P. Smith, Strahorn, Wylie; Mmes, 
Mitchell, Wiggin. 

Special and Adult Education 

Chairman Ehrensberger; Messrs. Ambrose, Brechbill, Burdette, Drazek, 
Manning, Reid. 

Honors Programs 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Devilbiss, Hoffsommer, Smith, Zucker. 

Libraries 

Chairman Martin; Messrs. Aisenberg, Brown, Foster, Hackman, Hall, 
Invernezzi, Parsons, Reeve, Rovelstad, Slama, Spencer; Mmes. Harman, Ida 
M. Robinson, Wiggin. 

Publications and Catalog 

Chairman Cotterman ; Messrs. Algire, Ball, Bamford, Crowell, Devilbiss, 
Fogg, Foss, Gwin, Haut. Howell, Miller, Pyle, Smith, Wylie, Zucker; Mmes. 
E. Frothingham, Mount. 
Public Functions and Public Relations 

Chairman Pyle; Messrs. Ambrose, Brigham, Cook, Cory, Ehrensberger, 
Eppley, Fogg, Foss, Gewehr, Howell, Miller, Morrison, Randall, Reid, Shreeve, 
Smith, Weber, Wylie; Mmes. Mount, Stamp. 
Religious Life Committee 

Chairman Shreeve; Messrs. Daiker, Gewehr, Hamilton, Reid, Scott, 
Springmann, White; Mmes. Binns, Bryan, McNaughton. 
Scholarships and Student Aid 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Eppley, Long, Reid, Steinmeyer; Mmes. 
Mount, Stamp. 

Student Life 

Chairman Reid; Messrs. Algire, Allen, Eppley, James, Kramer, Peck, 
Quigley, Strausbaugh, Tatum, White; Mmes. Binns, Harman, Stamp, and 
the President of the Student Government Association and the President of 
THE Men's League and the President of the Women's League. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



^^m^m /^T 




/ 


^ "^^^^^^k^'^V 




,'/ 


,-f^C^^ 




// 


jsbondry" ^~~^ ^ 




/ 


Borni ^-^ 


-* 




irooe 


* ^ 




Vdl / 








BUILDING CODE LETTERS FOR CLASS SCHEDULE! 

Arls a Sciences-Froncis Scott Key Holl 

Armory 

Music 

Nursery Sctiool 

Administrolion 

Chemistry 

Coliseum 

Doiry-Turner loborolory 

TempOrory Clossroom 

Deon o' Women 

Agronomy -Botany - H J. Patterson Holl 

Counseling Center 

Horlicullure - Holzopfel Holl 

Temporory Clossroom 

Rilctiie Gymnosium 

Journoiism 

Home Economics - Morgorei Brent Holl 

Agriculturol Engr. - Stiriver Loborotory 

Engr. Clossroom BIdg. 

Zoology - Silvester Holl 

Librory - Shoemoker Building 

Morrill Holl 

Geogrcptiy 

Agriculture - Symons Holl 

Industriol Arts 8 Educotion - j M. Pollerjon 6 

Business a Public Administration -Tolioferro i 

Clossroom Building - Woods Holl 

Engr. Loborotories 

Educotion - SKinner Building 

Ctiem. Engr. 

Wind Tunnel 

Preinkert Field House 

Judging Povilion i 

Mothemotics 

Physics 

Poultry -Jull Holl 

Engines Reseorch Lob (Molecular Physics) 



Sororities Not Shown — 
Alpho Chi Omego 
Alpho Xi Delta 

Froternities Not Shown 
Alpho Epsilon Pi 

eto Beto Tou 
Phi Koppo Gommo 
Tou Epsilon Phi 



Civil 
Defense W> 

Troining BkJj- 



1954 

September 14-17 
September 20 
October 14 
November 24 
November 29 
December IS 

1955 

January 3 
January 20 
January 20 
January 21-27 



February 2-4 
February 7 
February 22 
March 25 
April 7 
April 12 
May 12 
May 26 

May 2 7- June 3 
May 29 
May 30 
June 4 



June 27 
June 28 
August 5 



June 13-18 
August 8-13 
September 6-9 



CALENDAR 1954-1955 

College Park 

First Semester 



Tuesday- Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Wednesday after last class 

]Monday, 8 a.m. 

Saturday after last class 



Monday, 8 a.m. 

Thursday 

Thursday 

Friday- Thursday, inc. 

Second Semester 

V\'ednesday- Friday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Friday 

Thursday after last class 

Tuesday, 8 a.m. 

Thursday 

Thursday 

Friday- Friday, inc. 

Sunday 

Monday 

Saturday 



Registration, first semester 
Instruction begins 
Convocation, faculty and students 
Thanksgiving recess begins 
Thanksgiving recess ends 
Christmas recess begins 



Christmas recess ends 
Charter Day 

Pre -Examination Study Day 
First semester examinations 



Registration, second semester 
Instruction begins 
Washington's birthday, holiday 
Maryland Day 
Easter recess begins 
Easter recess ends 
Military Day 

Pre-Examination Study Day 
Second Semester examinations 
Baccalaureate exercises 
Memorial Day holiday 
Commencement exercises 



Summer Session, 1955 



Monday 

Tuesday 

Fridaj' 



Short Courses 



Monday- Saturday 
Monday- Saturday 
Tuesday- Friday 



Registration, summer session 
Summer session begins 
Summer session ends 



Rural Women's Short Course 
4-H Club Week 
Firemen's Short Course 



JUL 



SEP 



SMTWT F S 



I 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
II 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 2324 
2526 272629 3031 



I 2 3 

a 9 10 

15 16 17 
2223 24 
293031 

5 6 7 

12 13 14 
19 20 21 
26 27 28 

3 4 5 

10 II 12 
1/ 16 19 

24 25 26 

31 

- I 2 
7 8 9 
14 15 16 
21 22 23 
2829 30 

5 6 7 

12 13 14 
19 20 21 

25 27 28 



4 5 6 7 

11 12 13 14 
18 19 20 21 
25 25 2728 

12 3 4 

8 9 10 11 
15 16 17 18 
22 23 24 25 

29 30 

12 

6 7 8 9 
13 14 15 18 
20 21 22 23 
27 28 29 30 

3 4 5 6 
10 II 12 13 
17 18 19 20 
24 2526 27 

12 3 4 

6 9 10 II 
15 16 17 18 
22 23 24 2S 
29 30 31 - 



FEB 



S|M|T|W|T[F[S 
I 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 II 12 13 14 15 
15 17 18 IS 20 21 22 
2324 2526 272829 

3031 

I 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 II 12 
13 14 15 16 17 IB 19 
20 21 222324 2526 

2728 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 6 9 10 II 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 3031 

I 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 II 12 13 14 15 16 
1/ IB 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 2829 30 

I 2 3 4 5 B 7 

6 9 10 It 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
222324 2526 27 28 

29 3031 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 II 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

1 3 20 21 22 23 24 25 

25 27 2829 30 



JUL 



SMTWT FS 



I 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
to II 12 13 14 15 16 

17 IB 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 ZS 30 
31 

-12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 It 12 13 
14 15 16 17 IB 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

2829 30 31 

12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
It 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
2526 27 28 2^30- 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 It t2 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
3031 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 9 to II 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 25 

2/282930 

12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
II 12 13 14 15 16 17 
ta 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 25 27 28 29 30 31 



12 3 4 5 6 7 

6 9 10 II 12 13 14 
1516 17 18 19 20 21 
2223 24 25 25 27 28 

Z3303I 

I 2 3 4 

S 6 7 8 9 10 II 
12 1314 15 16 17 18 
1920 21 £223 24 25 

23272829 

12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
II 12 13 14 15 16 17 
ia!9 20 21 22 23 24 
2S2S27 28 2930 3I 



I 2 3 

a 9 to 

IS 16 17 
222324 
2330- 

6 7 8 
1314 15 
2021 22 
2728 29 

3 4 5 

n II 12 
17 18 19 

2425 26 



4 5 6 7 

II 12 13 14 
18 19 20 21 
25 25 27 28 

2 3 4 5 

9 10 II 12 
16 17 18 19 
2324 2526 
3331 - - 

12 

6 7 8 9 
13 14 15 16 
20 21 22 
27 2823 



EASTER SUNDAYS: April 18, 1954; April 10, 1955; April 1, 1956. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION 

THE University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is the 
"Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational in 
all of its branches. 

College Park 

The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Maryland, on a 
beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from the heart of 
the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to Washington, naturally 
is of immeasurable advantage to students because of the unusual library facilities 
afforded by the Library of Congress and the libraries of Government Departments ; 
the privilege of observing at close range sessions of the United States Supreme 
Court, the United States Senate and the House of Representatives; the opportunity 
of obtaining almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is constantly 
being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal Government. 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including the 
main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, the Washington street car system, 
and several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore- Washington Boulevard, 
a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the University easily accessible by 
private travel. 

College Park, and several adjacent residential communities provide homes for 
many of the members of the faculty and staff, and where students who prefer to 
live off campus may find desirable living accommodations at reasonable rates. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University; Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, 
and Pharmacy, the University Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute and the Baltimore 
Program of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a group 
of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or near the adjacent 
corners of Lombard and Greene and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million inhabitants, 
has an old-established culture represented by outstanding educational institutions, 
libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places of historical interest. 

Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the 
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen by 
a young man or woman desiring to prepare for a professional career. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 9 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical plant 
facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the University has 
behind it a long and honorable record. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; the 
old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore and the 
Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College 
Park. These institutions were merged in 1920 to form the present University of 
Maryland. 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical 
school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A permanent 
home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the building at Lombard 
and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest structure in America devoted to medical 
teaching. Here was founded one of the first medical libraries (and the first medical 
school library) in the United States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland 
authorized the College of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties 
of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the 
"college or faculties thus united should be constituted a university by the name 
and under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, steps 
were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a regular school of 
instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were added: in 1882 a Depart- 
ment of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental 
Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental school in the world) ; in 1889 a School 
of Nursing; and in 1904 the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the 
third oldest pharmacy college in the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the 
Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western 
Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private management. In 
1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant Act. This act 
granted each State and Territory that should claim its benefits a proportionate 
amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the proceeds from the sale 
of which should apply under certain conditions to the "endowment, support, and 
maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without 
excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach 
such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, in 
such a manner as the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in 
order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the 
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the General 
Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was named as the 
beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least in part, a State institu- 
tion. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over entirely by the State. In 1916 the 
General Assembly granted a new charter to the College, and made it the Maryland 
State College. 



10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was 
merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given 
the name University of Maryland. 

THE UNIVERSITY YEAR 

The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seven- 
teen weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks. 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of Regents, 
consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the State, each for a 
term of nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the president. 
The deans, directors and other principal officers of the University form the Ad- 
ministrative Board. This group serves in an advisory capacity to the president. 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University: 

At College Park 

College of Agriculture College of Physical Education, Recrea- 

College of Arts and Sciences tion and Health 

College of Business and Public Adminis- College of Special and Continuation 

tration Studies 

College of Education Graduate School 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering Summer School 

and Aeronautical Sciences 

College of Home Economics Agricultural Experiment Station 

College of Military Science Agricultural and Home Economics Ex- 
tension Service 

At Baltimore 

School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy 

School of Law University Hospital 

School of Medicine Maryland State Board of 

School of Nursing Agriculture 

State- Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local 
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives, County Agents 
and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to farmers and farm 
families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon the large staff of specialists 
at the headquarters of the Extension Service at College Park. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for the 



GENERAL INFORMATION 11 

control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains local 
veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists and laboratory 
technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the branch laboratories in 
Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS 
AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

Grounds. The University owns approximately 1113 acres. The main 
campus at College Park, comprising approximately 300 acres, is surmounted by 
a commanding hill v^hich overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. 
Most of the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds 
are laid out attractively in lawns and terraces ornamented with trees, shrubbery 
and flower beds. 

Approximately 815 acres in addition at College Park are used for research 
and teaching in horticulture, agronomy, entomology, dairying, livestock and poultry. 
There are five large areas in different parts of the State, totaling 1053 acres engaged 
in agricultural research. 

Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif 
comprise about seventy principal structures and an additional seventy for sup- 
plemental utility, providing facilities for the varied activities carried on at 
College Park. 

Administration and Instruction Buildings. This group consists of the 
following: The Administration Building, which accommodates the offices of the 
President, Dean of the Faculty, Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, 
Director of Personnel, Registrar, Directors of Admissions, Procurement and Supply, 
and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store and University Post Office. 

Symons Hall, which houses the office of the Dean of the College of Agriculture, 
the offices of the Agriculture and Home Economics Extension Service and the 
offices of the Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the departments 
of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Education, Animal Husbandry, and Poultry, 
as well as official Publications and general publicity. 

Other buildings whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agriculture 
are : Horticulture Building, Agricultural Engineering Building, Agronomy and 
Botany Building, Dairy Building, Apiary, a new Poultry Research Building and a 
Plant Laboratory, which includes greenhouses. The dairy barns, livestock barns, 
poultry and other Experiment Station farm buildings are, for the most part, on the 
north portion of the campus. 

The Arts and Sciences Building, Glenn L. Martin Engineering and Aeronautical 
Sciences Buildings, Education Building, Business and Public Administration Building 
and Home Economics Building, as the names imply, house the various colleges. 

The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country: the Ritchie 



12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Coliseum, seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events ; the Gymnasium; and the 
Women's Field House are utilized principally by the College of Military Science 
and the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The Geography 
Building, Zoology Building, Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Building, 
Library, Morrill Hall, and the Home Economics Practice House, house the depart- 
ments or activities indicated. 

A Chemistry Building, a Physics Building, a new Mathematics Building, an 
Industrial Arts Building and an Engines Research Building, part of the Glenn L. 
Martin College of Engineering group, provide suitable classrooms and laboratories 
for the indicated sciences. 

Byrd Stadiwn, on the northwest corner of the campus, seats close to 50,000. 
Suitable parking areas adjoin the stadium. The Women's Field House includes a 
modern swimming pool for recreation of women students. 

A new interdenominational Chapel provides facilities for on-campus religious 
services and quarters for the clergy. It is a memorial to former Maryland "gold 
star" students who gave their lives in World Wars 1 and II as well as in Korea. 
The main chapel seats 1,250. 

Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the present overflow from 
Psychology, and Journalism and provide a Recreation building for day students, 
headquarters for all student publications, and classrooms and play areas for the 
Nursery School. 

Under construction and scheduled for completion in 1954 are a new Student 
Union Building costing $750,000 and a huge Physical Education and Activities 
Building, designed to seat 15,000 spectators and costing over $3,000,000. 

Housing. The Women's Dormitories, named for counties of the State of 
Maryland, are Anne Arundel Hall, St. Mary's Hall, Somerset Hall and Queen 
Anne's Hall, as well as Temporary Dormitory "HH." In addition, there are 
five smaller units at present providing housing for sorority groups. 

Men's Dormitories. Ten separate Men's Dormitories are Harford, Frederick, 
Washington, Howard, Baltimore, Prince Georges, Kent, Talbot, and Garrett Halls. 

A Temporary Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students in 
nine dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units. Ten beautiful 
new colonial buildings have been erected to house fraternities and sororities. Four 
smaller units provide housing for fraternity groups. 

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experiment 
Station are in the Symons Hall, Agriculture Administrative building. The lab- 
oratories and greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings 
on the campus. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about a 
mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Station. The 



GENERAL INFORMATION 13 

Grayson Laboratory and Isolation Building, devoted to research in respiratory 
diseases of horses, is an additional facility. 

Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Service 
Building, the Infirmary, the Dining Hall, and a Central Warehouse. 

The Fire Service Extension Building is located near the south gate of the 
campus. It houses the Fire Extension Service offices as well as the College Park 
Volunteer Fire Department. 

Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, is 
the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agricultural 
Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most beautiful and 
interesting buildings on the campus. 

U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The Eastern 
Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is located on the 
University grounds. The general laboratories are used for instruction purposes 
in the College of Engineering as well as by the United States Government for 
experimental work. The building contains a geological museum and a technical 
library. United States Fish and Wildlife Service Laboratory. The technological 
research laboratory building of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located 
on the University campus. It contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing 
with chemical, chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological 
subjects. Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible 
for students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories. 



Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets 
provides available housing for the Baltimore division of the University. The group 
comprises the original Medical School Building, erected in 1814; the Old Hospital, 
now used as an out-patient department; the Nezv University Flospital with approxi- 
mately 450 beds ; the Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory; the Dental and Phar- 
macy Building; the Nurses' Home; the Lazv School Building; Davidge Hall, which 
houses the medical library ; the Administration Building; and Gray Laboratory. 
A Psychiatric Institute Building has recently been constructed as an addition to 
' University Hospital and provides 90 additional beds for psychiatric cases plus 200 
additional general hospital beds. The Kelly Memorial has also been erected adjacent 
to the Hospital which will be used jointly by the University and the Pharmaceutical 
Association. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions of the 
University. 

The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive aad 



14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor seats 250 
and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on open shelves. The 
five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with carrels and desks for use of 
advanced students. The Library Annex, a temporary, two-story building located 
just west of the main building, is used for reserve book reading. The Annex 
accommodates 350 people. About 30,000 of the 185,000 volumes on the campus 
are shelved in the Chemistry, Engineering, Entomology and Mathematics Depart- 
ments, and other units. Over 1900 periodicals are currently received. 

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, 
containing 14,000 volumes ; the School of Law, 27,000 volumes ; the School of 
Medicine, 34,000 volumes ; the School of Nursing, 2,800 volumes ; and the School 
of Pharmacy, 11,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall; 
the remaining four libraries have quarters in the buildings of their respective schools, 
where they are readily available for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and 
Sciences are offered jointly by the libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and 
Pharmacy. 

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 285,000 bound 
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the United 
States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its collection. 

The University Library System is able to supplement its reference service to 
graduate students and faculty by borrowing material from other libraries through 
Inter-Library Loan. Within a short distance from College Park are located the 
excellent library facilities of the Library of Congress, Department of Agriculture, 
Department of Education and other agencies of the Federal Government. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools : Applicants for admission to the College of Agri- 
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education, En- 
gineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the director of Ad- 
missions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should 
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional schools 
in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college concerned or to 
the Director of Admissions of the University. 

Timeof Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at the 
beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will be admitted 
at the beginning of either semester. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from the 
Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your principal 
or headmaster to enter your secondary ^chool record and mail the blank to the 
Director of Admission. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 15 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than July 1st 
for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. Applications from 
students completing their last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If ac- 
ceptable, supplementary records may be sent upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application blank 
from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask secondary 
school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school record and send the 
blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the Registrar of the College or 
University attended to send a transcript to the Director of Admissions, College 
Park, Maryland. 

Readmission: Students in good standing, not in attendance at the University 
for a semester or longer must apply to the Director of Admission for readmission. 
The application must be submitted 30 days before registration. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN 

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of Mary- 
land or the District of Columbia will be adrratted by certificate upon the recom- 
mendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools should have attained 
college certification marks, such marks to be not less than one letter or ten points 
higher than the passing mark. 

SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of 
subject matter. 

English 4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics 35^ units, including Solid Geometry, required for Engineer- 
ing, Mathematics and Physics. 

For all Colleges, one unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. A unit of Algebra will be needed 
by Business and Public Administration students and by 
most Education, Home Economics and Arts students. 

Social Science ; Natural 
and Biological Science. 1 unit from each group is required; two are desirable. 

Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter journalism, 

foreign trade or service, study the humanities or do research, 
should have a good foundation in one or more, but none is 
required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable. 



16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and 
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer students 
from accredited institutions under the following conditions : 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester 
hours is necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced standing 

if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 

Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and 
who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such 
courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate 
for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who 
do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for 
admission to pursue courses for which they have met prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as fresh- 
men or sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of 
credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses 
in physical education for a total of four semester hours of credit. The successful 
completion of these courses is a requirement for graduation. These courses must 
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the 
University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and women who have 
reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses. Students who are 
physically disqualified from taking these courses, must enroll in adaptive courses 
for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have credit in these 
courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, 
whichever occurs first. Students with military service may receive credit for these 
courses by applying to the Air Force R. O. T. C. Records Office. 

Required Uniform 

A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Physical Education, 
Recreation, and Health is required for both men and women. 

Required Equipment 

Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain elective 
courses such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis. 

HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN 

All freshmen women who are registered for more than six semester hours of 
credit must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses in health edu- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 17 

cation for four semester hours of credit. Transfer students who do not have credit 
in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until 
graduation, whichever occurs first. Women who have reached thfir thirtieth birth- 
days are exempt from these courses. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years. 

This training includes two hours of regularly scheduled drill per week at 
11:00 hours on Tuesdays and Thursdays and other drill formations at such times 
as designated by the PAST. 

The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but 
it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who 
do not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete 
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Any male student who has not reached his 25th birthday at time of initial 
enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum of this University may 
apply for the Advanced AFROTC upon satisfaction of the Basic requirements. 
Successful completion of the Advanced AFROTC course and a baccalaureate degree 
will lead to a commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a Certificate 
of Completion, as applicable. Advanced AFROTC training may be carried as an 
integral part of the student's academic program. 

BASIC AIR FORCE R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS 

1. Students who have completed the basic course in other approved units of the 
U. S. A. F., Army or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit. 

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marine Corps, Coast Guard or Air Force will receive credit. 

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard 
or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the 
training received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive credit. Short periods 
of service in any of the branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as 
credit toward completion of the course. 

4. (Graduate students will be exempt. 

5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less than 
seven semester hours will be exempt. 

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the course 
will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed. 



18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial 
possessions will be exempt. Students having applied for United States citizenship 
will not be exempt. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to understand 
this country better, it has established a very comprehensive program of American 
studies. Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. 
The first level is required of all freshmen or sophomores at the University of 
Maryland and is described below. 

The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in 
this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third level is 
for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog for the 
Graduate School). 

Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of 
All Freshmen and Sophomores 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are 
required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and descriptions, 
see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester hours of sociology 
(Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester hours of government (G. 
& P. 1 — American Government), and six semester hours of history (H. 5, 6 — 
History of American Civilization. 

DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester hours for 
which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the University. The 
Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian, and the student's dean of this 
action. A student who has been dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing 
to the Committee on Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The 
Committee is empowered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has 
been dropped from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for 
reinstatement is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester. 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a 
student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or 
whose continuance in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or 
to the health of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of 
the University. Students of the last class may be asked to withdraw even though no 
specific charge be made against them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course is 
penalized by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of persistent absence 
from any course will be reported to the President or to his appointed representative 
for final disciplinary action. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 19 

FEES AND EXPENSES 



General 



All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Mary- 
land for the exact amount of the charges. 

In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or Univer- 
sity Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come 
prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to 
classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are required to comply with 
these conditions if the University does not have in its possession at the time of 
registration an approved Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans 
Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges 
as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the costs 
to the student as low as possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of a 
record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account. 

The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students approved 
by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under Public Laws 16 
or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding room and board, but 
including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500 allotment per academic year 
payable to the University by the Federal Government. The amount of such scholar- 
ship shall be the difference between such total charges as above defined and the 
maximum amount payable by the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's 
period of eligibility. 

EXPLANATION OF FEES 

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray 
the cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which 
ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. 
Included in these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., 
administrative and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of 
libraries, cost of University publications. Alumni Office, the University Business and 
Financial Offices, the Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office and any other such 
services as are supplemental and necessary to teaching and research are supported by 
this fee. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate 
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities 
of this department and to attend all contests in whi2h they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of 
the Student Union Building and the combination building used as an Auditorium for 
Physical Education and Indoor Athletics. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student 
Government Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student news- 



20 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



paper; the Old Line, literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbo\ok; class dues; and 
includes financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs. 

The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic pro- 
cedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, 
such as X-Ray, Electro- cardiographs. Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at 
the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity. 

Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following 
additional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special, $20.00; Infirmary, 
$2.50 ; Advisory and Testing Fee, $1.00. 

RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 
Fees for Undergraduate Students 
Maryland Residents 

Fixed Charges 

Athletic Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Special Fee 

Infirmary Fee 

Advisory and Testing Fee 



First 


Second 




Semester 


Semester 


Total 


$ 82.00 


$ 83.00 


$165.00 


15.00 


• • • • 


15.00 


10.00 


o • • • 


10.00 


40.00 


• • • • 


40.00 


5.00 


• • • • 


5.00 


1.00 





1.00 


$153.00 


$ 83.00 


$236.00 


Semester 


Semester 


Total 


1 75.00 


$ 75.00 


$150.00 


1228.00 


$158.00 


$386.00 



$360.00 



Residents of the District of Columbia, 
Other States and Countries 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students 
Total for Non-Resident Students 

Board and Lodging 

Board $180.00 $180.00 

Dormitory Room: 

Maryland Residents $65-75 $65-75 $130-$150 

Other States and Countries $90-$100 $90-$100 $180-$200 

The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units. 
The rates for these Units are as follows: 
Dormitory Unit, $55 per semester. 

Family Units: Two-room apartment %Z7 month; Three-room apartment $40 
month. 

SPECIAL FEES 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first registration 

in the University $ 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's degree 2.50 

Engineering College Fee, Per Semester 3.00 

Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00 

Physical Education for Women; Fee Per Semester (to be charged for any 
woman registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical 

Education involving the use of the Swimming Pool) 3.00 



GENERAL INFORMATION 21 

(Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered 
for credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the 
case of students not registering for credit in any courses.) 

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 

Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course 

Agricultural Engineering $ 3.00 Horticulture $ 5.00 

Bacteriology $10,00 and 20.00 Industrial Education . . $5.00 and 7.50 

Botany 5.00 Journalism $3.00 and 6.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00 

Chemistry 10.00 Music (Applied Music only) 30.00 

Education (Depending on Labora- Physics — 

tory) $1.00, $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, Introductory 3.00 

Practice Teaching 30.00 All Other 6.00 

Dairy 3.00 Psychology 4.00 

Electrical Engineering 4.(X) Office Techniques and 

Entomology 3.00 Management 7.50 

Home Economics — Speech — 

(Non-Home Ec. Students) Radio and Stagecraft 2.00 

Practical Art, Crafts, Tex- All Other 1.00 

tiles and Clothing 3.00 Statistics 3.50 

Foods and Home Man'ment, each 7.00 Zoology 8.00 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour 10.00 

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate 
students taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more 
than 6 semester hours are considered to be full time and must pay the 
regular full time fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the 
filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration 
days.) Those who do not complete their registration during the prescribed 
days will be charged a fee of $5.00. 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during any class 
period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00 

Transcript of Record Fee 1.00 



22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Property Damage Charge— Students will be charged for damage to property 
or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the 
individual student will be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be 
fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment will be 
pro-rated. 

Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from general library before expiration of 
loan period per day .05 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of 
loan period — 

First hour overdue 25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made. 

Text Books and Supplies 

Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course pursued, 
but will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Fee for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00 

Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 10.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Master's Degree 10.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 2.75 

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree 3.75 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether 
residents of the State of Maryland or not. 

All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time 
of registration for each semester. 

Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation. 

No provision for housing graduate students is made by the University. 

Medical attention is not provided for graduate students, consequently, no 
Infirmary Fee is charged. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 23 

Fees for Off-Campus Courses 

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — 
full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and non-candidates) : 

For Undergraduates 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking 
off-campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per 
credit hour 10.00 

Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged 
in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the course and can be ascer- 
tained in any case by inquiry of the Dean of the College of Special and 
Continuation Studies. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic 
year, should file an application for withdrav^al, bearing the proper signatures, in the 
office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a 
matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right 
to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing 
refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written 
consent of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all charges 
except board, deposits for room reservation and advanced registration, less the 
matriculation fee in accordance with the following schedule : 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less ■. 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University. Re- 
funds of board is made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding 
students must be surrendered at the Dining Hall ofEice the day of withdrawal. 

No refunds of fixed charges, lodging, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are allowed when 
courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the University. 

When regularly enrolled part-time students, for off-campus instruction, officially drop 
a course or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refimd 
of 80% for the dropped courses if they drop the courses after not more than two meetings 
of a class. If drop action occurs after two meetings of a class, no refund will be made. 



24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time 
of their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least 
one year. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first 
registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in 
the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of this State 
by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However, the right of the 
minor student to change from a non-resident status to resident status must be 
established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration 
they have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such residence 
has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or 
elsewhere. 

The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place 
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Schedule of Courses. A Semester time schedule of courses, giving days, 
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each 
semester. Classes are scheduled at 8:00 A, M. Instructions concerning registration 
are given in the Schedule of Classes. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit 
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week for 
one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent 
to one lecture or recitation period. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in 
accordance with the official schedule. Students are required to use prescribed 
type of book in final examination and tests if requested by instructor. 

Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and 
D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. 

Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, 
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as follows: 
h-^; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0. 

A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior standing. 
The C average will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each 
student's curriculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking 



GENERAL INFORMATION 25 

combined degrees will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in 
the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-professional curriculum 
of the college granting the degree. An over-all average will also be computed 
to include all courses taken in the University as a basis for the award of honors 
and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. If a course is repeated, the 
final mark in the course is used in determining credit and in computing the 
over-all average. 

Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year listing 
the regulations which govern the academic work and other activities of students. 

REPORTS 

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar, at the close of the semester, 
to parents or guardians of minor students who are not veterans. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

For junior standing, the requirement, in addition to the required military and 
physical education courses, is fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic credit, the 
whole program to be completed with an average grade of C. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American 
Civilization, Master of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of 
Foreign Study, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, 
Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of 
Laws, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, Bachelor of Science 
in Pharmacy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Students in the two-year and three-year curriculums are awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less than 
one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester credits 
of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence 
at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in 
combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore must complete a minimum of 
thirty semester credits at College Park. 

An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average 
will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's cur- 
riculum. The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees 
will be computed only on the courses taken in residence in the University of 
Maryland and in satisfaction of the non-professional curriculum requirements of 
the college granting the degree. An over-all average will also be computed to 
include all courses taken in the University as a basis for the award of honors 
and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. 



26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work in 
the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific college 
requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections of the catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight weeks 
prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree. Candi- 
dates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and 
diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from 
the office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional 
copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for each transcript, except when more than one 
copy is requested at the same time. In that case, one dollar is charged for the 
first copy, and fifty cents for each additional copy. Checks should be made payable 
to the University of Maryland. 

Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of 
the date when the records are actually needed. 

No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus 
whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied. 

STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of 
its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. All 
new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical examination at 
the time of their entrance into the University. A well-equipped infirmary is 
available for the care of the sick or injured students. A small fee is charged 
undergraduate students for this infirmary service, but does not include expensive 
drugs and special diagnostic procedures. 

Infirmary Service 

1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medical 
advice at the infirmary during office hours established by the physician in charge. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students 
are required to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless the case is an 
emergency. 

3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the Uni- 
versity physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the facilities 
available. Students living off the campus will be charged a subsistence fee. 
In case of illness requiring a special nurse, special medical attention, expensive 
drugs, X-rays or special tests, the expense must be borne by the student. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 27 

4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or "off 
campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify tne house- 
mother, proctor or householder who in turn will notify the Infirmary. This will 
be done in all cases, except emergencies, during the doctors' office hours. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a 
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of the 
progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 A. M. 
and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only three visitors 
at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission is granted by the 
doctor or nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate 
students or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is available for 
faculty, graduate students and employees who are injured in Universit}^ service 
or Universit)' activities. 

Public Health 

All dormitories, "of? campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are 
inspected periodically by the student Health Service to insure that proper 
sanitary conditions ai-e maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed stand- 
ards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be examined in 
accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service. 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 

Dormitories 

1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormitories 
should request room application cards by so indicating on their applications for 
admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices of the Dean 
of the IMen or the Dean of Women. Application cards or blanks will be sent to 
applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of $15.00 will be requested which 
will be deducted from the first semester charges when the student registers. A 
room is not assured until notice is received from the Dean concerned. Room reserva- 
tions not claimed by freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration 
days will be canceled. A room will be held by special request until after classes 
begin providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration. 
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the cancellation is received later than 
August 15 for the first semester or January 15 for the second semester. 

2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only Avhen a student has been 
fully admitted academically to the University. 

3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will be made at 
least two weeks before the close of the spring semester. New students are urged 
to attend to their housing arrangements about three months in advance of registra- 



28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

tion. It is understood that all housing and board arrangements which are made 
for the fall semester are binding for the spring semester. Room and board charges 
will begin with the evening meal prior to the first day of registration and include 
the last day of classes for each semester with the exception of the Christmas recess 
and the Easter recess. Students unable to make other arrangements for the holi- 
days may consult with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for assistance. 
All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to room in the dormitories 
when accommodations are available. 

Equipment 

Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient 
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a 
laundry bag, a waste paper basket, a desk blotter and some bureau scarves. 

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory property 
assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than which would 
result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to the student concerned. 
It is therefore advisable to protect desk tops with blotters and bureaus with 
bureau scarves. 

Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit of 
$1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at 
the end of the year. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service; each student is 
responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several reliable laundry 
concerns in College Park, or if a student prefers, he may send his laundry home. 
Students may, if they wish, do their own laundry, not including bed linen, in 
the laundry room in each dormitory. 

Personal Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with your 
college housing address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies 
the College Park express office of his arrival. 

Off- Campus Houses 

1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who cannot be 
accommodated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list of "off campus" 
rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of Men. 

2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be approved 
by the Office of the Dean of Women. 

3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the women's 
dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered in the Office of the 
Dean of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Undergraduate Women." The house- 
holders in these homes agree to maintain the same rules and regulations as in the 
dormitories but business arrangements are made entirely between the student and the 
householder. Students and their parents should plan to see these accommodations 



GENERAL INFORMATION 29 

personally and talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No 
woman student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first ascer- 
taining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the approved list. 
No "off campus" householder should accept a deposit without first checking with the 
Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligibility for housing of the applicant, which 
depends on the waiting lists from the various areas. 

Meals 

All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at the 
University Dining Hall. 

Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining 
Hall, eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establishments in College Park. 
A few "ofT campus" houses provide board as well as room. 

No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in other 
places where board is paid in advance. 

By applying to the Office of the Dean of Women, girls may find desirable 
rooms in good homes where they can earn their room and board. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence 

Most of the oflF campus houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide 
linens and towels. Some require the students to furnish their own bed linens. The 
price for a person in a double room is about $25.00 a month. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 

The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly 
counsel and helpful guidance to women students. The staff is ever ready to assist 
in the student's adjustment to college. This may include advice in personal 
problems, in meeting financial obligations, in finding and adjusting to her housing, 
and in orienting her to her new environment. In addition, the Office of the Dean 
of Women coordinates women's activities, approves chaperones for social func- 
tions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with Panhellenic Association and 
advises the Women's Student Government Association. It has supervision over all 
housing accommodations for women students, whether on or off campus. A 
personal interview with one of the members of this Department is required of every 
woman student on entering and on leaving the University. All women students 
are invited to avail themselves of the services of this Department. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN 

The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly 
counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with any of their 
personal problems, especially those related to social adjustment, financial need, 
employment, housing, etc. This office also handles for male students matters of 
discipline and infringement of University regulations. 



30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER 

The University maintains a center where all students are encouraged to go for 
individual assistance on their vocational choices, personal problems, and educational 
progress. The University Counseling Center has a professionally qualified staff 
and has available an extensive selection of diagnostic devices for the analysis of 
interests, abilities, aptitudes, and adjustment. By virtue of the payment of the 
annual testing and advisory fee, all students are entitled to the professional services 
of this center without further charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID 

Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholarships, 
and accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent with prudent 
financial operations. 

All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at College 
Park are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All scholarship appH- 
cants are subject to the approval of the Director of Admission insofar as qualifica- 
tions for admission to the University are concerned. All holders of scholarships 
are subject to the educational standards of the University, and to deportment regula- 
tions and standards. 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for leadership. 
In making scholarship awards, consideration is given to participation in the various 
student activities, and to other outstanding attributes that indicate future possibilities 
as a leader, as well as to scholastic achievement, character, and all other factors 
which distinguish the most worthwhile students. It is the intention that scholar- 
ships shall be provided for young men and women who have characteristics which 
make them outstanding among their fellows, who might not otherwise be able to 
provide for themselves an opportunity for advanced education. 

The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows : 

Full Scholarships 

The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for women, 
covering board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates of Maryland 
high and preparatory schools only are eligible. These scholarships are similar to 
those which the State provides and pays for at private colleges in the State, except 
that the State makes no special appropriation therefor. 

General Assembly Scholarships 

These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by members of 
the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of the House of 
Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a member of the House of 
Delegates or a Senator only to persons in the county or legislative district of 
Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such scholar- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 31 

ships are subject to approval by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships and by the 
Director of Admissions as to qualifications for Admission. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school graduates 
a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only. 

District of Columbia Scholarships 

District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored posi- 
tion with regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored position has been 
discontinued, which means that District of Columbia students now pay considerably 
higher costs to attend the University. In view of this, and in further view of the 

increased costs to students from other localities, and in line with action by several 
other universities and colleges which have increased tuition costs, the University has 
established 20 scholarships for the students from the District of Columbia and other 
states. 

Endowed Scholarships 

The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These are 
paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descrip- 
tions of these awards follow : 

Albright Scholarship 

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to gradu- 
ates of Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in that County. 
Application should be made to the high school principals. 

Alumni Scholarships 

The alumni provide a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships are 
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants. 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the 
College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in 
dairpng and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest 
average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the 
College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses 
in food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved 
the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding 
college work. 



32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture 

A scholarship award of ^100, open to upper class students in Horticulture at the 
University of Maryland, is established by the W. Atlee Burpee Company, Seed 
Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton Iowa. Its purpose is to encourage 
and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable growing. The award is made on 
the basis of scholarship, experience, and interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louig offer 
two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of Agriculture, one 
for a student who has successfully completed his Junior year ; the other for a student 
who has successfully completed his Freshman year. The purpose of these scholar- 
ships is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer 
two summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, one to a Junior 
and one to a Freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together 
outstanding young women for leadership training. 

Dairy Technology Scholarships 

The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia pro- 
vides a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in Dairy 
Products Technology. These scholarships are available both to high school graduates 
entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one or 
more years of their University curriculum. The purpose of these scholarships is 
to encourage and stimulate interest in the field of milk and milk products. The 
awards are based on scholarship, leadership, personality, need, experience, interest 
in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology. The Dairy Technological 
Society cooperates with the Scholarship Committee of the University in making 
these awards. 

Exel Scholarships 

The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. 
These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty in accordance with the general 
principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship 

A scholarship of $250.00 is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore 
to a student from Baltimore City for attendance in the freshman class of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. This scholarship is established through the U. S. Internal 
Revenue Post No. 186 American Legion and is to be awarded by the University 
Faculty Scholarship Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant. Appli- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 33 

cation blanks for this scholarship may be procured from the Chairman of the 
Child Welfare Committee of the U. S. Internal Revenue Post No. 186 American 
Legion, 15 East Preston Street, Baltimore 2, Md. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships 

These scholarships are made available through a gift of the Baltimore News- 
Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. The 
undergraduate scholarship of $400 annually is open to the graduate of any high 
school in America. The graduate scholarship of $600 annually is open to the 
graduate of any college or university in America. These scholarships are awarded 
for special work in the University's program of American civilization. 

Home Economics Scholarships 

Two thousand dollars is provided for Home Economics Scholarships by ^larie 
Mount. 

Interfraternity Council Scholarship 

Each year the Interfraternity Council of the University of Maryland provides 
funds for four $200 scholarships. These are annual grants awarded at the discre- 
tion of the Scholarship Committee to deserving undergraduate male students. 

Kiwanis Scholarship 

A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of ^200 per year is awarded by the Prince 
George County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland, 

who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satis- 
factory scholarship record, must have a reputation for high character and attain- 
ment in general all-around citizenship. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships 

These scholarships, several in number, were established through the benefaction 
of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Congressman 
Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland 
for many years. These scholarships are known as the Helen Alletta Linthicum 
scholarships. They are granted only to worthy young men and women who are 
residents of the State of Maryland and who have satisfactory high school records, 
forceful personality, a reputation for splendid character and citizenship, and the 
determination to gtt ahead. 

"M" Club Scholarships 

The "AI" Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited 
number of partial scholarships. These scholarships are awarded by the faculty 
committee to the most outstanding applicants. 



34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship 

Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 annual scholarship in Nursing Education. 
As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Scholarship Committee 
to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships 

The Maryland Education Foundation provides funds each year for the education 
of several outstanding young men. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty 
Committee to the most outstanding applicants. 

National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship 

Five hundred dollars is provided by the National Executive Housekeepers 
Association for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administration. 

Panhellenic Association of Washington, D. C. Scholarship 

A $200 scholarship is awarded .annually by the Panhellenic Association of 
Washington, D. C. This award is made to a member of a national Panhellenic 
Conference Sorority who in her Sophomore or Junior year has had a 2.5 average 
and has done the most to promote good social relations among the sororities on the 
campus, and who is an outstanding leader in student affairs sponsored by the Uni- 
versity. The award is made by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships in terms 
of the provisions of the grant. 

Peninsula Horticultural Society Scholarship 

The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides a $200 scholarship to be awarded 
each year to the most deserving Junior or Senior student majoring in Horticulture 
or related subjects, particularly as they apply to the culture of fruits and vegetables. 
This student must be a resident of Maryland. The award is made in cooperation 
with the Scholarship Committee of the University. 

Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial Scholarship 

The Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial Scholarship of $165 is provided annually 
for a deserving woman undergraduate student by the Alpha Epsilon Phi Sorority in 
honor of Mrs. Ruark's excellent standards as housemother of the Alpha Mu Chapter. 
The award is made in the hope that the recipient will carry on in some measure 
the high idealism of Mrs. Ruark. The scholarship is awarded by the Faculty 
Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles underlying the 
award of all other scholarships. 

The Sears Roebuck Fcfundation Scholarships 

Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation to 
the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the freshman class of 



GENERAL INFORMATION 35 

the College of Agriculture of this University. One $250 scholarship is granted 
each year to the sophomore student in the College of Agriculture who proved to 
be the outstanding student on a Sears Roebuck scholarship the previous year. These 
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms 
of the grant. 

A limited number of similar scholarships from the Sears Roebuck Foundation 
are also available for students in the College of Flome Economics. 

Tilghman Agricultural Scholarship 

The Wm. B. Tilghman Company of Salisbury, Maryland provides a $1,000 
scholarship, $250 for each of four years. This scholarship is open to male students 
in Somerset, Wicomico and Worcester counties who plan to enter the College of 
Agriculture. 

Once the scholarship is awarded, in order to continue to enjoy its benefits, the 
student must stand in the upper half of his class at the University of Maryland. 
The award is made by the Scholarship Committee of the University of Maryland 
in terms of the provision of the grant. Application blanks may be procured through 
the Wm. B. Tilghman Company. 

J. McKenny Willis & Son Scholarship 

A scholarship of $500 is granted annually by J. McKenny Willis & Son, Inc., 
Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an outstanding student in 
vocational agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the College of 
Agriculture in the University. This scholarship is awarded by the Faculty Commit- 
tee in accordance with the terms of the grant. 

Application blanks for this scholarship may be procured at the Office of the 
County Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County. 

Washington Flour Scholarship 

This scholarship, provided by the Wilkins-Rogers Milling Company of 
Washington, D. C, for Freshmen in the College of Home Economics, covers all 
fees and books for one year, and is open to any student a resident of the District 
of Columbia, of Prince George's or Montgomery Counties in Maryland, or Arlington 
or Fairfax Counties, or Alexandria in Virginia. It is awarded annually by the 
Faculty Committee in accordance with the general principles underlying the award 
of all other scholarships. 

Loan Funds 

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Association 
of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to women students 
of junior or senior standing who have been in attendancf; at the University of 
Maryland for at least one year. 



36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. This is a loan fund 
of $250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate work 
in banking, economics, or related subjects in classes of senior grade or above. 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will of 
Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is established, available for worthy stu- 
dents who are natives and residents of the State of Maryland, studying mechanical 
engineering or agriculture at the University of Maryland. 

Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of 
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring in Home 
Economics. 

The Henry Strong Educational Foundation 

From this fund, established under the will of General Harry Strong of Chicago, 
an annual allotment is made to the University of Maryland at College Park for 
scholarship loans available for the use of young men and women students under 
the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are 
limited, in most part, to students in the junior and senior years. Only students 
who through stress of circumstances require financial aid and who have demon- 
strated excellence in educational progress are considered in making nominations 
to the secretary of this fund. 

Student Employment and Senior Placement. 

A considerable number of students earn some money through employment while 
in attendance at the University. No student should expect, however, to earn enough 
to pay all of his expenses. The amounts vary, but some earn from one-fourth to 
three-fourths of all required funds. 

Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. After 
one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much less difficulty 
in finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. It 
does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby towns and the 
University are canvassed, and a list of available positions is placed at the disposal 
of the students. Applications for employment should be made to the Director of 
Student Welfare. 

A Placement Service is also maintained to assist graduating seniors in finding 
employment. 

Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid should be 
addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures for the award of scholar- 
ships are formulated by this committee. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 37 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of all 
students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen and sophomores 
sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural program. Students are 
encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and to learn the skill of games 
that may be carried on after leaving college. The intramural program which 
covers a large variety of sports is conducted by the Physical Education Depart- 
ment for both men and women. 

A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the supervision of 
the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a member of the Atlantic 
Coast Conference, the National Collegiate Athletics Association, the United States 
Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association. Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of 
America, and cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of 
amateur athletics. 

Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the program 
in physical development. The University has two modern gymnasia, a coliseum 
a large armory, a modern stadium, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, base- 
ball diamonds, running tracks and the like constituting the major portion of the 
equipment. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the undergraduate 
divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Bahimore divisions are 
included elsewhere. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organized 
bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in orderly and 
productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized student activi- 
ties are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee. Such organiza- 
tions are formed only with the consent of the Student Life Committee and the 
approval of the President. Without such consent and approval no student 
organization which in any way represents the University before the public, or 
which purports to be a University organization or an organization of University 
students, may use the name of the University in connection with its own name, 
or In connection with its members as students. 

Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of the 
Executive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and operates under 
Its own constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice-president, a secretary, a 
treasurer, president of Women's League, and president of Men's League. 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs 
the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in cooperation 
with the Student Life Committee. 



38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women, 
handles matters pertaining to women students. 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, 
handles matters pertaining to men students. 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the President, 
keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting classroom work, 
that effect the student, and acting in an advisory capacity, endeavors to improve 
any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist. 

Two pamphlets. Academic Regulations, and General Regulations, are issued 
annually and distributed to the students in the fall, contain full information 
concerning student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing are 
eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular activities. In addition, various 
student organizations have established certain other requirements. To compete in 
varsity athletics a student must pass the required number of hours as determined 
by the Athletic Board. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and faculty 
rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The student who 
pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives honorably and main- 
tains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the interest of the general welfare 
of the University, those who fail to maintain these standards are asked to withdraw. 
Students are under the direct supervision of the University only when on the 
campus, attending an approved function or representing the University, but they are 
responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they may be. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded 
to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors are awarded to the 
upper half of this group ; second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, 
at least two years of resident work mu.st be completed, and the average m^ust be B 
(3.00) or higher. 

The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the resident of Prince George's County, born therein, who 
makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time embodies 
the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. Goddard James 
of Washington, D. C. 

Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the 
senior who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has con- 
tributed meritorious service to the College of Agriculture. 

The Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Maryland, Alpha Rho Chapter, of the 
Alpha Chi Sigma Fraternity awards annually a year's membership in the American 



GENERAL INFORMATION 39 

Chemical Society to the senior in the Department of Chemistry or the Department 
of Chemical Engineering with the highest scholastic average based on three and 
one-half years, provided the average is above 3.00. 

Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in 
the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the first 
semester. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta 
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who 
attains the highest average record in academic work. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Herman Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average 
of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Benjamin Berman. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year. 

Pi Sigma Alpha— Fred Hays Memorial Award. $30.00 given by an alumnus 
to the senior in Government and PoHtics having the highest average in Depart- 
mental courses. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic 
average during the first semester. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards 
a cash prize of ^5.00 annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in 
the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during 
his stay at the University. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given to 
the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average for the 
past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance in the institution 
for the entire time. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of the 
American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior membership in the 
American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the Department of Civil Engi- 
neering who has the highest scholastic standing. 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards 
annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering 
who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in scholar- 
ship over that of his freshman year. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student major- 
ing in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during the three and 
one-half years at the University of Maryland. 



40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recognizes 

annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done most 
for the advancement of dramatics at the University. 

William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award, Barbarossa Lodge 133, 
Knights of Pythias, Philadelphia, for excellence in Hebrew Studies, $25. 

Phi Alpha Award. Epsilon Chapter of Phi Alpha Fraternity awards 
annually a plaque to the man in the junior class who attained the highest 
scholastic average during his first two years at the College Park Colleges of 
the University of Mar3dand. 

Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma Award. To the senior in Chemistry 
or Chemical Engineering whose average is above 3.00 for three and one-half 
years. A membership in the American Chemical Society. 

Mahlon N. Haines Art Award. An award of $100 is awarded each year to 
the students in the Fine Arts Department for outstanding work in the painting 
classes. 

Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President 
H. C. B3^rd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior class 
who, during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model citizen, and 
has done most for the general advancement of the interests of the University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. Presented annually as a memorial to Sally 
Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that girl member of the Senior Class who best 
exemplifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify 
self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, 
willingness to sacrifice for others, strength of character, and those other qualities 
that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental part in the building 
of the Nation. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern Society in 
memory of its first president awards annually medallions and certificates to one 
man and one woman of the graduating class and one non-student who evince 
in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Military Department Award. Second Lieutenant's insignia to the Com- 
manding Officer of the winning Group in competitive drill. 

The Governor's Cup. This is oflFered each year by His Excellency, the 
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron. 

The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the Leader of the 
best drilled Flight in competitive drill. 

Scabbard and Blade. This cup is offered to the Leader of the best drilled 
Flight in competitive drill. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 41 

The Meeks Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the member of the AFROTC 
Rifle Team who fired the highest score of the season. 

Pershing Rifle Medal. This medal is awarded to the outstanding member 
in the Pershing Rifles. 

Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding 
first and second year student in the AFROTC course based on scholastic 
grades, both general and military, individual characteristics and the performance 
during the period of summer camp. 

Arnold Air Society Plaque. This plaque is awarded to the second year 
advanced student who has done the most to advance the AFROTC interests 
and activities for the Arnold Air Society. 

Arnold Air Society Cup. This cup is awarded to the cadet who has been 
selected as the most proficient First year advanced student of the Junior drill 
program. 

Reserve Officers Association Medals. Three (gold, silver, bronze) Senior 
cadets demonstrating outstanding academic achievement in AFROTC and on 
the campus. 

Disabled American Veterans Gold Cup. This cup is awarded to the Senior 
advanced cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship and 
citizenship. 

American Legion Citizenship Award. This award is presented to the First 
year advanced cadet displaying outstanding citizenship. 

Armed Forces Communications Medal. This medal is awarded to the Senior 
advanced cadet in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of 
electronics. 

Sun Newspaper Award. This award is presented to Basic cadet in recogni- 
tion of being best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill. 

Air Force Association Ribbons. These ribbons are awarded to individuals 
of best drilled squad in competitive drill. 

Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Corporation Award. This award is presented 
to the Sophomore cadet displaying leadership ability and academic excellence. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered an- 
nually to "the man who typifies the best in college athletics." The watch is 
given in honor of a former President of the Universit}'-, R. W. Silvester. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles 
L. Linhardt '12 to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the 
year. 



42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to the 
player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior 
baseball player. 

The Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. To the outstanding member of 
the boxing team, awarded by Major Benny Alperstein and Major Hotsy Alper- 
stein in memory of the late Tom Birmingham, '37. 

The Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. Offered by Theta Chi Fraternity in 
memory of Dixie Walker. Award for the boxer who shows the most improve- 
ment over preceding years. 

The Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau 
Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the 
University has rendered the greatest service to football. 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William E. 
Krouse to the Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while 
at the University. 

Anthony C. Nardo Memorial Trophy. To the best football lineman of the 
year. 

Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track Award. Given in memory of Hermie 
Evans, Class of 1940, by his friends to the outstanding graduating senior 
trackman. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Student 
Government Association who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year. 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, 
not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose develop- 
ment along all lines, including the moral and religious, is included in the edu- 
cational process. Pastors representing the major denominational bodies assume 
responsibility for work with the students of their respective faiths and have offices 
in the University Chapel. The chapel, one of the most beautiful structures of 
its kind, is on the campus for the use of all faiths. Church attendance is 
encouraged. 

Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and 
social service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious thought 
and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious subjects to 
the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with the Student 
Religious Council and the student pastors and assists the student denominational 



GENERAL INFORMATION 43 

clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are provided for students to 
consult with pastors representing the denominations of their choice. 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the 
importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities are en- 
couraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among 
the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of service. 
This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury Club 
(Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (Evangelical United Brethren), the 
Christian Science Club, the Friends' University Group, Greek Orthodox Club, 
the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), 
Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Wesley Foundation (Methodist), and the 
Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These clubs meet regularly for wor- 
ship and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a member 
of the faculty serves as adviser. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS 

General Statement 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations 
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and financial 
activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon sound business 
principles. Where such rules and principles are observed, individual members 
will profit by the experience of the whole group, and thereby become better 
fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules governing the different 
activities will be found in the list of General University Regulations. 

Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the University 
at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural standards. These 
are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open to honor students, both 
men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma Xi, an honorary scientific 
fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national honor society, recognizing 
conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activities and general leadership; 
Mortar Board, the national senior honor society for women recognizing service, 
leadership and scholarship: Alpha Lambda Delta, a national freshmen women's 
scholastic society requiring a 3.5 average; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman 
honor society for men. 

A group of national honorary fraternities encouraging development in 
specialized endeavor are: Tau Beta Phi, general engineering honor society; 
Omicron Nu, women's home economics honor society; Beta Gamma Sigma, 
men's and women's commerce honor society; Sigma Pi Sigma, men's and 
women's physics honor society; Phi Alpha Theta, men's and women's history 
honor society, Phi Alpha Epsilon, men's and women's physical education honor 
society. 



44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



^ 



The national professional fraternities which encourage high scholarship, 
professional research and advancement of professional ethics are: Alpha Zeta, 
men's professional agricultural fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, men's professional 
education fraternity; Beta Alpha Psi, men's professional accounting fraternity; 
Iota Lambda Sigma, men's professional industrial education fraternity; Alpha 
Chi Sigma, men's professional chemistry fraternity; and Delta Sigma Pi, pro- 
fessional commerce fraternity. Pi Alpha Xi, professional horticulture fraternity. 

The national recognition societies which promote achievement in various 
fields of activity are: Scabbard and Blade, men's military society; Pershing 
Rifles, also men's military; Pi Delta Epsilon, men's and women's college jour- 
nalism society; Alpha Kappa Delta, men's sociology society; Pi Sigma Alpha, 
men's and women's political science society; National Collegiate Players, men's 
and women's dramatics society; and Gamma Beta, a student band society. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron is a bacteriology honor society. The Arnold Society 
is an honorary Air Force R. O. T. C. society and the Varsity "M" Club is an 
honorary athletic organization. 

Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty-four national fraternities, one 
local fraternity and fifteen national sororities at College Park. These in the 
order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi 
Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, 
Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Chi Alpha, 
Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha 
Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau Delta, Sigma Pi, Sigma 
Phi Epsilon, Phi Kappa Tau, Delta Kappa Epsilon and Pi Kappa Alpha, 
national fraternities; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, 
Delta Delta Delta, Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma 
Kappa, Gamma Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa 
Alpha Theta, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Chi Omega, and Sigma Delta Tau, 
national sororities; Gamma Sigma, local sorority; and Phi Kappa Gamma, local 
fraternity. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, 
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the University. 
Some of these are purely student organizations ; others are conducted jointly by 
students and members of the faculty. The list follows: 

Civic and Service Organisations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic Council, 
Interfraternity Pledge Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, 
Student Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha Phi Omega (national 
service fraternity). Graduate Club, Gate and Key Club (a fraternity service 
organization). 

Subject-Matter Organisations. Agricultural Council, Engineering Council, Ameri- 
can Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, Student 
Affiliate of the American Chemical Society, Agriculture Economics Club, Block and 



GENERAL INFORMATION A& 

Bridle Club, Student Port of Propellor Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics 
Club, American Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, 
Industrial Education Association, Childhood Education Club, American Institute of 
Chemical Engineers, Finance Club, Society for Advancement of Management, 
Marketing Club, Accounting Club, Maryland Poultry Science Club, Business Edu- 
cation Club, Economics Seminar Club, Federated Arts Club, Philosophy Club, 
Institute of Aeronautical Sciences, Press Club, Music Educators Club, Institute of 
Food Technology, Dairy Science Club, and Future Teachers of America, Veterinary 
Science Club, Psychology Club. 

General Organisations. Student Grange, Future Farmers of America, Sociology 
Club, French Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Asso- 
ciation, International Club, Russian Club, Public Relations Club, and Veterans Club. 

Recreational Organisations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances). Univer- 
sity Theatre, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding Club, Ter- 
rapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group). Radio 
Club, Chess Club, Art Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, Judo Club, Modern 
Dance Club, Ski Club, Astronomy Club, Model Airplane Club, Maryland Flying 
Association, Aqualiners Club, and Campus Conjurers. 

UNIVERSITY AND A. F. R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the A. F. R. O. T. C. Band are 
two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the purpose of 
furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The A. F. R, O. T. C. 
Band functions under the Military Department. The Student Band is under the 
direction of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department. Stu- 
dents are not required to be members of the University of Maryland Band to be 
eligible for the Air Force R. O. T. C. Band. The instruction of both bands is 
conducted by an experienced bandmaster. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty adviser 
and the general supervision of the Student Publications Board. 

The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and provides 
a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty. 

The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to com- 
memorate the principal events of the college year. 

The Old Line, is a literary, humorous and art magazine, published periodically. 

The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, is designed 
to acquaint them with general University life. 



46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and dehvery of 
United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter -office communica- 
tions. This office is located in the basement of the Administration Building. The 
campus post office is not a part of the United States Postal System and no facilities 
are available for sending or receiving postal money orders. Postage stamps, however, 
may be purchased. United States mail is received at 8 :30 A. M. and 2 :00 P. M, and 
dispatched at 11:15 A. M. and 4:15 P. M. daily, except that on Saturdays mail is 
dispatched at 11:15 A. M. only. 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time of 
registration for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided for the 
various University offices. 

One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide a 
convenient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may communicate 
with students. Students are therefore expected to call for their mail daily, if 
possible, in order that such communications may come to their attention promptly. 

STUDENTS SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students' Supply 
Store, located in the basement of the Administration Building, where students may 
obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom materials and equipment. The store 
also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain pens and novelty items. 

This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books and supplies 
at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned into the general Uni- 
versity treasury to be used for promoting general student Vvclfare. 

Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester, the 
student should purchase required textbooks during registration week. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School and 
College in the University — one from "M" Club and one from each area Alumni 
Club — coordinates all general alumni interests and activities. The Council member- 
ship includes three representatives from each of the organized alumni associations for 
the Schools of Agriculture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, 
Dentistry, Education, Engineering, Home Economics, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and 
Pharmacy. 

Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship program, 
and an annual Homecoming affair at College Park. Membership in the University 
of Maryland Alumni Association is automatically obtained through affiliation wnth 
one of the school organizations. Each School and College Alumni Association exerts 
an active interest in the welfare of its respective graduates and the University of 



GENERAL INFORMATION ' 47 

Maryland. Objectives of the general Association include the promotion of the 
interests and welfare of the University of Maryland and efforts to further mutually 
beneficial relations between the University of Maryland, the people of the State, and 
the alumni. 

"Maryland" Magazine 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine, issued by the Alumni Association, is primarily 
an alumni publication. However, it publishes also articles of general interest, feature 
articles written by faculty members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It 
is of reader interest to the alumni as well as to the student body, next of kin of 
students, faculty members and Maryland residents in general. The magazine's circula- 
tion includes the exchange list of numerous universities as well as the high schools 
and preparatory schools of the area. Maryland is edited and published by the 
University's Director of Publications and Publicity. 

THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted for the 
purpose of drav/ing into closer relationship the scholars among both students and 
faculty in related departments of study who are faced with common problems and 
the need for an exchange of experience in reference to progress underway which is 
of common interest extending beyond the bounds of individual departments. 

In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related departments and 
stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more particularly the duty of 
divisions through their chairmen, to sanction needed interdepartmental cooperative 
projects; check and report possible duplication of effort; and in general, to serve 
as advisory bodies to the General Administrative Board. 

The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative Board, 
of which body they are members. 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. These 
are: 

The Lower Division 

The Division of Biological Sciences 

The Division of Physical Sciences 

The Division of Humanities 

The Division of Social Sciences 

At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows : 

THE LOWER DIVISION 

Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University are under 
the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower Division Commit- 



48 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

tee. The members of this committee are especially selected because of their interest 
in student growth and development in Freshman and Sophomore years. They are 
drawn from the faculties of all of the departments in the University whose responsi- 
bility it is to offer courses to students in these years. 

It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the general 
problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and Sophomore 
years ; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula needs of the several 
colleges ; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learning and teaching at this level. 

THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology 

The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bacteriology, 
Botany, Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives of other departments 
interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 

Chairman, Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical Langu- 
ages and Literature, English Language and Literature, Foreign Languages and Liter- 
ature, Music, Parctical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and representatives of other 
departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J, Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering 

The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astronomy, 
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of other departments 
interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology 

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, Agricul- 
tural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Politics, Psychology, 
Sociology, and representatives of other departments interested in this field. 

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 

College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture; Agricultural 
Chemistry; Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and 
Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy (crops and soils); Animal 
Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, morphology and taxonomy; plant pathology; 



GENERAL INFORMATION 49 

and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy products 
technology); Entomology; Horticulture (pomology and olericulture, floriculture 
and ornamental horticulture and commercial processing of horticultural crops) ; 
and Poultry Husbandry. 

College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides 
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of 
Science. Curricula are offered in American Civilization, Art, Bacteriology, 
Medical Technology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Languages (French, German, 
Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Mathematics, Physics, General Physical 
Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical, Psychology, Sociology, 
Social Service, Crime Control, Speech, Zoology, and Fisheries Biology. 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the Schools 
of Dentistry, Medicine, Law, and Nursing. 

College of Business and Public Administration. The college of Business and 
Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
Business Organization and Administration, Public Administration, Economics, 
Geography, Government and Politics, Journalism, and Office Techniques and 
Management. 

College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricala are offered 
in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education, Dental Education, 
Elementary Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial Education, Music 
Education, Nursery School-Kindergarten Education, Nursing Education, Physical 
Education, Health Education, and Recreation. 

The Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences. The 
Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences offers cur- 
ricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, 
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical 
Engineering, and Metallurgy, 

College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers cur- 
ricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home Economics, 
Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Education, Institution Management, 
Home Economics Extension, Textiles and Clothing, and Practical Art. 

College of Military Science. The College of Alilitary Science offers curricula 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science. These curricula are especially 
designed for those who wish to follow a career in the Armed Forces. The Air 
Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps established by the Air Force in coopera- 
tion with the University is a major department in this College. Two years of 
training in this type of citizenship, Air Force science and tactics, are required of 
all male students under the age of thkty years. Any male student in any under- 
graduate curriculum of the University who is accepted for such training may 
pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve or regular 
commission in the United States Air Force. 



so UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science in Physical Education, in Recreation, in Health, and in 
Pre-Physical Therapy. In addition this College conducts the required physical 
activities program of the freshman and sophomore years designed to correct and 
improve the physical development of all students. 

College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and 
Continuation Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and evening 
and Saturday morning courses both on and off campus for mature students who 
have full-time employment or who, for other reasons, cannot follow a full-time 
program of studies at College Park. These studies are offered at both the 
graduate and undergraduate levels. This College also conducts a special program 
for high school graduates whose secondary school preparation may be deficient 
in certain minor details. 

Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides pro- 
grams of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the University during 
the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the 
University. In the College of Education the offerings are considerably expanded. 
Teachers in service and other persons who are employed during the regular 
school year find a wide variety of courses available. 

Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the 
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College Park 
and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental cooperation under the 
immediate direction of this School, the University confers the degrees of Master 
of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in American Civilization, Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Education, Master of Foreign Study, Doctor 
of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate faculty includes all 
members of the various faculties who give instruction in approved graduate 
courses. 

AT BALTIMORE 

The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer cur- 
ricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. 

CATALOGS 

See separate catalog listings on back cover. 




College of 

AGRICULTURE 

STAFF 

Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the 
\ Extension Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of 
he staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication. 

^ Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture 




f Paul E. Nystrom, DPA, Director of Instruction 

Thomas B. Symons, D.Agr., Dean of Agriculture Emeritus 

George J. Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture. — ^ 

Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education. ~ — (/4 
Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus. 
Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

John H. Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany. 

George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. ^~^ 

Glenn H. Beck, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy. 

Frank L, Bentz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils. ^ ^ 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Luther B. Bohanan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils. ~ 

■Donald M. Britton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pomology. -■ 

Richard E. Brown, M.S., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry. 
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 



Arthur L. Brueckner, V.M.D., Professor and Head of Veterinary Science. 

John Buric, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. i 

David J. Burns, M.S., Instructor Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering. 

Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Entomology. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology. 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

51 



52 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Samuel H. DeVault, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Emeritus. 
Harold M. DeVolt, D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology. 
Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology. 
Lee J. Enright, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 
Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology. 
Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering. 
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 
WiLLARD W. Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture. 

Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Harry J. Hofmeister, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology. 

MoRLEY A. JuLL, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 

Mark Keeney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

John R. Keller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry. ]±. 

Amihud Kramer, Ph.D., Professor of Horticulture. 

Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D., Research Associate in Plant Physiology. 

Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy. 

Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Conrad Liden, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture. 

Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Mechanic in Agricultural Engineering. 

Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 7 

Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 

Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Samuel C. Munson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Ray a. Murray, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 

John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor of Botany Emeritus. 

Paul E. N-¥STKorKrr-4i.P.A., Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 53 

Reginald L. Reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology. 

Charles W. Reynolds, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

George L. Romoser, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy. 

Reece I. Sailer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Leland E. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology. 

Donald J. Seely, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufacturing. 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Howard H. Shepard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening. VV 

Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Hugh D. Sisler, Ph.D., Research Assistant, Plant Pathology._^ 
Harold D. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
James R. Sperry, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. 
pRANas C. Stark, Ph.D., Professor of Vegetable Crops. 
Orman E. Street, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy. .— - 
Edward Strickling, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils. 
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology. 
Herman S. Todd, B.S., Instructor in Horticulture. 

William P. Walker, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology and State Plant Pathologist. 
Robert C. Wiley, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of HoFticultural Processing. 

♦CRITIC TEACHERS IN AGRICULTURE 

Louis F. Ahalt, Middletown High School, Middletown, Md. 

W. Harlan Biggs, Hagerstown Vocational Center, Hagerstown, Md. 

John R. Gee, Jr., La Plata High School, La Plata, Md. 

Glenn W. Lewis, Easton High School, Easton, Md. 

Leib McDonald, Sparks High School, Sparks, Md. 

William W. Miles, Damascus High School, Damascus, Md. 

E. Kenneth Ramsburg, Boonsboro High School, Boonsboro, Md. 

Maurice C. Ward, Poolesville High School, Poolesville, Md. 



•Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers in Agriculture 
during the practice teaching period. 



54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean 

Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction 

THE College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized training 
for students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad 
field of agricultural endeavor. Student programs are arranged with a 
view to correlating technical work with related sciences and cultural subjects. 
Education in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, young men 
and women are given a basic general education while they are being instructed 
in the various branches of agriculture. In addition to offering this opportunity 
for thorough grounding in the related basic natural and social sciences, it is an 
objective of the College to provide trained personnel for agricultural and allied 
industries. This personnel is recruited from rural and urban areas. Farm- 
reared students enter either general or specialized curricula; city-reared students 
tend to follow the specialized programs. 

History 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the 
name of the Maryland Agriculture College. For three years the College was 
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act 
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the State and 
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the 
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore, 
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of 
this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agricultural 
Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were established as the 
result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. A more 
complete description of these two services appear later in this bulletin. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vegetable 
growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop production, or in 
the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these industries. It 
prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with commercial con- 
cerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as teachers in agriculture 
colleges and in departments of vocational agriculture in high schools or as 
investigators in experiment stations, for extension work, for regulatory activities, 
and for service in the United States Department of Agriculture. 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 55 

solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in many 
fields are, in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors 
who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with it, are kept 
in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations 
under way. The findings of these research scientists provide valuable informa- 
tion for use in classrooms, and make instruction virile and authentic. The 
results of the most scientific investigations are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers and 
their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, home demon- 
stration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident instruction in 
the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two ways: problems 
confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and 
the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their 
families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence 
the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College 
of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture 
and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the College 
of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems associated with 
the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and 
animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities 
and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases; 
preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals 
and plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed, and lime for guaranteed quality; and 
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for 
farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardization 
and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct con- 
tact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems 
and methods involved makes for effective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of Beltsville Research 
Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, best manned, 
and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. Also, the University 
of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washington D. C, offices of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture and other government departments, including 
the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencies and become 
acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work. Such contacts 
have already proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings and 
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture in the 
United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to its students. 



56 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu- 
latory functions within the individual departments, between the several depart- 
ments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several departments 
are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory work being 
carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a portion of 
their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordination of 
these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronger faculty 
in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of specialization than 
would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity to keep in- 
formed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in touch with 
current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and regulatory 
activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the 
student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the 
several fields of knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural in- 
dustries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made 
most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils have been con- 
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Councils are composed of 
leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and the instructional 
staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their counsel and advice. 
By this means the College, the industries, and the students are kept abreast of 
developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective 
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and instruc- 
tion in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,20Q acres, are 
operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most 
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the 
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle, 
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research 
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in the 
Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for soils 
research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and class- 
rooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important breeds of 
poultry. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, and 
has ample orchards and gardens for its various Hues of work. 

Departments and Curricula 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as follows: 
Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and Rural Life; 
Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including crops and soils); Animal Hus- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 57 

bandry; Botany (including plant morphology and taxonomy, plant pathology, 
and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy (including dairy husbandry and 
dairy products technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture 
(including pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and com- 
mercial processing); Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there 
are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of 
study may also be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one 
or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects. 

Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social, 
Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desirable for all. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is 
required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable 
as electives. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident 
and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of 
records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off- 
campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service, scholarships and student 
aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious 
denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the 
University Band, student publications. University Post Office and Supply Store, 
write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the 
Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges; $7L00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labor- 
atory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of $10.00 is charged for all new students. A charge of $150.00 is assessed to 
all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. An additional 
$50.00 is assessed to dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of 
Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 



58 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it 
must be taken by all ehgible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. 
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or 
reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in basic miHtary science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted 
to begin advanced work. 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic miHtary science and physical activities. Men 
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in 
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 
4 hours in physical activities. 

Scholarships for Agricultural Students 

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students. 
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the 
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the 
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. McKenny Willis and Sons. 

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance 
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these 
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog. 

AWARDS 
Grange Award 

The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has 
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious 
service to the College of Agriculture. 

Alpha Zeta Medal 

The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a 
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not 
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high 
scholarship. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ- 
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 59 

4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers 
of America, Plant Industry Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science 
Club, Veterinary Science Club, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural Student 
Council. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are 
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired 
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular 
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life 
of the students. 

The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the 
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu- 
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in 
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus. 
The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of former members and others interested 
in Agricultural Extension work. 

The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy 
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in 
commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute 
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in 
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high 
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University. 
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together 
in meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant 
science and industry as well as for social activity. 

The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry 
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the 
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation 
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student 
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons 
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership. 

Students preparing for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary 
Science Club. Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, 
is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain 
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the 
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is 
beneficial to the College. 

Student Judging Teams 

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members 
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete 
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges. 



60 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser, 
either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of heads of 
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in 
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who 
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the 
general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to 
add to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a student 
may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable to meet 
the requirements of his particular need. 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for 
practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each student 

whose major is in that department and who is in need of such experience. For 
inexperienced students in many departments this need may be met by one or 
more summers spent on a farm. 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the same 
for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an op- 
portunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the 
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in 
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs 
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of 
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of 
Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college of the University with little 
or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum in 
mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selection 
of freshmen electives from the standpoint of their special interests and their 
probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with no definite 
curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists with the 
choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year acquaints the 
students with the opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of Agri- 
culture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the 
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum, 
he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the General Agri- 
culture Curriculum. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 61 

Agriculture Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year ^ ^^ 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 

A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1 

**Math. 0— Basic Mathematics 

♦Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4" 4 

Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 4 4 

Elect one of the following each semester : 



Modern Language, 



3 3 



tMath 5, 6 or 10, 11, or 10, 13 3 3 

Physics, 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 

Agron. 1— Crop Production • • • • 8 

tDairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, enter 
work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a specialized 
knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to work in any 
general field in agriculture. 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect courses 
that contribute to a liberal education. 

General Agriculture Curriculum^: 

r—Semester—> 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Enghsh Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 .... 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking , 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities i 1 

Total 19 19 



••An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first 
semester; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0. 

♦Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture. 

tStudents who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry or Agri- 
cultural Engineering must be prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17. 

JStudents taking A. H. curriculum should take Dairy 1 the second semester. 

%Ii A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



62 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/^Semester— \ 

Junior Year I II 

Zool. 10 4— Genetics 3 

Hort. 5— Fruit Production, or Hort. 58— Vegetable Production.. 3 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology, or Ent. 10— Applied Entomology 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3 

Electives 6 6 



Total 19 18 

Senior Year 

A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 .... 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education .... 3 

Electives 9 7 



Total 15 15 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the phj^sical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil 
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those 
handling food products. 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

r— Semester— > 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 3 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry 4 .... 

Math. — Calculus .... 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities « 1 1 



Total 19 19 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 63 

r-Semester-> 

Junior Year I II 

' Chem. 3 5, 3 /—Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2 

Cham. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 21, 22— Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Modern Language 3 3 

Geol. 1— Geology .... 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

Math. 21— Caljulus 4 

Electives in Biology .... 3 

Total. 19 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Electives in Agi'icultural Chemistry 6 or 7 6 or 7 

Total 17 or 18 17 or 18 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to pre- 
pare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the Farm 
Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate business concerns; 
and positions with state and federal agencies, such as college teachers, agri- 
cultural extension workers, and research with federal and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental training 
in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curriculum includes 
courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, marketing, finance, 
prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student the foundation needed 
to meet the production and distribution problems confronting the individual 
farmer in a progressive rural community. 

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operating 
the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm resources and 
taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and marketing, including 
agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of getting products from the 
producer to the consumer through cooperative and private types of organization. 



64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

r-Semester— 

Sophomore Year . I II 
Eng. 3, 4 — Comrosition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 17 17 

Junior Year 

A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 .... 

A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 3 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 104— Farm Finance .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production or Dairy 1 Fundamentals of Dairying 3 .... 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

Electives 3 6 



Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 .... 

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 1 01 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Soc. 113— The Rural Community 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds anu Feeding 3 .... 

A. E. Ill— Land Economics 3 .... 

A. E. 110— Seminar 1 1 

Electives 5 8 



Total 18 18 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare students for teaching 
vocational agriculture. It also prepares them for work as county agents and 
allied lines of the rural educational services. Graduates are in demand in rural 
businesses, particularly of the cooperative type; a number have entered the 
Federal service; others are engaged in teaching and research in agricultural 
colleges; quite a few have returned to the farm as owner-managers. 

Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They 
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as 
well as others who wish to iearn more about how the extension service operates. 



*If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



65 



Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these courses 
if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involving 
graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agri- 
cultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate 
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain require- 
ments in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either through 
experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential; or they 
may be allowed to carry an additional load. 

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings of 
the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their junior 
and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high 
school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All agricultural education majors 
are urged to become members of the FFA and to participate in the activities of 
the, organization. 

Agricultural Education Curriculum* 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Restricted Science Electives 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology or Ent. 10— Applied Entomology 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

Agrom. 10 — General Soils 

A. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II 

Total . 



-Semester— 
I II 



3 
3 
4 
3 

2 
3 

1 

ly 



19 



18 



19 



•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



66 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r~Semester—\ 
Senior Year I II 

A. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3 

R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1 

tR. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 5 

R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.... 2 

A. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 2 

R. Ed. 112— Departmental Management .... 1 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 3 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production .... 3 

. Electives 3 5 



Total 16 15 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agricultural 
subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects may be 
grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power, farm buildings, 
and farm drainage. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered 
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the 
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree 
from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrification, 
design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the development of 
new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and 
by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four- 
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the funda- 
mentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could 
furnish. 

Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in 
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 



tMajors in agricultural education will also be required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice 
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior to 
the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



67 



Curriculum in Agriculture — Engineering 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in /jnerican Literature, 

Speech 7— Public Speaking 

♦Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 

*Math. 15— College Algebra 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 

Engr, 1— Introduction to Engineering 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 



—Semester-^ 

1 II 

3 3 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 4 

2 2 

1 

1 

3 3 
1 1 



20 



19 



For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering, 
the balance of the curriculum is: 



Sophomore Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics 

Surv. 2— Plane Surveying 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 
Physical Activities 



Total. 



Junior Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5 6— Composition and English Literature . . . 

Speech 108— Public Speaking 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Geol. 2— Engineering Geology 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 

Mech. 53— Materials of Engineering 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

A.gr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage 

Agr. E ;gr. 106— Farm Mechanics 

Approved Electives 



19 



20 



Total. 



19 



20 



•A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math 14 con- 
cjurrently. 



68 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



-Semester-^ 



Fourth Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 3 .... 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures .... 4 

M. E. 50— Principle of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Approved Electives 8 4 



Total... 19 20 

Fifth Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Engr. 7— Technical Writing .... 2 

Bact. 55— Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 .... 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 .... 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 105— Sew^erage .... 3 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3 



Total 20 19 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... l 

A. S. 3, 4--Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 i 



Total 20 20 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69 

/^-Semester—^, 
Junior Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Literature 3 3 

Math. 64— Differential Equations (or Engineers 3 

Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Approved Electives 3 3 

Total 21 19 

Fourth Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53— Metallography 3 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics .... 3 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Approved Electives 11 4 

Total 20 20 

Fifth Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 .... 

M. E. 102— Heating and Air Conditioning 3 .... 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration 3 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical 
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged. 

AGRONOMY 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in crop production, crop 
breeding, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil classification, and soil 
conservation. These courses prepare students to enter various types of 
private, commercial, state, and federal agronomic positions. By careful elec- 
tion of courses the student may lay a foundation for either advanced study 
or for employment upon graduation with the B.S. degree. Opportunities for 
advanced students are shown in the Graduate School catalogue. Depending 
on the electives chosen, students graduating with the B.S. degree are trained 
for general farming, farm management, specialized seed production, county 
agent work, soil conservation, or employment with commercial seed companies, 
fertilizer companies or equipment manufacturers. 



70 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Crop Production Curriculum* 

r-Sem9Ster—> 

Sophomore Year • i ^^ 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3 , • • • • 

Ecou. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3 .... 

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production .... 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology .... 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Electives 1 7 

Total 18 14 

Senior Year 

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 2 .... 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

Agron. 152— Seed Production and Distribution .... 3 

A. E. 108— Farm Management . 3 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

**Advanced Soils— 3 .... 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 

Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Crops .... 1 

Electives 5 5 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in crop breeding will elect Math. 10, Algebra (3), or 
Math. 13, Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) in the junior year. 



*If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 

**Any advanced Soils course. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 

Soils Curriculum 

r-Semester-^ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Bot, 1— General Botany .... 4 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

A. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

Agron. 112— Commercial Fertilizers .... 3 

Agron. 116 — Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients 3 .... 

Agron. 114— Soil Classification and Geography .... 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Chem. 5 or 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 0-3 3 

Chem. 35 — Organic Chemistry 2 .... 

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 

Electives 2-5 3 

Total 16 18 

Senior Year 

Agron. 119— Soil Mineralogy 4 .... 

Agron. 113— Soil Conservation .... 3 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 117— Soil Physics .... 3 

Agron. Ill— Soil Fertility 3 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Zool 1— General Zoology 4 .... 

Electives 5 .... 

Total 16 15 

Students wishing to specialize in soil mapping and farm planning phases 
of soil conservation will follow the soils curriculum except that Physics 10, 

11, and Chem. 5, 15, 17, 19, 35, 36 will not be required. Agron. 107, 108, 105, 

A.H. 1, 110, Dairy 1, and a course in physics (if the student does not have 
credit for physics in high school) will be required. Suggested electives are 

Econ. 37, P.H. 1, Hort. 5, 58, Ag. Eng. 101, Agron. 115, Bot. 20, Ent. 1, and 
Bact. 1. 



72 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry 
as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research 
workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers in spe- 
cialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain 
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical 
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, 
for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in com- 
mercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of 
teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses 
offered by this and by other departments. 

Animal Husbandry Curriculum* 

r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total. 19 19 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 .... 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 .... 

A. H. 120 — Principle:: of Breeding .... 3 

A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3 

•*A, H. 140— Livestock Management .... 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Agron, 1— Crop Production .... 3 

Electives 6 3 

Total..... 18 18 . 



♦Students planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy 
1 the second semester of the freshman year. 

•♦Required for students lacking Farm Experience. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73 

t^Semester—^ 

Senior Year I II 

A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition » 3 

A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3 

A. H. 132— Swine Production .... 3 

A. H. 150— Livestock Mariiets and Marketing 2 .... 

A. H. 160— Meat and Meat Products 3 

Agr. Eng. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology .... 4 

Agron. 1 0— General Soils 4 . ^ . . 

A. H. 170, 171— Seminar 1 1 

Electives 3 4 



Total 19 18 

BOTANY 

The department ofifers three major fields of work; plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students. 
In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to suit his 
particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute toward 
a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the chosen 
field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to 
meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, may 
elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations 
involving various botanical appHcations, such as extension work, and positions 
with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns. 

Botany Curriculum 

t^Semester->s 
Sophomore Year / // 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Bot. 2— General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, ii— General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 19 20 



74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r—Semester-\ 

Junior Year I II 

H. 5, 6 — ^History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 3 

Bot. 110— Plant Microtechnique .... 3 

Bact. 1 — Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 19 

Senior Year 

Bot. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants .... 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Botany Electives 4-8 2-5 

Electives 5-0 7-4 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 
Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; 
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34. 

DAIRY 

The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work; 
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, 
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, 
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit- 
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for 
breed promotion and sales work, for employment with private and co- 
operative business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy 
technology curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical and sci- 
entific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manu- 
facture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy 
plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection and quality control. 
Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many 
technical and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



75 



Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory, 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Dairy 20— Dairy Breeds and Selection , 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 

Bact. 13 3— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 30 — Dairy Cattle Judging 

Dairy 101— Dairy Production 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H, 111 — Ajnimal Nutrition 

Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 

Dairy 120, 121— Dairy Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester-^ 
I II 



20 



18 





2 


.... 


3 


2 


2 


:i 


.... 


3 


3 


18 


19 



16 



1 

5 

15 



♦Students planning to pursue this curricuhim should elect Dairy 1 the second semes- 
ter of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be 
taken in subsequent years. 



Id 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Dairy Technology Curriculum* 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bact, 133— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 

Dairy lli— Concentrated Milk Products 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream 

Dairy 114— Special Laboratory Methods 

Dairy 115— Quality Control in the Dairy Industry 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management 

Dairy 120, 121— Dairy Seminar 

Electives i 

Total 



r-Semester' 
I II 

3 



18 



1 

8 

16 



4 
3 

1 

18 



3 


3 


4 


.... 


.... 


2 


4 


.... 


.... 


3 


2 


2 


.... 


3 


5 


4 


18 


17 



3 
4 
4 

3 
1 
3 

18 



ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of private, 
commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes basic courses in 
Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two years is devoted to ob- 
taining this essential background. In the junior and senior years the student, 
besides the required courses, will elect 18 credit hours from the following courses 
according to his needs: A. H. 1 ; Agron. 1 ; Agron. 10; Bact. 131 ; Bot. 123; Bot. 124; 
Bot. 125; Dairy 1; French 1, 2; German 1, 2; Hort. 5, 6; Hort. 11; Hort 58; Hort. 
59; Math. 5, 10, or 11; Physics 1, 2; Zool. 104. Other electives in Entomology 
and related subjects are available to broaden the scope of the training. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



77 



A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take 
the introductory course (Pint. 1) and after consultation with the heads of both 
the major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute most 
to the end he has in view. 

Entomology Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Ent. 2 — Insect Morphology 

Ent. 3 — Insect Taxonomy 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Jttnior Year 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 105— Medical Entomology 

Ent. 101— Economic Entomology 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

♦**Ent. 110, 111— Special Problems 

Ent. 112— Seminar 

**Ent. 116— Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants.. 
♦•Ent. 117— Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products.... 

•*Ent. 118— Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops 

•♦Ent. 119— Insect Pests of Domestic Animals 

Electives 

Total 



r-Semester—\ 


I 


// 


3 


3 


4 


4 


3 


.... 


.... 


3 


4 


.... 


.... 


4 


3 


3 


1 


1 


18 


18 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


3 


2 


2 


3 


.... 


3 


.... 


.... 


3 


5 


8 


19 


19 


1 


1 


1 


1 


.... 


3 


2 


• . . • 


.... 


3 


2 


.... 


9 


9 


16 


16 



HORTICULTURE 

The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits), 
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and 
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter 
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester 
of the Freshman year. 

••Of these four courses each student is required to take only two. 
•••Students may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, 
or expand the work and credits upon departmental approval. 



78 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com- 
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the de- 
partment. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is required 
for graduation. 

Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum. 

rSemester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, a— General Chemistry 4 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Hort. 5, 6— Fruit Production 3 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives .... 2 

Total.... 20 18 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy. 3 .... 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production .... 3 

Hort. 59— Small Fruits .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking. 2 2 

Econ, 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

•Electives 5 6 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 .... 

or 

Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops 2 

Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits 2 2 

or 

Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 2 2 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants .... 3 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 i 

♦Electives 8 9 

Total 16 17 



*Electives must include a minimum total of ceven credits from the following courses : 
Hort. 11, 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116, 122. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



79 



Floriculture and Ornamental Horticultural Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 

Bot. 2 0— Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 

Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Plants 

*Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort, 16 — Garden Flow^ers 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

♦Electives 

Total 

♦Required of students specializing in floriculture : 

Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management 

Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental 
horticulture : 

Art. 1— Charcoal Draw^ing 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 

Hort. 152, 153— Landscape Design 

Dr. 1— Engineering Drawing 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying 

Hort. 159— Nursery Management 

or 

Hort. 160— Landscape Maintenance 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



19 



19 



1 

2 
14 



17 



3 
1 

17 



3 

3 

2 

9 

17 



3 
1 

2 
17 

18 



♦Suggested Electives in Landscape and Ornamental Horticulture Option: 
Art 2, 9, too, 101 ; Engr. 100 ; For 1. 



80 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Phys. 1, 2-- Elements of Physics 

Hort. 61— Processing Industries 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 1— Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Hort. 155, 156— Commercial Processing 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants 

Agr. Engr. 112— Machinery and Equipment for Horticulture 

Processing 

Electives • 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. i03, 104— Technology of Vegetables 

Hort. 121— Plant Operations 

Hort. 123— Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products 
Hort. 124— Quality Control 

A. E. 105— Food Products Inspection 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 

and one of the following options : 

MANAGEMENT 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 

B. A. 150— Market Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electives 

Total 

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem. 19--Quantitative Analysic 

Bact. 52 — Sanitary Bacteriology 

Hort. 126— Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester-^ 
I II 



20 



14 



3 
3 
2 
1 
3 
1 

3 
1 

17 



4 


.... 


3 


.... 


3 


2 


4 


.... 


4 


4 


.... 


3 


.... 


4 


3 







2 


2 


3 


1? 


20 


2 


2 


2 


.... 


• • • • 


2 


3 


.... 


.... 


2 


1 


1 



2 
14 



14 



14 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 81 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improve- 
ment work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and research 
in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for 
a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take a language. 
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com- 
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* 

r—Semester—^ 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. , 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3 .... 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total.., 19 18 

Junior Year 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability .... 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding .... 2 

♦♦Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 . 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Eng. 7— Technical Writing .... 2 

Electives 4 3 

Total 17 17 



♦Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1, the first semester 
of the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected in the Freshman Year, it must be 
elected In a subsequent year. 

♦♦Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition. 



82 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—^, 

Senior Year I ^I 

P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry i 

A. E. 117— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry 3 

v. S. 108— Avian Anatomy 3 .... 

v. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene .... 3 

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management 3 

P. H. 107— Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 

Agr. Engr.— Elective 2-3 .... 

Electives 6-7 10 

Total 17 19 

Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which 
a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans 
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to 
the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice 
in these matters. 

Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four 
year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as members 
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agri- 
cultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admissions 
officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre- Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of Veterin- 
ary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend to 
some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All Pre- 
Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 83 

of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 

advice in these matters. 

Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special stu- 
dents and pursue a program of studies not included in any regrular curriculum, 
but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these 
special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of 
the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit 
classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This op- 
portunity is created to aid florists, poultrymcn, fruit-growers, gardeners, or 
other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work 
at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 

with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 

hours' credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of 
the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



84 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors Nystrom, De Vault, (emeritus), Beal, Walker; Associate Professors 
Hamilton, Poffenberger, ShuU, Assistant Professors Bohanan, Smith; 

Instructor Burns. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A.E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 
32, or Econ. 37. 

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to 
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth, 
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and 
marketing. (Shull.) 

A. E. SlOO A-B. Special Problems in Farm Economics (1, 1) — Summer 
session only. 

An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing and cooperation. Designed 
primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Staff.) 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis- 
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester. 
Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza- 
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity developments; 
operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester. 

A study of credit principles as appHed to private and cooperative farm 
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits 
■ of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. 

(Poffenberger.) 
A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the 
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy products, 
poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruction will 
be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and practical work 
will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to Washington, D. C, 
and Baltimore. (Not offered 1954-55.) (Staff.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3)—Second semester. 
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with 
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester. 
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing of 
farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint 
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the atcual farm business 
and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations 
as to how these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. 

(Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research 
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings 
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and 
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles, problems and policies in the utilization of land 
with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Bohanan.) 

A. E. 112. Economic Development of American Agriculture (3) — First 
Semester. 

This course is designed to acquaint students with major economic develop- 
ment in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis upon the economic 
impact of major agricultural movements, such as, Colonial agrarianism, the dis- 
position of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental farm 
programs and the relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Beal.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United 
States in world trade of agricultural products; farm relief measures and 
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments. 

(Shull.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3)— First semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu- 
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical 
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3)— Second semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed 
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Burns.) 



86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second 

Semester. 

This course embraces the economic phases of egg and poultry marketing. 
Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be discussed along with 
marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, trans- 
portation, government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer 
preference, acceptance and purchases will be related to consumer income, 
pricing of competitive products, and display methods. (Smith.) 

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, 
P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. See Dairy 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A, H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Advertising. See Business Administration, B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 

For Graduates 

A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and 

second semesters. 

An advance course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, produc- 
tion adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.) 

A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished. 

This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic 
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the 
class and instructional staff. (Staff.) 

A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the 
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investigation 
in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis (1) — Summer session only. 

An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. Designed 

especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester. 

The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing the 
origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon 
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87 

A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation (3) — First semester. 

Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the field 
of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and reducing 
farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and interstate 
agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farmers; 
taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.) 

A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as 
they affect public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public 
education, public highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and 
governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities directly concerning 
agriculture. (Walker.) 

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing (3) — First Semester. 

This course is designed to acquaint graduate students in agricultural 
marketing with the complex theoretical, institutional and legal relationships 
which influence the marketing of agricultural products. It will deal with agri- 
cultural marketing In both domestic and foreign trade. (Staff.) 

A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester. 

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the 
Bnanclal status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical 
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management, especially de- 
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of 
i/iflFerent sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is 
also gl'-en to adjustments which have taken place in farming specific areas and 
probable -hanges in the future. ( ) 

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1) — Summer session 
only. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies 
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (3) — First 
semester. 

A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques. 
Experience Is given In outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. 

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3) — Second semester. 

(Bohanan.) 
A critical analysis of the principles and problems in using and controlling 



gg UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special con- 
sideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and 
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised; problems 
of landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of 
a sound land policy are studied. (Bohanan.) 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professors Ahalt, Cotterman; Associate Professor Murray. 

R. Ed. 1.— Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of 
all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. Other students must 
get the consent of the instructor. 

A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agriculture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

R. Ed. lOL Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2)— First 

semester. Two laboratory periods a week. 

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning ac- 
quired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of 
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice. 

(Murray.) 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to students 
majoring in Agricultural Education who have a satisfactory scholastic average. 

Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze 
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach 
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the 
duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125 
clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4)— First and second semesters. Registra- 
tion concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. • 

To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in farming program 
supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally 
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

This course deals with an analysis of pupils learning in class groups. 

(Ahalt, Murray.) 
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First 

semester. 

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89 

programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and 
objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. HI. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First 
semester. 

Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. De- 
termining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; 
and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method of 
teaching. (Murray.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. 

The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester. 

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communities, 
stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal life 
in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects 
of educational oft'erings. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2) — Second semester. 

The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The history, 
philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in 
extension work. ( ) 

R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2) — First semester. 

General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, including 
writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and television; 
and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides, exhibits, 
and posters. ( ) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. 

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life 
in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and 

second semesters. 

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing 
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who 
have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. S207. A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1) 

Summer session only, 

A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of vocational agri- 
culture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs. 



90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

R. Ed. S208. A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1-1)— Summer 

session only. 

This course deals with the latest developments in the teaching of Farm 
Mechanics. Various methods in use will be compared and studied under 
laboratory conditions. 

R. Ed. S209. A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1) — Summer ses- 
sion only. 

Principles of adult education as appHed to rural groups, especially young 
and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional 
methods are stressed. 

R. Ed. S210. A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1) — Summer session 
only. 

Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Stations and the role 
they have played in improving conditions in rural communities. 

R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1) — Sum- 
mer session only. 

Development of the extension service. Tj'^pes of demonstrations and in- 
struction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstration 
Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society. 

R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1) — 

Summer session only. 

The part rural institutions have played in starting, developing and support- 
ing education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various phases of 
agricultural education. 

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri- 
culture (1-1) — Summer session only. 

Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agriculture in- 
cluding scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relation- 
ships, organizational problems and the responsibilities of county superintendents 

and principals in the program. 

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1) — Arranged. 

The role of the critic teacher in checking progress, supervising and grad- 
ing student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide 
program in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation 
of beginning teachers. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study. 

Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student 
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final 
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt, Murray.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91 

R. E<L 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1)— Second semester. Open 

to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of Agriculture. 

A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures 
dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural 
subjects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — First and second semesters. 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several 
agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. S250. A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — Summer session 

only. 

Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and discussed. 
Students are asked to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports. 

R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.> 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Assistant Professor 
Hofmeister; Instructor George 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and 
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm operations. 
Laboratory work consists of detailed stud}'- of actual machines, their calibration, 
adjustment, and repair. (George, Hofmeister.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second se- 
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion 
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter, Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course consists of laboratorj^ exercises in practical farm shop and 
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the principles 
of shop organization and administration. It is available only to seniors in 
agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester. 

A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating, 
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 

periods a week. 

Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and 
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Gienger.) 



92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 

one laboratory period a week. 

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, 
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction, 
and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of time will be spent 
upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity (2) — Second Semester. 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

This course covers the uses and applications of electricity on the farm and 
in the farm home. (George.) 

Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3) — First se- 
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of mechanical principles and of mechanical appliances and ac- 
cessories, such as boilers, pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc., 
adapted to food processing plants. (Hofmeister.) 

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing 

(2)— Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Agr. Engr. 111. (Hofmeister.) 
This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the machines 
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables. 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

Professor Kuhn; Associate Professors Axley, Bourbeau, Ronningen and Street; 
Assistant Professors Bentz, Decker, Liden and Strickling. 

A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field 
crops. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 
Agron. 101. Senior Seminar in Crops (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

Agron. 1, 107, and 108. 

Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications pertaining 
to crops. (Ronningen*) 

Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (1-2)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1, 107, 108. 

Advanced individual study of field crops of special interest to the student. 

(Staff.) 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2)— First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 

The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used 

in plant improvement. (Ronningen.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93 

Agron. 105. Tobacco Production (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 1. 

A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement 
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland 
tobacco production. (Street.) 

Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 105. 

A study of the physical and chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco, stress being placed on the importance of soil, climate and 
fertilizers. (Street.) 

Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Study of the principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, 
soybeans and buckwheat production. (Liden.) 

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for 
quality hay, silage and pasture. (Decker.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester. 

The coordination of information from various courses in the development 
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various 
areas of the State and Nation. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1. 

A study of seed production, processing, and distribution; Federal and State 
seed control programs; seed laboratory analyses; release of new varieties and 
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. The course will also include identifica- 
tion of weeds and their seeds or fruits. (Liden.) 

Agron. 154. Weed Control in Field Crops (2) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1. (Not offered in 1954-55.) 

A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in the 
control of weeds in field crops and turf. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. (Not offered, 1954-55.) 

Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offering 
a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 



94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Presentation of original work or review of literature on agronomic topics. 

(Staff.) 
Agron 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. 
Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 205. Biogenesis of Tobacco (2) — Second semester. Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Offered in odd years. 

A study of the structural adaptation of tobacco to environmental and ex- 
perimental variations. (Street.) 

Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Crop Production (2, 2) — First 
semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining 
to crop production. (Agron. 206 not offered in 1954-55). 

(Decker, Kuhn, Ronningen, Street.) 

Agron. 208. Research Methods (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of staff. 

Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop 
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of literature on specific 
phases of a problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8) — First and second semesters. 

Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of 
the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his own 
problem for study. (Staff.) 

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems (1) — Summer session only. 

An advance course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest develop- 
ments in the field. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 211. Biosynthesis of Tobacco (2) — Second Semester. Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Offered in even years. 

A study of the composition of tobacco with emphasis on the alkaloids and 
other unique components. (Street.) 

B. SOILS 

Agron. 10. General Soils (4) — First semester. Three lectures and a two- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 or permission of 
instructor. 

A study of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, development, 
relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, and 
chemical properties. (Strickling.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agron. 81 10. Soil Management (1)— Summer school only. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Vocational Agri- 
culture and County Agents dealing with factors involved in management of 
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological 
characteristics of soils. Illustrations with conservation practices receive par- 
ticular attention. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 

A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical 

or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and 
rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 

A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers. 

(Axley.) 
Agron 113. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 

one three-hour laboratory a week. 

A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil 
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil con- 
servation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Bentz.) 

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography (4) — Second semester. 
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 10, and permission of instructor. 

A study of the genesis, morphology, classification and geographic distribu- 
tion of soils. The broad principles governing soil formation are explained. 
Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the development and 
use of soils in the United States and other parts of the world. 

The laboratory periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study 
of soil maps of various countries. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 116. Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3)— ?-First semester. One hour 
lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour laboratory a week. 

A study of chemical methods for soil analysis and their relation to fertilizer 
requirements of plants grown in soil. (Axley.) 

Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in Physics, 
or permission of instructor. 

A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship 
to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 118. Special Problem in Soils (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. 



96 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soil problem. 

(Staff.) 

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy (4)— First semester (every other year). Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor, 

A study of the fundamental laws and forms of crystal symmetry and es- 
sentials of crystal structure; structure, occurrence, association and uses of 
minerals, determination of minerals by means of their morphological, chemical 
and other physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil-forming 
minerals. 

Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 75 
minerals. (Bourbeau.) 

Fop Graduates 

Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Mineralogy (3) — First semester (every other 
year). Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, Agron. 119 
and permission of instructor. 

A study of the structure, physical-chemical characteristics and identification 
methods of soil minerals, particularly the clay minerals, and their relationship 
to soil genesis and productivity. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) — First semester. 
Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of 
instructor. 

An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation 
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

(Axley.) 

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission 
of instructor. 

An advanced study of phj^sical properties of soils with special emphasis 
on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3) — First semester. 
One hour lecture, one two-hour laboratory and one three-hour laboratory a 
week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

An advanced study of chemical methods for soil analyses and their relation- 
ship to fertilizer requirements of plants grown in soil. (Staff.) 

Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, l)-^First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.) 

Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12)— First and second semesters. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professor Kerr; Assistant Professors 

Buric and Leffel 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First semester. Two 

lectures and one laboratory period a week, 

A study of the general problems in breeding, feeding, management and 
marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Practice is given in the 
selection of animals to meet market demands. Field trips may be made to 
near-by farms and packing plants. 

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development, 
characteristics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to 
standards of excellence. 

A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 

periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission of instructor. 

Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, . swine and horses. 
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are 
maintained. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 90 and permission of instructor. 

An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this 
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate 
livestock judging contests. (Buric.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the 
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the cal- 
culation and compounding of rations. (Lefifel.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef 
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breed- 
ing, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. 

(Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H, 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep, 



98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. 

(Leffel.) 

A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1) — First semester. Prerequisite A. H. 
1. A study of the light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and usefulness 
of each. A discussion of principles of selection and breeding of light horses is 
included in this course. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 1. 

Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper 
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care of 
injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 110. 

A course designed to offer practical experience in working with livestock, 
especially to students who lack farm experience. Provides opportunities for 
students to learn practical methods of handling and managing beef cattle, sheep, 
and swine. Practice and training in fitting animals for shows and sales. 

(Buric.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na- 
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which 
effect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses 
and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

Advanced undergraduates will be required to review literature, present 
reports and discuss assigned topics relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staff.) 

A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— First 

and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which specific problems 
relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3)— First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99 

31, 32, ZZ, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. 
Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients;- nutri- 
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production and 
reproduction. (Shaw.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two leectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit 
(1-3 hours), allowed with permission of instructor. 

The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, 
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.) 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. 

History and development of livestock markets and systems of marketing; 
trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and refrig- 
eration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.) 

For Graduates 

A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2) — 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the characters of 
work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 

publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 204. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined b}^ amount and character of work done. 

With the approval of the head of the department, students will be required 
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying the 
same to completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 

A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. 

This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and variation; 
selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal 
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields as 
they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. (Staff.) 

A. H. S230. Beef Cattle (1)— Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational Agriculture 
and Extension Service Workers. (Foster.) 



100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox, Weaver, Appleman (emeritus), 

Norton (emeritus); Associate Professors Brown, D, T. Morgan; Assistant 

Professors O. D. Morgan, Dugger, Rappleye, Keller; Research Associate 

Krauss; Research Assistant Sisler. 

Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liveworts, mosses, ferns and 
their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduction, 
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection and 
identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant diseases 
and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro- 
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and programs in 
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological 
science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiologry 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4)— First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. 

A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory fee, 
*5-00' (Gauch, Dugger.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3)— Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and 
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4)— First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic 
chemistry, or equivalent. 

A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body 
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2)— Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
101 and introductory physics, or equivalent. CNot offered 1954-1955.) 

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena in 
plant life processes. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Not offered 1954-1955.) (Dugger.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
12 semester hours of plant science. (Not ofifered 1954-1955.) (Krauss.) 

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2)— Second semester. 
Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection with 
recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done. 
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be under- 
taken. (Gauch, Dugger, Krauss.) 

Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2) — Second semester. 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

This course, on highly specialized subjects, will usually be presented by a 
specialist who is available at a neighboring institution. 

Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Dugger.) 

B. Plant Morpholog^y and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. 



102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the vascular 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or 
equivalent. 

A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally 
associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or permission of instructor. Study of 
difficult plant groups, especially grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites, with 
emphasis on native plants. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. 

A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable 
crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany. 

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, leading 
to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 
or equivalent. 

A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The 
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of 
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and 
similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 133. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Bot. 2, or 

equivalent. (Not offered 1954-1955.) 

The morphology, taxonomy and ecology of the Bryophytes and Pterido- 
phytes. Field study and collections will be made in local areas. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 135. Aquatic Plants (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent. (Not offered 
1954-1955.) 

A study of the taxonomy and ecology of aquatic plants, especially those of 
importance in fisheries and wild life management. Field trips and collections 
will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind (2)— First semester. Prerequisite Bot. 1 or 

equivalent. 

A survey of the plants which are utilized by man; the diversity of such 
utilization, and their historic and economic significance. (Rappleye.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 103 

Bot. 151S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2) — Summer. Five two-hour 
laboratory and demonstration periods per week; 10:00-11:00; E-307. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1954.) 

(Owens.) 

A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, 
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. 

For Graduates 

Bot 211. Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 (Genetics) or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela- 
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. (Not 
offered 1954-1955.) 

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special 
reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. 

(D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 

Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit according 
to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, (Genetics) or equivalent. 
(Not offered 1954-1955.) 

An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly 
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other 
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2) — First 

semester. Prerequisite permission of instructor. 

This course treats specialized subjects very intensively. It will usually 
be given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. 

C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First or second 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent 



104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bet. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester Prere- 
quisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1954-1955.) 

Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning 
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern 
states. (Jeffers.) 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — First semester. 

Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or equivalent. 

The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and 
cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2)— First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 

20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1954-1955.) 

Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the 

eastern United States. (Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im- 
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and 
economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, |5.00. (Jeffers.) 

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1) — Summer. Daily lecture first three 
weeks, 11:00; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Not offered 1954.) 

A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis- 
cussion and demonstration of the important diseases in Maryland crops. 

(Cox and Staff.) 
For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 

laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. 

Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant 
viruses and plant diseases. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

(Not offered 1954-1955.) 

A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially 
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. ( .) 

Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done. 

(Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 105 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease 
control. (Cox.) 

Bot. 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. 

This course on very specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be 
given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. 

Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology. 

(Jeffers, Cox.) 

DAIRY 

Professors Beck, Arbuckle and Shaw; Assistant Professors Mattick and 
Keeney; Instructors Brown and Seely 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content 
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and man- 
agement and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing of dairy 
products. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Brown, Mattick.) 

Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2) — First semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

A detailed study of the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to the 
success and failure of modern breeding establishments and standards of ex- 
cellence in the selection of breeding cattle. (Brown.) 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice will 
be made. (Beck.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1)~ First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. 

A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical 
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual practice 
and training in the University dairy barns. (Brown.) 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A.H. 110. 



106 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man- 
agement. (Beck.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120. 

A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and artificial 
breeding techniques. (Beck.) 

Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, students majoring in dairy production, Dairy 101; students majoring 
in dairy products technology, Dairy 108. 

Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in 
dairying. (Staff.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the amount and 

character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work 
the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

Dairy Cattle Nutrition. See Animal Husbandry, AH HI. 

B. DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 

periods a week. 

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Dairy 40. 

An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and 
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate 
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation 
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids; 
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4)— First semester. Two lectures and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation, 
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality problems; 
chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, given in 1954-1955.) 

Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration 
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures 
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 
114. (Alternate years, not given in 1954-1955.) 

Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory fee, 
?3.00. ' (Mattick.) 

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108. 

The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream; 
fundamental principles; ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, Bact. 133, 
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con- 
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 115. Quality Control in the Dairy Industry (3) — First Semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 109. Ap- 
plication of quality control methods in relation to dairy ordinances, standards 
and farm and plant inspection. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Alattick.) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3) — Second semester. Two lecture 
periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, at least 
three advanced dairy products technologj^ courses. 

Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant 
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairjdng B (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the amount 
and character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing. (StaflF.) 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology 

Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequisite. 
Dairy 101 or equivalent. 



108 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and man- 
agement. Readings and assignments. (Staff.) 

Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1) — Summer session only. 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle 
nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.) 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. 

Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points 
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric 
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of milk, 
milk enzymes. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 203. Physiology of Milk Secretion (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. Ill; Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34, or permission of instructor. 

A study of the anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland, 
including hormonal control, theories of milk secretion, and factors affecting 
the amount and composition of milk. (Shaw.) 

Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in ac- 
cordance with the amount and character of work done. 

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are 
stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the student 
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1) — First semester. 

Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and 
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 206. Advanced Dairy Research Seminar (1) — Second semester. 
Discussion of fundamental research in Dairy Science. 

Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
dete'i'mined by the amount and quality of work done. 

Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the 
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a 
thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams, 
Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sasscer, Sailer, Shepard, 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semesters. Two 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109 

lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of 
college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, class- 
ification into orders and principal families and the general economic status of 
insects. A collection of common insects is required. 

Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the 
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important families 
based on individual collections supplemented by typical material from the de- 
partment collection. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester. 

A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey- 
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student 
who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee management. 

(Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department. 

An intensive study of the theory and problems of applied entomology, 
including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism and control. 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the 
department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

A study of insects and related anthropods that afifect the health and comfort 
of man directly and as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control of such 
pests the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of limited groups 
of insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.) 



110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and 

Elementary Organic Chemistry. (Alternated with Ent. 205; not offered in 
1954-55.) 

The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and 
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- 
patibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department. 

The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, circu- 
lation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the nervous 
system, and metabolism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, to be determined by the department. 

An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably of the 
student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior 
standing. 

Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts of literature. 

(Cory and Staff.) 
Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
junior standing. 

A study of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Prepa- 
ration of bibliographies. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department. 

Lectures on the principles and procedures involved in preventing the intro- 
duction of foreign pests and the limitation of spread of endemic or introduced 
pests. (Sasscer.) 

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. (3) — Second 
semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prere- 
quisite Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The recognition, biology, and control of insects injurious to plants grown in 
ornamental plantings, nurseries, and under glass. (Haviland.) 

Ent. 117. Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products (2)— First 

semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite 
Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The recognition, biology and control of insects injurious to corn, small 
grains, legumes, cotton, tobacco, stored grains, seeds and cereal products. 

(Cory and Bickley.) 

Ent. 118. Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops (3) — Second semester. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite Ent. 1 

or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Not offered 1954-55.) 

The recognition, biology and control of insects injurious to important fruit 

and vegetable crops. (Cory and Bickley.) 

Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite Ent. 1 or 
consent of the department. Laboratory fee $3.00. (Not offered 1954-55.) 

The recognition, biology, and control of insects and related arthropods 
injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, sheep, goats, and poultry. (Bickley.) 

For Graduates 

Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be determined 
by the department. First and second semesters. 

Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento- 
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual 
research. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters. 

Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course in- 
volves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for publication 
must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirements 
for an advanced degree. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis on internal 
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in 
morphology. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — First semester. One lecture and one two- 
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the department. Labor- 
atory fee, §3.00. (Will be alternated with Ent. 107.) 

A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to 
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.) 

Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. 

(Bickley.) 



112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

FORESTRY 

Assistant Professor Enright 

For. 30. Elements of Forestry (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general survey of the field of forestry, including timber values, conserva- 
tion, protection, silviculture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation and 
lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland management. 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Stark, Thompson, Associate Professors 
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professors Britton, Enright, Reynolds, Wiley; 

Instructor Todd 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general basic course planned to give the student a background of methods 
and practices used in production of horticulture crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or 
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must be taken in 
sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage of 
fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, 
and roses and their cultural requirements. 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester. 

The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their applica- 
tion to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (2) — Second semester. 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, broad- 
leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in ornamental plantings. 
Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113 

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small 
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, blackberries, and 
cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (1) — Second semester. 

Early history and development of the various types of preservation of horti- 
cultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining. The 
relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases 
are emphasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory 
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and decoration. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing recent 
scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155. 

Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper se- 
quence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing plants, 
providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to commercial 
plants included. ( ) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D, 1, Art 1, Surv. IH, 
Ind. Ed. 41. Prerequisite or concurrently Hort. 107. 

A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by direct 
application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. 

Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107, 108. 

(Enright.) 

A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and 
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included. 



114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Hort. 6; Bot. 101. 

A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant 
physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial produc- 
tion. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58; Bot. 101. 

For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101, 102. 

(Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 101; Hort. 107. 

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, 
flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. (Link.) 

Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic impor- 
tance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11. 

A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental 
plantings. (Enright.) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort, 5, 6. 

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description of 
fruits. (Haut.) 

Hort. SI 15. Truck Crop Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and extension 
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods of 
production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will 
receive special attention. 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. 

( ) 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2)— -First and second semesters. Credit 
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or botany. 

(Staff.) 

Hort. 123. Grades and Standards for Canned and Frozen Products (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
124. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115 

Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and 
critical appraisal for quality improvement. 

Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort, 58, 155, 156. 

This course covers the principles involved in the evaluation of factors of 
quality in processed foods including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation 
factors, and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.) 

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county agents. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods 
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and 
their solution will receive special attention. 

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1) — Summer session only. 

A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration agents 
and county agents. Special emphasis wnll be given to the development of lawns, 
flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (2) — Second semester. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. ZZ and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 
123. 

Laboratory practice in standard methods for determining mineral, vitamin, 
carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various fruit and vegetable 
products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, Hort. 11. 

Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing of 
cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 155. Commercial Processing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory 
fee, §5.00. 

The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural 
crops. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155. 

A continuation of Commercial Processing L Also includes actual work in 
laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, marmalades, and 
juices. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. 

A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations. 

(Enright) 



116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences (3) — First Semester. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Organization of research projects and presentation of experimental results in 
the field of biological science. Topics included will be: Sources of research 
financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and in- 
dustrial supported research programs, and technical and popular presentation of 
research data. (Haut.) 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 205. Experimental Olericulture (2). First semester. Prerequisite 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture (3). First semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in Floriculture. (Link.) 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). Second semester. One 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 

A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horti- 
culture. (Scott.) 

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2-12) — First and second se- 
mesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five 
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or 
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.) 

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing (2). Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in processing. (Kramer.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Jull, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern 
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, 
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and 
distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for 
other courses. The zoological classification of and structural differences among 
domestic birds are considered in their relation to food production. Special em- 
phasis is given to turkey production. 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite 
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means Correlation 
studies of characertistics associated with productivity. 

Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from 
this class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 
1 or 2. 

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry 
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to tgg and meat production and 
quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.) 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1954-1955). 

Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet these 
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases 
commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.) 

P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of 
hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry 
are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are 
assigned. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. 

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, ^^g, broiler, and turkey 
production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and 
financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage, 
and marketing of eggs and poultry, also factors affecting their quality and 
grading. ( ) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second se- 
mester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics A. E. 117.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First semester. 

Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. 
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage, 
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses and 
their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented. 
Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry and functions 
performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special problems 
in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry staff should 
be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.) 

P. H. Sill — Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) — Summer session onh\ 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems con- 
cerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will 
be devoted to nutrition. 

P. H. S112. Poultry Products and Marketing (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products and with hatchery management problems, e.g^ and poultry grading, 
preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 119 

For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 100 or equivalent. 

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link- 
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in development, 
inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environment on the 
expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.) 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 
ZZ and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 

A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, 
antibiotics, and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and 
metabolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use 
of sjmthetic diets are considered. (Combs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or its 
equivalent. 

The role of the endoctrines in avian reproduction, is considered. Fertility, 
sexual maturity, broodiness, e.Qg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. 

(Shaffner.) 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, and 
guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature: (1-4) — First and second semesters. 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit in 
accordance with work done. 

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the 
supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees of M.S. 
and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Nutrition Laboratory (2) — First semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1955-1956). 

To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research tech- 
niques useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials with 
chicks, as well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed. 

(Combs, Romoser.) 



120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner, Poelma, De Volt, Hansen and Reagan; 
Associate Professor Sperry 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological ac- 
tivities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases of 
farm animals. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. 

Structure and function of the feet of domestic species. Common diseases 
and abnormalities of the feet; their correction and prevention. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second se- 
mester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, V. S. 103. 

Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesticated 
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of the 
feet; their prevention and correction. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3)— Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (De Volt.) 

Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, 
control, and eradication. 

V, S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. 

Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and 
demonstration. (DeVolt.) 

For Graduates 

V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of staff. 

Laboratory and field work by assignment. 

(Poelma, De Volt, Hansen, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of stafif. 

Studies of practical disease phases. (Poelma, De Volt, Hansen, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, 
photography. (Reagan and Brueckner.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 121 

AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND 
REGULATORY AGENCIES 

EXTENSION SERVICE 
Administrative Staff 

College Park 

James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of Extension. 

T. B. Symons, Director, Emeritus. 

Venia M. Kellar, Assistant Director, Emeritus. 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist, 

Assistant Director. 
John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader. 
Mrs. Florence W. Low, M.S., Professor and Home Demonstration Agent 

Leader. 
Margaret T. Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent. 
M. Gist Welling, Associate Professor and Acting Asst. County Agent Leader. 
Walter S. Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor and Acting State 4-H Club 

Agent. 
Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Assoc. State 4-H Club Agent. 
Elliott M. Elliott, Auditor. 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established 
by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people of the State 
with their agricultural and homemaking problems. Most of the work is 
carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the homes throughout 
the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the 
Extension Service of the University of Maryland and the U. S. Department 
of Agriculture. 

The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the 
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Extension 
Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home Demon- 
stration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the work 
requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these Agents are in 
close contact with local people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope 
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations 
and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experiment Station and 
Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all 
rural groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better mar- 
keting of farm products and encourages the marketing of -home supplies by 
rural women. Work with women is one of the most extensive phases of 
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and the 



122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day women are 
engaging. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified 
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and training, 
and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverence and 
citizenship. 

The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture 
and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have 
been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and 
demand develop. 

Canners* Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in 
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held 
in February. 

Rural Women's Short Course 

In response to request of rural women for special training in a variety of 
subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. At- 
tendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, reaching 
more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program offered has 
been broadened through the years and attracts women from all counties in the 
State. The third week in June is the date usually selected. 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, beekeepers, 
greenkeepers, sanitarians, and cow testers are among those held in recent years. 
Announcement of such courses is made to those who may be interested. 

Boys and Girls' Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls* 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are 
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation 
is provided. 

EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF* 

Subject Matter Specialists 

George J. Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture. 

Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B., Ext. Instr., Marketing. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean, Graduate School, Professor and Head, Botany 

and Plant Pathology. 
George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 



♦Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional 
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123 

Glenn H. Beck, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy. 

Frank L. Bentz, Ph.D., Ext. Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Extension Entomology. 

Robert L. Bruce, M.S., Asst. Prof. & Publ. Editor, Inf. & Publ. 

Fred L. Bull, B.S.. Extension Professor, Soil Conservation. 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering, 

State Drainage Engineer. 
Janet L. Coblentz, B.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Nutrition. 
A. Boyd Cochran, Ext, Assistant, Entomology, 
Gerald F. Combs. Ph.D., Professor, Poultry. 
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Proifessor, Plant Pathology. 
Harry W. Dengler, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Forestry. 
John P. Dietrich, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Dairy Husbandry. 
Charles O. Dunbar, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture. 
Andrew A. Duncan, M.S., Ext. Instr., Horticulture. 
Charles P. Ellington, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Soil Conservation. 
Andrew J. Feeney, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Information and Publication. 
James R. Foster, M.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Entomology. 
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry. 
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 
Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist. 
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Wallace C. Harding, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Entomology. 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head, 

Horticulture. 
Russell C. Hawes, M.S., Ext. Professor, Marketing. 
Harold H. Hoecker, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing. 
Evelyn B. Hutcheson, B.S., Ext. Instr., Inf. & Publications. 
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, 
Carl N, Johnson, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening, 

Warren T, Johnson, M.S., Ext. Instr., Entomology. 

MoRLEY A. JuLL, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry. 

James G. Kantzes, B.S., Instr., Botany. 

John R. Keller, Ph.D., Asst. Prof., Botany, 

Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry, 

Albert V, Krewatch, M.S., E.E. Ext. Professor, Agricultural Engineering, 

Rural Electrification. 
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy. 
George S. Langford, Ph.D., Ext. Professor, Entomology. 
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor,. Floriculture. 
John E. Mahoney, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 



124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

William A. Matthews, M.S., Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and 

Markets. 
Charles P. Merrick, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Drainage Engineering. 
Amos R. Meyer, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Marketing. 
Jeanne S. Moehn (Mrs.) B.S., Ext. Assoc. Prof., Family Life. 
Omar D. Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology. 
John L. Morris, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy. 
Joseph L. Newcomer, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Agronomy. 
James L. Nicholson, Extension Instructor, Poultry, 
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction and Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
Charles W. Porter, B.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
BuRNELL K. Rebert, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing. 
Wade H. Rice, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Poultry. 
John M. Ryan, B.S., Assoc. Prof. & Agr. Ed., Inf. & Publ. 
Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S., Asst. Prof., Rural Sociology. 
J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry, Adv. 

Registry Testing. 
Helen Shelby, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Clothing. 
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor, Landscape Gardening. 
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Professor, Vegetable Crops. 
George A. Stevens, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof. Agricultural Economics 

and Marketing. 
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Prof., Pomology. 
Mitchell Thompson, B.S., Ext. Asst., Agronomy. 
Perry F. Twining, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry. 
Joseph M. Vial, B.S., Ext. Professor, Animal Husbandry. 
Albert F. Vierheller, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture. 
Edwin J. Weatherby, Ph.D., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry. 
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist. 
Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

County Agents (Field)* 

County Name and Title Headquarters 

Allegany Ralph F. McHenry, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel Stanley E. Day, B.S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 



*A11 Professional Titles should be preceded by Extension for Men and Women Agents. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125 

Baltimore Horace B, Derrick, B.S., 

Associate Professor Towson 

Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B., 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Francis M. Rogers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Landon C. Burns, M.S., 

Associate Professor Westminster 

Cecil Raymond G. Mueller, B.S., 

Assistant Professor Elkton 

Charles Paul D. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Harry W. Beggs, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Henry R. Shoemaker, M.A., 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett John H. Carter, B.S. 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Henry M. Carroll, B.S. 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Howard Warren G. Meyers, B.S. 

Associate Professor Ellicott City 

Kent James D. McVean, B.S. 

Associate Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Otto W. Anderson, M.S. 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince Georges Percy E. Clark, B.S., 

Associate Professor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Annes B. Wagre Kelly, M.S., 

Instructor Centreville 

St. Mary's Joseph J. Johnson, 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence Z. Keller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Rudolph S. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Mark K. Miller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico James P. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Robert T. Grant, B.S., 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 



126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Assistant County Agents* (See Page 82) 

Allegany Joseph M. Steger, B.S., Instructor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel George F. Thorne, Jr., B.S., Jr. Instructor Annapolis 

^ Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Asst. Prof Towson 

I W. Max Buckel, B.S., Instructor Towson 

Calvert W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Prince Frederick 

Carroll William M. Allenberg, B.S., Instructor Westminster 

Cecil Allen B. Bryant, B.S., Instructor Elkton 

Charles William E. Garvey, Jr., M.S., Instructor.... La Plata 

Dorchester and 
Talbot William M. Nixon, M.S., Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick Roy D. Cassell, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Garrett James A. McHenry, B.S., Instructor .Oakland 

Harford (Temporary Vacancy) Bel Air 

Howard James I. Albright, B.S., Instructor Ellicott City- 
Kent Stanley B. Sutton, Instructor ..Chestertown 

RoscoE N. Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville 



) 



Montgomery ^ /t^ ^r n -d i -it 

(Temporary Vacancy) Rockville 

Prince Georges Merle L. Howes, M.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Anne's (Temporary Vacancy) 

St. Mary's Loren M. Hiddleson, B.S., Jr. Instructor Leonardtown 

Washington Roscoe Brown, Jr., M.S., Assistant Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Robert G. Miller, B.S., Instructor Salisbury 

Negro County Agents 

District Agent Martin G. Bailey, B.S., Instructor Rm. 52 Symons Hall, 

Anne Arundel College Park 

and Calvert J. Edward Bullock, B.S., Jr. Instructor '. Annapolis 

Caroline and 

Dorchester Elliot Robbins, B.S., Instructor Denton 

Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Indian Head 

Montgomery Onnie L. Privette, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Prince George's James R. Taylor, B.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro 

St. Mary's Ryland Holmes, B.S., Instructor Lexington Park 

Somerset and 

Wicomico Louis H. Martin, Instructor Princess Anne 

County Agent at Large 

M. Gist Welling, B.S., Assoc. Prof., College Park 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127 

County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)* (See Page 82) 

Allegany Joanne Reitz, B.S. & M.S., Asst. Prof Cumberland 

Anne Arundel Miriam F. Parmenter, B.S. 

Associate Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson 

Baltimore City Margaret O. Holloway, M.S., Asst. Prof Baltimore 

Calvert Mrs. Florencs E. Buchanan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Bessie M. Spafford, B.S., Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Evelyn D. Scott, B.S., Associate Professor Westminster 

Cecil Evelyn Barker, B.S., Instructor Elkton 

Charles AIrs. Anna S. Will, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, A.B., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Beatrice Fehr, M.A., Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett Ethel Grove, M.S., Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Virginia L. McLuckie, M.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Howard Mrs. June A. Robertson, B.S., Asst. Prof Ellicott City 

Kent Jane C. Boyd, B.S., Assistant Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Catherine M. Rhoads, B.S., Assistant Professor. ...Rockville 

Prince Georges Ethel M. Regan, B.S., Associate Professor Hyattsville 

Queen Annes Ruby Brant, B.S., Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Marys Ethel M. Joy, A.B., Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Mrs. Regenia M. Fuller, B.S., 

Assistant Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Ardath E. Martin, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstov^^n 

Wicomico Nell G. Grim, M.S., Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Jane M. Cole, B.S., Asst. Prof Snow Hill 

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents 

Allegany (Temporary Vacancy) Cumberland 

Anne Arundel (Temporary Vacancy) Annapolis 

Baltim.ore Imogexe D. Romino, B.S., Instructor Towson 

Baltimore „^ Margaret N. White, B.S., Instructor Towson 



128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Baltimore City Patricia Ann Middleton, M.S., Asst. Prof. 

229 E. North Ave., Baltimore 

Talbot County Barbara Ann Long, B.S., Jr. Instructor Easton 

Carroll Charlotte A. Conaway, B.S., Instructor Westminster 

Dorchester Charlotte V. Mitchell, B.S., Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick Betsy J. Lovington, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Harford (Temporary V'acancy) Bel Air 

^(Temporary Vacancy) Rockville 

Montgomery .| y^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ Instructor Rockville 

Prince George's Ella M. Fazzalari, B.S., Instructor Hyattsville 

Washington Judith L. Messinger, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown 

Wicomico (Temporary Vacancy) Salisbury 

Howard County Amy Fry, B.S., Jr. Instructor Ellicott City 

Home Demonstration Agent 

At Large Gertrude Gronbech, B.S., Asst. Prof College Park 

Negro Home Demonstration Agents 

St. Mary's Mrs. Evelyn G. Ashley, B.S., 

Instructor Lexington Park 

Charles Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Dorchester and 

Caroline Mrs. Ruth J. Truxon, B.S., Jr. Instructor., Denton 

Montgomery Verna Evelyn Guinn, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Prince George's Mrs. Hattie G. Holmes, B.S., 

Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Somerset Mrs. Omega M. Jones, A.B., Instructor Princess Anne 

Wicomico Catherine E. Johnson, Instructor Salisbury 

Baltimore City Ethel L. Bianchi, M.A., Instructor Baltimore 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what the 
research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture is made 
up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not sufficient 
capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct research. 
Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming, are as 
numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our pro- 
duction of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research results 
that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the Hatch 
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose 
of estabhshing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the 
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129 

by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bank- 
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup- 
ported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College Park. 
On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and 
diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also 
the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds. 
About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant 
Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fer- 
tility, plant breeding and general horticultural problems. An experimental farm 
near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. 
A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of 
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near 
Ellicott City a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests 
of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These 
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which 
exist where the results will be put into practice. 

The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the 
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF* 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station 
William B. Kemp^ Director of Experiment Station Emeritus 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Economics and Alarketing 

George M. Beal, Ph.D Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Paul R, Poffenberger, Ph.D Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
William P. Walker, M.S Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
Luther B. Eohanan, M.S Assistant Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 



*Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional 
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Harold D. Smith, Ph.D Assistant Professor 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

David J. Burns, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Agricultural Engineering 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., LL.B Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer 
George J. Burkhardt, M.S Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 

Albert V. Krewatch, M.S Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Harry J. Hofmeister, B.S Assistant Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 
Paul N. Winn, Jr., B.S Assistant Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 

Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor, Agricultural Engineering 

Ellis W. Martin, , Laboratory Mechanic 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural Education 

Ray a. Murray, Ph.D Associate Professor, Agricultural Education 

Agronomy 

Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy 

Russell G. Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Crops 

John H. Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Ph.D Associate Professor, Crops 

Orman E. Street, Ph.D Associate Professor, Tobacco 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., Ph.D Assistant Professor 

Edward Strickling, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Soils 

Howard B. Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils 

Agronomy — Seed Inspection 
Forrest S. Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector 

Animal Husbandry 

John E. Foster, Ph.D Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry 

WiLLARD W. Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 

John Buric, M.S Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Animal Pathology 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D Director, LSSS 

Harold M. DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 131 

Leo J. PoELMA. M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent 

Reginald L. Reagan Professor, Virology 

Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology 

Ronald B amford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany 

Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology 

Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D Professor, Plant Physiology 

Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology 

Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology, 

State Pathologist 

Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology 

John R. Keller, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology 

Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany 

Omar D. Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology 

Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany 

James G. Kantzes, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology 

Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D Research Associate, Plant Physiology 

Hugh D. Sisler, Ph.D Research Assistant, Plant Pathology 

Dairy Husbandry 

Glenn H. Beck, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D.. Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry 

Mark Keeney, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Richard E. Brown, M.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry 

Editorial 

John M. Ryan, B.S Associate Professor and Editor 

Robert L. Bruce, M.S Assistant Professor and Publications Editor 

Entomology 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D Professor and Head, Entomology 

State Entomologist 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Lewis P. Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Harold S. McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology 

Horticulture 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulture 

Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Professor, Horticulture 

Conrad B. Link, Ph.D Professor, Floriculture 

Leland E. Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Professor, Vegetable Crops 



132 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D Professor, Pomology 

Donald M. Britton, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Pomology 

Lee J, Enright, Ph.D Assistant Professor, 

Ornamental Horticulture 

William A. Matthews, M.S Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops 

Charles W. Reynolds, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Vegetable Crops 

Ralph U. Ruppenth al, B.Sc Research Assistant 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture 

Herman Todd, B.S Instructor 

Robert C. Wiley, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Horticultural Processing 

Poultry 

MoRLEY A. JuLL, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry 

Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D Professor, Nutrition 

Mary Juhn, Ph.D Research Professor, Physiology 

Clyne S. S haffner, Ph.D Professor, Physiology 

Mary Shore, Ph.D Professor, Nutrition 

George D. Quigley, B.S Associate Professor, Husbandry 

George L. Romoser, Ph.D Asst. Professor, Nutrition 

Robert W. Bishop, M.S Research Assistant, Nutrition 

Rural Sociology 

Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S Assistant Professor 

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 

Symons Hall, College Park, Maryland 

Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing 

W. W. Anderson Supervisor, Federal-State Inspection Service 

Arthur F. Martin Assistant Supervisor, Eggs, Poultry and 

Dairy Products Inspection 

Louis C. Holland Assistant Supervisor, Fruits and Vegetable Inspection 

Rudolph S. Forrester Inspector, Eggs, Poultry and Dairy Products 

Russell C. Hawes Extension Professor, Marketing 

BuRNELL K. Rebert Extension Instructor, Marketing 

Charles E. McCain Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

Arnold L. Lundquist Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

Joseph M. Doris Market Reporter 

John E. Mahoney Extension Assistant Professor and 

Superintendent of Weights and Measures 

J. DeSales Maiier Inspector, Weights and Mines Scales 

Amos R. Meyer Extension Associate Professor 

Charles W. Porter Extension Assistant Professor 

Richard N, Smith Assistant Superintendent of Weights and Measures 

Clementine B. Anslinger Extension Instructor 

Mabel G. Howell Extension Instructor 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 133 

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im- 
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. 
The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer in 
marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the 
farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his 
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries 
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and 
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news 
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, maintains a 
consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agricultural 
marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's func- 
tions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the 
authority of various State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A 
close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension 
Service, all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland 
Crop Reporting Service, and the Agricultural Marketing Service of the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the 
personnel in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural marketing 
problems an effective combination of research, education, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave 
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems. 
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the State 
program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested, 
marketing speciaHsts hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. 
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury. Hancock, Hagerstown and 
Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland. 

Market Price Reporting 

Daily market reports covering 100 farm products are issued in cooperation 
with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide teletype facilities 
are utilized in this service. These reports contain information on market con- 
ditions, prices of crops, livestock, and other agricultural products. The in- 
formation in these reports is published in local newspapers, broadcasts over 
radio stations in the State and mailed in mimeograph form to anyone 
requesting it. 

A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives current 
retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits, vegetables, 
meats and dairy products. 

Marketing Information Service 

In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agricultural 
marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College Park. This 



134 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

report contains information on market supplies, quality, price trends, storage 
holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic information available 
in the marketing information series includes the monthly truck crop news; the 
monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and weather report; truck receipts in Balti- 
more City of fresh fruits and vegetables, issued daily with a monthly summary; 
and a weekly report of the volume of broilers moved from farms to market in 
the Delmarva Peninsula. 

Grading and Inspection Service 

Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself 
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the department. 
Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are employed to perform 
this official grading service. Products graded and inspected include apples, 
peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, cannery tomatoes, cannery peas, 
cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and eggs and other farm products. The 
State Department of Markets also issues final inspection and certification for 
the Seed Certification Board on Irish and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock. 
Maryland canners frequently base their prices to farmers on the grades estab- 
lished by the grading and inspection service rendered by the department. Estab- 
lished U. S. grades and standards are usually used in this grading program, 
however, special grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower 
or processor so desires. 

General Marketing Services 

Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring about 
a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regarding: 
(1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets and consumer 
demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality products; (4) 
advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that various marketing 
agencies play in the marketing system and the essentials for their success; (6) 
interpretation and utilization of marketing information and (7) the various 
phases and channels of the marketing system. 

These problems are handled in various w^ays including the holding of meet- 
ings with growers and distributors throughout the State, planning and con- 
ducting short courses and special schools, conducting of various grading and 
inspection demonstrations, and giving assistance on marketing facilities such 
as farm markets and auctions. 

Consumer Marketing Information 

The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for 
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro- 
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable pro- 
duce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in the 
prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus production and 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 135 

market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of this service in 
addition to a specially prepared radio script and press releases on best buys. 
This program is conducted in close cooperation with the Home Demonstration 
Agent of Baltimore City. 

Regulatory and Control Activities 

From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing of 
farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed necessary 
for the common good of both the producer and the consumer. The depart- 
ment acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the enforcement 
of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading Law, (2) the 
Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale and Trans- 
portation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark Law (6) 
Weights and Measures Law and (7) the Grading and Inspection Laws. In the 
enforcement of these various laws the Department endeavors to make an 
educational approach in which the cooperation of growers and handlers is 
solicited before resorting to legal action. 

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 

College Park, Maryland 

E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. 

L. O. Weaver, State Plant Pathologist. 

I. C. LIaut_, State Horticulturist. 

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under 
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" as 
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland 
of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and reenacted 
with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and 
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re- 
enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary to bring them into 
conformity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture 
and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory 
functions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, 
and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under 
Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly." 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to 
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A 
considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, 
crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the 
Federal Government in the inspection and certification of materials that come 
under quarantine regulations is another major function of the department. The 
department enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of 
apiaries. All activities pertaining to control of insects are conducted under the 



136 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. Activities of the department 
in the field of plant disease control are under direction of Dr. L. O. Weaver, 
State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and eradication of dis- 
eases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., 
inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of 
white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 

Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland 

W. S. Abuckle, Chief Examiner 
Jack S. Conrad, Assistant Inspector 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on 
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Section 542 thru Section 558, 
of the Laws of A/Taryland, 1951. The dairy department, functioning under the 
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with 
the administration of the law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that 
samples, weights and tests used as the basis of pa3''ment for such products are 
correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents 
shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correct- 
ness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these 
purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and 
cream from producers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, 
and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream 
when the results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of 
payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the 
Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk 
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers, 
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing 
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers, 
testers and dairy plants. 

The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire industry by preventing 
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper methods 
of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of inaccurate and 
improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the accuracy of scales, 
construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures result in greater efficiency 
and thus less loss to dealers and producers alike. The licensing of weighers, 
samplers, and testers assures both the producer and the dealer that the men 
engaged in such work are competent. 

The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 137 

the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and 
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the pro- 
ducers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit by the 
law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement. Such a 
responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all groups 
afifected by the law. 

During 1952, 106 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 3 plants in 
Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily); 18 in Class B (buying 
from 501 to 2.000 pounds of milk daily); 58 in Class C (buying from 2,001 to 
40,000 pounds of milk daily); and 22 in Class D (buying more than 40,000 
pounds of milk daily). In addition, 317 licenses were issued to testers and 138 
licenses issued to weighers and samplers, 

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 
College Park, Maryland 

Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer. 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are 
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the State, to 
correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the State and to 
cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of a permanent pro- 
gram of improved drainage. 

STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE 

Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides and Fungicides 

L. E. BopST, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist 
A. B. Heagy, Associate State Chemist Cecil Pinkerton, Chemist 

H. R. Walls^ Microscopist W. J. Footen, Inspector 

S. C. Chang, Biochemist R. W. Neal, Jr., Inspector 

R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector 

J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk 
N. S. Chapman, Chemist 

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural 
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes neces- 
sary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the 
State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this legislation are the State 
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Insecticide and Fungicide laws. 

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases : First, the com- 
modities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and with 
proper labels ; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's inspec- 
tors from all parts of the state ; third, chemical and physical examinations must be 
made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met; fourth, results 



138 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

must be assembled and published in concise and understandable form, with the reports 
made available to all interested persons ; and fifth, the prosecution of those responsible 
for flagrant violations. 

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime samples 
submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service. 

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable federal 
agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only state-wide, 
but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and unbiased fair 
treatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike. 

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu- 
facturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair competition. 

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large 
measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However in 
those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both federal 
and state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance. 

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

Agronomy-Botany Building, College Park, Maryland 

F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst 

Ellen P. Emack, Assistant Analyst 

Anna H. Ferguson, Assistant Analyst 

The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 
administers the State seed law; inspects seeds sold throughout the State; collects 
seed samples for laboratory examination ; reports the results of the examinations to 
the parties concerned; publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative 
reliability of the label information supplie<i by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats 
tobacco seed intended for planting in the State; makes analyses, tests, and examin- 
ations of seed samples submitted to the Laboratory ; and advises seed users regarding 
the economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the 
Agricultural Marketing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture 
in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in Maryland. 

Millions of dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in Maryland. Perhaps 
twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent of the vegetable seeds 
planted in the State pass through trade channels and are thus subject to the seed 
law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement 
of the seed law however, for State citizens may submit seed samples to the Lab- 
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit- 
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals 
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment 
of the Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly 
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 139 

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

Arthur L. Brueckner^ Director 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director 

Leo J. PoELMA, Chief of Laboratories 

The Live Stock Sanitar}'' Service is organized under the State Board of Agri- 
culture and is charged with the responsibihty of preventing the introduction of 
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and 
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with 
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the sup- 
pression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis 
are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal Industry of the United 
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians 
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control 
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and 
many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 

Facilities for the diagnosis cf a wide variety of diseases are furnished in the 
main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salisbury, Centre- 
ville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. A branch laboratory for Garrett County 
has been approved by the Board of Agriculture. Virtually every part of the state 
is in easy reach of these opportunities for help. 

Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park and Salisbury 
laboratories, but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. 
Some projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the Alary- 
land Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies comes information 
concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, and by drug treatment which 
saves breeders and owners vast sums. 

Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in the 
University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appropriate subjects 
are also presented to farmers* clubs and industry groups in the state. 

MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., 

Director and Professor of Veterinary Science 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D. Assistant Director 

Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories 

Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology 

Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology 

Professor of Veterinary Physiology 

Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M., 

Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan 

Cl\'de L. Everson, D.V.AL. Professor in charge of Brucellosis Control 

Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory 

William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M In charge, Hagerstown and 

Frederick Laboratories 



140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Jack E. Hanley, D.V.M In Charge, Bel Air Laboratory 

Francis R. Lucas, V.M.D In Charge, Centreville Laboratory 

Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research 

Edward M. Sacchi, D.M.V Associate Professor, Mastitis Research 

Reginald L. Reagan Professor of Veterinary Virology 

CoL. James R. Sperry, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Basil C. Hatziolos, D.V.M Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 

James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Clarence E. Gibbs, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Charles R. Lockwood, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D ..Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert B. Shillinger, V.M.D.. Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

James E. Porter, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert B. Johnson, A.B Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology 

Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology 



College of 

ARTS and SCIENCES 



STAFF 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 

Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Henry B. McDonnell, M.D., Dean Emeritus 

Francis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Ruth R. Adams, Ph.D., Instructor of Enghsh (part lime). 

A.LFRED O. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

J. Frances Allen, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology. 

Hannes O. G. Alfvkn, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

George Anastos, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Frank G. Anderson, PIi.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

George L. Anderson, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

James L. Anderson, Ph.D., Research Associate in Physics. 

Roy S. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Thomas G. Andrews, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Psychology. 

Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech. 

Philip Arsenault, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Arthur W. Ayers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Thomas J. Aylward, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Betty B. Baehr, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

William J. Bailey, Ph.D., Research Professor of Cliemistry. 

Edward W. Baker, Ph.D., Visiting Lecturer. 

Cecil R Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of Engh'sli. 

Jack C. Barnes, M.A., Instructor of English. 

James L. Bates, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

Whitney K. Bates, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Richard Bauer, Ph.D., .Associate Professor of History. 

Otho T. Beall, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Earl S. Beard, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Donald Belknap, Research Assistant Physics. 

Warren Bezanson, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

141 



142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

John W. Brace, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 

George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor of Physics (part time.) 

FuRMAN Bridgers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

George M. Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology. 

Joshua R. C. Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Eleanor W. Bulatkin, Ph.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Sumner O. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

Joseph H. Camin, Ph.D., Visiting Lecturer. 

Glenn Carow, Instructor of Music, (part time). 

Anna Carper, A.B., M.S.L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Robert S. Cathcart, Ph.D., Instructor of Speech. 

Benjamin R. Cato, Jr., M.A., Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Dorothy Cravem, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

George C. Cree, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Herbert A. Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

John Alan Davies, Research Assistant, Physics. 

Jules deLaunay, Ph.D., Professor of Physics (part time). 

Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Robert E. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

Edwardi E. DiBella, M.A., Instructor of Sociology, (part-time). 

Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Eunice M. Disney, A.B., M.L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Jack R. Dixon, M.S., Research Assistant of Physics. 

EiTEL W. DoBERT, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Raymond N. Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology. 

Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry. 

Dorothy F. Duffy, B.S., Res. Assistant of Chemistry. 

Lucille H. Eckardt, B.S., M.S., Research Assistant of Bacteriology. 

David Ellis, M.A., B.Litt. (Oxon.), Instructor of English. 

Gertrude Ehrlich, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Bacteriology. 

William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Richard A. Ferrell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 

Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English (part time). 

Jacob G. Franz, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143 

Archer Futch, M.S., Research Asst., Physics. 
Lucius Garvin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy. 
Mary K. Gerdeman, B.S., Research Assistant of Chemistry. 
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of History. 
Herbert R. Gillis, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 
Robert H. Goldsmith, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 
Richard A. Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
Frank Goodwyn, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 
Flora E. Gorirossi, M.S., Jr. Instructor of Zoology. 
Frank A. Grant, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 
William Gravely, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 
Melville Green, Ph.D., Research Associate of Physics. 
Meyer Greenberg, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages (part time). 
Donald Greenspan, AI.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 
Charles W. Griffin III, B.S., M.S., Research Assistant of Bacteriology. 
Sidney Grollman, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology. 
Francis S. Grubar, M.A., Instructor of Art. 

John W. Gustad, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of Coun- 
seling Center. 
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Thomas W. Hall, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Roscoe W. Hall, Ph.D., Lecturer of Psychology. 

R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor of History. 

Poul Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology. 

Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Robert A. Harper, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology, (part time). 

Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor of Music. 

Isabella M. Hayes, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Stuart Haywood, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Roy K. Heintz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Hanford Henderson, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Richard Hendricks, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Maurice R. Hilleman, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Bacteriology. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology. 

Stanley M. Holberg, M.A., Instructor of English (part time). 

Lois Holladay, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

H. Max Houtchens, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Psychology. 

Daniel C. Hutton, M.A., Counselor of Counseling Center. 

Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 

Charles B. Izard, Research Assistant of Physics. 

Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Laurens Jansen, Doctorandus (Netherlands), Associate Professor of Chemistry. 



144 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

WiLHELMiNA Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistaiit Professor of History. 

Mary A. Kemble, M.A., Instructor of Music. 

Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor of Physics (part time). 

John F. Kent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology. 

Barry G. King, Ph.D., Lecturer in Zoology. 

Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Aaron D. Krumbein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

Robert L. Landers, Instructor of Music. 

Ann R. Lawless, B.S., Research Assistant of Zoology. 

Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. 

Irving Linkow, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Pamela M. Ludford, B.Sc, Research Assistant of Bacteriology. 

William A. Lybranp, M.A., Junior Instructor of Psychology. 

Gharles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Joseph R. Marches, M.A., Junior Instructor of Sociology, (part-time), 

Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art. 

Gharles P. Martin, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics. 

Lyle Mayer, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

John J. McArtney, Research Assistant of Physics. 

Kennon McGormick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology, 

Henry B. McDonnell, M.D., Professor of Chemistry (Emeritus). 

Elliott McGinnies, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

James McManaway, Ph.D., Lecturer in English. 

Peter Mazur, Sc.D., Research Associate of Chemistry. 

Earl F. Meeker, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

John F. Mehegan, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Bruce L. Melvin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Charlton Meyer, B.Mus., Instructor of Music (part time). 

Antonius Michels, Sc.D., Professor of Chemistry. 

Frances Miller, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles G. Mish, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Emory A. Mooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. ,, 

Annabelle B. Motz, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 

Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of English. 

Ralph Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Graciela p. Nemes, Ph.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

John L. Nemes, Ph.D., Research Associate of Bacteriology. 

Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 

Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Donald C. Oakes, Research Associate of Chemistry. 
Harold Orel, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Arthur C. Parsons, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology. 
Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 
Virginia Phillips, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 
Hugh B Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Dolores L. Pierson, Ph.D., Junior Instructor of Zoology. 
Robert Pierson, Ph.D., Instructor of English, 
John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English. 
Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History. 
Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Hester B. Proven son, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 
Rudolph E. Pugliese, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 
William Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Marguerite Rand, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music. 
E. Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
Orr E. Reynolds, Ph.D., Lecturer of Zoology. 
Patrick W. Riddleberger, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 
John M. Robinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 
Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Sherman Ross, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 
Karl Hans Roth, Dr. Rer. Nat., Instructor of Mathematics. 
Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 
Howard Ro\^lstad, B.S., L.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Library Science, 
Philip Rovner, B.A., M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Homer W. Schamp, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 
Walter E. Schlaretzki, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 
John F. Schmidt, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 
Sol Schwartzman, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 
Mark Schv^eizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages, 
Arnold Seigel, Sc.D., Research Associate of Chemistry (part time). 
Paul W. Shankv^eiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 
Berger M. Shepherd, B.S., Research Professor of Chemistry (part time). 
Julius C. Shepherd, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 
Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art. 
S. Fred Singer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 
Zaka I. Slawsky, Ph.D., Research Professor of Chemistry (part time). 
Gayle S. Smith, M.A., Instructor of English. 
Gerald A. Smith, M.A., Instructor of English. 
-Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
David S. Sparks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 



146 UNIVERSITY OP MARYLAND 

Eleanor P. Spencer, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics, (part time). 

Guilford L. Spencer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Fague Springmann, B.Mus., Associate Professor of Music (part time). 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Robert A. Spurr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

E. Thomas Starcher, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

M. Elizabeth Stites, B. of Arch., Instructor of Art. 

Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., B.S., Associate Professor and Head of Speech. 

Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 

John S. Toll, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics. 

John W. Tomlin, M.A., Junior Instructor of Sociology, (part time). 

H. David Turner, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Homer Ulrich, B.Mus., M.A., Professor and Head of Music. 

A. Mary Urban, B.A., B.A. in L.S., M.A., Instructor of Library Science. 

Betty R. Vanderslice, M.S., Research Assistant of Mathematics. 

Fletcher P. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

William M. Visscher, Ph.D., Research Associate of Physics. 

Robert S. Waldrop, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Psychology. 

RoALD K. Wangsness, Ph.D., Professor of Physics (part time). 

Alford Ward, M.S., Research Asst. of Physics. 

Kathryn p. Ward, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Joel Warren, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Bacteriology (part time). 

Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Josephine A. Wedemeyer, B.A., B.S. in L.S., M.Ed., Instructor of Library Science. 

Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

George W. Wharton, Jr., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Zoology. 

James P. Wharton, A.B. and M.F.A. (Col. U. S. A., Ret.), Professor and Head 

of Art. 
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
John A. Whittenburg, M.A., Junior Instructor and Research Associate of 

Psychology. 
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Herbert L. Wiser, M.S., Research Asst. of Physics. 
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
Bernard R. Works, B.A., Junior Instructor of Speech. 
Bernard R. Wrenn, M.A., Junior Instructor of Sociology, (part time). 
David Young, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 
A. E. ZucKER, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



147 



College of Arts & Sciences 

Staff (Baltimore) 

Adele Ballman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Frank A. Dolle, M.A., Instructor of Zoology. 

Gaylord Estabrook, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Francis M. Miller, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Allie W. Richeson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Claire S. Schradieck, Ph.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

College of Arts & Sciences 
Staff (Overseas) 

Gordon H. Barker, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 
Lawrence B. Lavvson, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 
Leonard I. Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 
Augustus J. Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Edgar N. Sampson, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 
Taylor C. Scott, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 
Roland Stromberg, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 




SOUTH GATE 
On U. S. Highway No. 1, eight miles from Washington, D. C, the proximity 
of which is of immeasurable advantage to students because of the unusual 
facilities afforded in the National Capital 



148 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

THE college of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education. 
It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the prob- 
lems which confront them and w^hose general education will be a 
continuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. 
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his 
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his education 
and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits. 

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. The 
new program in American Civilization is open to all students of the University 
as well as to those in Arts and Sciences. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, in 
general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the 
University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern of 
subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of Social 
and Natural Sciences are required. One unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. Foreign Language entrance units, although highly 
desirable for certain programs, are not required. Units in Fine Arts and in 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign 
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for ad- 
mission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-medical 
curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions. 

For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165 fixed charges; 
$71 special fees; $360 board; $130 to $150 room rent; and laboratory fees which 
vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10 is charged 
all new registrants. A charge of $150 is assessed students who are not residents 
of the State of Maryland. An additional charge of $50 is assessed to dormitory 
students who are noH-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of 
Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of the 
"General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 149 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regulations, 
are required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of tliis course is a prerequisite for graduation 
and it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of at- 
tendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the course or 
take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry 
during their Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. courses 
which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor 
of Science. 

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors 
in departments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts*. Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in 
departments of Biological or Physical Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Science.f 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of 
Arts and Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will be 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the Dean 
of the School of Medicine, or of the Dean of the School of Dentistry. This 
program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester hours (exclusive of the 
required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the 
College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (usually the 
first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or in the School of Dentistry. 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined pr.ogram of 



♦The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although 
administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses 
for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in those 
of the other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are administered by 
the College of Arts and Sciences. 

tThe departments of Botany and Entomology, although administered by the College 
of Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected 
in these departments as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological 
Sciences administered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 



150 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Arts and Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts on 
the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law. This program consists 
of a minimum of 90 semester hours (exclusive of the required courses in military 
science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first year's program or its equivalent) 
in the School of Law. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a baccalau- 
reate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this 
University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 semester 
hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences, College Park. 

General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be 
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements : 
r 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than 
military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in addition 
12 semester hours in military science, and four semester hours in physical activities. 
Women must acquire in addition four semester hours in hygiene and four semester 
hours in physical activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average grade 
of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will be permitted to 
begin advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possible, 
before the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before graduation: 

I. English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6 : twelve semester hours. 

IL Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. 

in. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours ; Sociology 
1, three semester hours ; History 5 and 6, six semester hours ; twelve semester hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particular 
curriculum. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. Science courses 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151 

will be elected from those departments offering majors in the College of Arts and 
Sciences. 

VI. Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required freshman and 
sophomore years. , 

VII. Health for Women — four semester hours. Required freshman year. 

VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

3. Major and Minor Requirements — When a student has completed satisfactorily 
the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select a major in one 
of the departments of an upper division and for graduation will complete a depart- 
mental major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor must 
conform to the requirements of the department in which the major work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory courses 
in the field in which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental requirements, of 
24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or above. 

A minor shall consist of a coherent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours 
in addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be 
in a single department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising 
the minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least C, 
and the average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields combined 
must be at least C. A general average of C in courses taken at the University 
of Maryland is required for graduation. 

Special Honors in Literature 

A program of readings for special honors in literature is open to under- 
graduates in any college of the university who have the approval of their dean 
and of the head of the Department of Enghsh. Candidates aer examined upon 
an approved list of literary works including translations from foreign languages. 
Application may be made to the head of the Department of English at any time 
before the beginning of the junior year. 

Certification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high 
school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor 
in one of the departments of this College. A student who wishes to work for 
a teacher's certificate should consult his advisor before the junior year. 

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the University 



152 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the College of Arts 
and Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges and 
schools is as follows: 

College of Agriculture — 20. 

College of Business and Public Administration — 20. 
College of Education — 24. 
College of Engineering — 20. 
College of Home Economics — 20. 

School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be completed. 
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine must 
be completed. 

Normal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per 
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, military science, and 
hygiene. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours 
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval of 
the Dean of the College. 

Advisers 

Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser 
who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his courses and to 
determine what his field of major concentration should be. 

Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, or his 
designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements 
of their schedules of courses. 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designed 
to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for concentration 
in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency 
in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the field of his special 
interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, 
if permission to pursue a major study is to be obtained. 

The student should fallow the curriculum for which he is believed to the best 
fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all students who 
are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should be taken, when possible, 
during the Freshman and Sophomore years. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153 

GENERAL CURRICULUM 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the depart- 
ments of the Humanities and the Social Studies, Students wishing to major in one 
of the Physical or Biological Sciences will find the requirements in the curriculums 
listed under the respective headings, found on subsequent pages. Students wishing 
to major in Sociology or Crime Control will find the requirements listed under the 
section on the Social Sciences. 

r—Semester->, 

Freshman Year / // 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .... 3 

♦Foreign Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2. 4-Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Egn. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Natural Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Elective 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 16-19 16-19 

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Now, more perhaps than ever before, it is vitally important to understand this 
country and to use the best experience of the past to help solve the massive problems 
of America's present and future. Believing this, the University has set up one of 
the most comprehensive programs in American studies to be found anywhere. The 
program begins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes 
a major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. 
and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate program, see the 
graduate catalog.) • 

Since America is many-sided, the student who majors in American Civilization 



*A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they have studied in high school. 



154 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

has the advantage of being taught by cooperating specialists from various depart- 
ments. The committee in charge of the program represents the departments of 
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology, Members of the com- 
mittee serve as ofiicial advisers to students electing to work in the field. 

For the student who plans to go (for example) into teaching, law, journalism, 
government work, library work, or business, the study of American civilization is 
a good basis. Although the main aims of the program for majors are cultural rather 
than professional — designed to produce better citizens and broader minds — the pro- 
gram still offers a firm foundation for a number of different kinds of careers. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of securing 
breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of concentration. 
Studies in American Civilization are supplemented by studies in source cultures and 
interacting cultures ; however, in choosing a curriculum, students are required to 
concentrate in one of the four departments primarily concerned with the program. 
Elective courses are, with the aid of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered 
in the humanities, in the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective 
courses are in history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics, 
sociology, political science, and philosophy; but it is possible for a student to fulfill 
the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty semester hours in 
such subjects as art and psychology provided that such work fits into a carefully 
planned program. 

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in which 
the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During this course, the 
student analyzes eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in 
American life and thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, 
in formulating problems for special investigation, and in group discussion. 

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American 
Civilization should consult with their Lower Division Adviser. Upperclassmen should 
consult with the Executive Secretary of the American Civilization curriculum. 
Professor Bode. The course of study for each student will be planned according 
to both the student's individual needs and the requisites for a unified program of 
American studies. 

II. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take the 
art curriculum as aj cultural subject and as preparation for a career for which 
art is a necessary background; Art M|,jor B for those who prepare themselves 
for creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to more 
advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved in 
visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of actual practice of 
drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155 

of drawing and painting, and of the methods and procedures underlying good quality 
of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the creative 
faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, necessarily places 
emphasis on general history, composition, and art appreciation, with subsequent 
choices of special art epochs for greater detailed study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students majoring 
in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is suggested that they 
schedule Art 9, 10, and 11, Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Archi- 
tecture, and History of American Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller 
understanding of their major. Art 20 is recommended for English, Languages, 
Philosophy, Home Economics, and Education majors. Art 10, History of American 
Art, is advised for majors in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics 
and Horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful 
means of training observation and developing understanding of, and proficiency in, 
the visual arts. 

Creative Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 
Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2) 

Cultural Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 10 — History of American Art (1) 
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2) 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work, 
are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required for 
graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recommended that 
students give special consideration to the following: French, German, philosophy, 
history, and fine arts. 

Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 
hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 122, 
123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 



156 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Honors in English: A student whose major is English and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades may read for honors in EngHsh. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest in English or American literature. Application may 
be made to the head of the Department of English between the second semester 
of the sophomore year and the first semester of the senior year. 

Foreign Languages and Literature 

The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a student 
can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, 
and 7). 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for the 
general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in a rounded 
study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding another nation through 
its literature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major: Language and literature as such are stressed 
in the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years 
are a semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 
8 or 9 and 81 or 82), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six 
hours of the introductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), any 
twelve hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26 semester 
hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Department are desirable and 
as electives work in American and in Comparative Literature is strongly recom- 
mended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are required. 

Foreign Area Major: The area study major endeavors to provide the student 
with a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. 
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two 5'^ears are ten hours of conversa- 
tion, Civilisation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), three hours of Advanced Com- 
position (Fr., Ger., or Span. 121) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 
or above — a total of 25 semester hours. In addition the student takes, as a minor, 
twenty to thirty-six hours in geography, history, political science, sociology, or 
economics, distributed through these fields in consultation with advisers in the Foreign 
Language Department. The student is urged to take some elective work in American 
and in Comparative Literature. 

Special Honors: The distinction of special honors in French, German, or 
Spanish is awarded to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned 
requirements, have completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive 
examination in their field of concentration. The purpose of honors in languages is 
(1) to encourage independent reading and (2) to coordinate the knowledge afforded 
by the various individual courses which constitute the major curricula. The work 
leading to honors is done in conferences between students and professors. It should 
be begun early in the student's collegiate career, and in no case may students declare 
their candidacy for honors later than the beginning of their senior year. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 157 

MUSIC 

The functions of the Department are (1) to help the student develop sound 
critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music; (2) to enahle him 
to pursue the study of music as one of the humanities and, consequently, as a 
source of emotional' and intellectual satisfaction; (3) to provide a sequence of 
courses that prepares him for graduate work in the fields of music literature, 
theory, and musicology; (4) to prepare him to teach in the field (see the 
catalogue of the College of Education for the curriculum leading to the B. S. 
in Ed. degree with a major in Public School Music). 

Music is assuming increasing importance in the life of every educated person 
today. Its full enjoyment and comprehension require a foundation in music 
literature and theory; many of the Departmental courses are offered with that 
end in view. Music 1, Introduction to Music, is fundamental to all work in the 
Department, and is open to all students in tha University. Intermediate and 
advanced courses may be taken by any general student who has completed the 
specified prerequisites or their equivalents. The University Orchestra, Band, 
and choral groups are likewise open to all qualified students. 

The curriculum leading to the B.A. degree with a major in music is 
recommended for the student whose interests are cultural rather than voca- 
tional. Yet it provides the necessary background for stimulating careers in 
musical journalism and criticism, research, and teaching on the college level. 
The Departmental requirements for a major in music include sixteen semester 
hours in music theory, fifteen semester hours in music history and literature, 
eight semester hours in applied music, in addition to not more than six semester 
hours in the larger ensembles. The curriculum is as follows: 

r-Semester'->^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Foreign Language* 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

Soc. l~SocioIogy of American Life .... 3 

Mus. 1— Introduction to Music 3 .... 

Mas. 7, 8— Tlieory of Music 3 3 

Applied Music 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 18-19 18-19 



♦German is recommended. 



158 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 

Foreign Language (continued) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Mathematics or Natural Science 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Music 70, 71— Harmony 

Applied Music 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year** 

Mathematics or Natural Science 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Minor Requirements 

Music 120, 121— History of Music 

Music 141— Musical Form 

Music 145— Counterpoint, or Music 147— Orchestration 

Music 0— Piano 

Total 

Senior Year** 

Mathematics or Natural Science 

Major Requirements 

Minor Requirements 

Elective Courses 

Total 



r-Semester- 
I II 

3 3 
3 3 
3 



16-19 



14 



16-19 



16 



2 


14 



6 
6 
4 

16 



Philosophy 

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students attain 
philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evaluation concern- 
ing the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the significance of the principal 
types of human experiences and activities. 

To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of knowl- 
edge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of free electives, 
the department offers two general introductory courses : Philosophy 1, a critical 
survey of views concerning man, nature, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2, 
a critical survey of views concerning morality, government, education, and art. For 
the general picture, both courses are recommended; each, however, is available 
separately, and either may be taken first. 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their subjects, 
the department offers a choice among a group of specifically related courses : 52, 



"Participation in ensembles (Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15) is required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159 

Philosophy in Literature; 53, Philosophy of Religion; 151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy 
of Art; 154, Political and Social Philosophy; 155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department offers 
historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent, and contemporary. Oriental, 
and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for students of 
American Civilization. 

Philosophy 155, Logic is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum and the 
Government and Politics program. 

Philosophy 1 or 2 or 154 is required in the Journalism program. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in English, 
Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, Psychology, and in the pre- 
Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with the chairman 
of the department. 

Freshmen and Sophomores planning to major in Philosophy should consult 
the chairman of the department about preparation foT the major. 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to provide work 
in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs of all students in the 
university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work which will allow a student 
to major in Speech. A major shall consist of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 
hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above. Prerequisites for Speech majors 
are Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech 5, 6 is recommended as an additional prerequisite for 
those who have not demonstrated effective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts 
and Sciences Natural Science requirement it is recommended that Speech majors 
elect Zoology 1, 16. No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward 
completion of the requirements for graduation in the Speech and Dramatic Art cur- 
riculum. A student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a) public speak- 
ing; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

IIL THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Economics 

Economics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Business and 
Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. 
They may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business 
administration point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered 
in Economics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Economics should ask their Lower 
Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in 
Economics are advised by the faculty of the Economics Department. 



160 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Geography 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Business and 
Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. 
They may also major in the subjects from a liberal arts rather than a business ad- 
ministration point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered 
in Geography, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Geography should ask their Lower 
Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in 
Geography are advised by the faculty of the Geography Department. 



Government and Politics 

Government and Politics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences 
leading to the A.B. degree. Although this department is administered by the College 
of Business and Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for 
its courses. They may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a 
business administration point of view. For further information concerning the 
courses offered in Government and Politics, see the catalog of the College of Business 
and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Geog- 
raphy should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major. 
Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised by the faculty of the 
Geography Department. 

History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of knowl- 
edge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum which is designed 
to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for entering several fields of 
professional activity. Specifically these fields are (1) teaching history and the 
social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the field of journalism, which requires a 
broad historical background; (3) research and archival work; (4) the diplomatic 
service. In addition, the department offers adequate preparation and training for 
those who intend to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at 
the college level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental require- 
ments : 

1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours in 
advanced courses, with the following exceptions : (a) the total may be 
reduced by 3 credit hours for those students who, in addition to the pre- 
requisites, have taken 6 credits in other courses under the 100 level ; and 
(b) the total may be reduced by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to 
the prerequisites, have completed 12 semester hours in courses under the 
100 level 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161 

2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses should 
be taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, American, or Latin 
American. 

3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all 
college students) and History 1 and 2. 

4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior year. 

5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing the 
major requirements for graduation. 

Honors in History: A student whose major is in History and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades may read for honors in History. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest. Application may be made to the head of the De- 
partment of History between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social Sciences 
(for the B.A. degree) and the division of Biological Sciences (for the B.S. degree) 
and offers educational programs related to both of these fields. The functions of 
the undergraduate curriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of 
the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions and social factors which 
influence such behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program in Psychology is 
arranged to provide a level of training that will equip the students to enter certain 
professional pursuits which require a background in this field. It is important to 
note, however, that the undergraduate degree in Psychology is not in itself recognized 
as carrying any professional status. The departmental requirements for the two 
baccalaureate degrees are presented with the description of courses in the depart- 
ment. 

In addition to the General University requirements and those of the College of 
Arts and Sciences, as well as the above requirements in the Department of Psychol- 
ogy, the student will take a minimum of 18 hours in a minor curriculum and must 
include at least 6 hours of courses in the 100 series in a single department. The 
minor program will be organized for each student with the approval of the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. For the Bachelor of Arts degree the minor program will 
ordinarily consist of courses in the Social Sciences. For the Bachelor of Sciences 
degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the Biological and 
Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 100 series in Zoology. 

For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psychology, 
it is recommended that among their minor or elective programs they take courses in 
Mathematics, Zoology, and Physics. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The student majoring in Sociology will gain a liberal education as well as 



162 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

develop toward a professional field of specialization which is focused on an under- 
standing of human relationships. In view of the basic nature of human relation- 
ships in all lines of activity, many of the courses in sociology are designed so as 
to be available to students of other specialized interests. 

The course offerings in the department include the major basic areas in the 
field of sociology such as The Community, Criminology, Cultural Anthropology, The 
Family, Industrial Sociology, Rural Sociology, Population, Urban Sociology, Social 
Problems, Social Psychology, Social Theory, and Social Welfare. A considerable 
degree of specialization is possible within each of these fields. The student who 
majors in sociology may acquire either a comprehensive view of the entire field 
by selecting a range of courses from several of these basic areas or he may 
concentrate in any one of them. In any event, the student majoring in Sociology 
will consult the head of that department as to the appropriate advisor within the 
department for the selected area of specialization. 

Departmental requirements for all who major in Sociology consist of a 
minimum of 30 semester hours of Sociology (including Sociology 1) of which 
12 hours must be in courses numbered 100 or above. Only credit with a grade 
of C or more can be counted as a part of the major requirement. The following 
sociology courses are required: 

Sociology 1 — The Sociology of American Life (University requirement) 

Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology 

Sociology 183 — Social Statistics 

Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory 

Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar 

The curriculum for the first two years for all majors in Sociology is as 
follows: 

r—Semester-> 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature .... 3 3 

Soc. 1— SociologT' of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 18-20 18-20 



*In the Crime Control Curriculum, the student will take Zool. 1 in his first semester 
freshman year and then take the sequence Zool. 14, 15 in the sophomore year. Under this 
arrangement Sociology 2 will ordinarily be taken during the second semester of the 
freshman year. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 163 

f-^emester-^ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4 

♦*Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology 3 3 

tElective • • • • '■^ 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 16-20 16-20 

The student seeking to specialize in any of the areas mentioned, including the 
curricula indicated below, or seeking a comprehensive view of the whole field of 
sociology will, with the aid of his advisor, select the remainder of his required 
courses in those areas which best meet his needs. Students who wish to qualify 
for public school teaching along with the majar in sociology should consult their 
advisor no later than their sophomore year in order to arrange their minor sequence 
in the field of education. Students specializing in Professional Social Work or 
Crime Control will find their junior and senior j^ear curricula listed below. It is 
recommended that students interested in these, as well as other areas of sociology, 
consult with the departmental advisers before their junior year. 

Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College 
of Arts and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting subjects, leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with 
a sound foundation for the general field of social service and provides: (1) prepro- 
fessional preparation for students planning to pursue graduate professional study 
in social service; (2) a background for responsible civic leadership in the field of 
social welfare for students who are not planning a professional social service career, 
but who as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com- 
munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately upon 
graduation from college into certain social positions for which graduate professional 
education is not required. Completion of this curriculum with the B.A. degree meets 
the educational qualifications for many beginning positions in public welfare, public 
assistance, social services to individual and families, social security, and other areas 
of social service. 



*If the student fulfills his requirements in the natural sciences (12 credit hours) in 
three semesters, he will have another elective in the second semester of his sophomore 
year vi'hich probably will be selected from his major or minor field. 

**In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Psych. 1 instead of Soc. 2 
since he will have taken this latter subject in the second semester of his freshman year. 

tin the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Soc. 52. 



164 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal education 
with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human association, social motiva- 
tion, and societal organization. The fourth year includes an introduction to the basic 
principles, methods, and organization of the social service. Flexibility to meet the 
varying interests and needs of individual students is provided by the electives in 
the junior and senior years. 

r—Semester—>> 
Junior Year I II 

Soc. 13 or 14— Rural Sociology (or Urban SociologjO 3 .... 

Soc. 52— Criminology .... 3 

Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

G. & P. 4 or 5— State Government or Mimicipal Gov't and Admin. 3 .... 

Electives in related subjects 3 9 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 171— ♦Family and Child Welfare 3 

Soc. 173— Social Security 3 

Soc. 174— *Public Welfare .... 3 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 

Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute 

elective ) 3 or 3 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar .... 3 

Electives in related subjects 3 or 3 



Total 15 15 

Crime Control Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College 
of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psychology, leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education 
with basic training for the field of crime and delinquency prevention and control. It 
is designed specifically for students preparing for positions in correctional and penal 
institutions, institutions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, 
the so-called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, and 
similar positions. 



•Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165 

r-Semester—^ 

Junior Year I II 

Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3 .... 

Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 153— Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Soc. 154— *Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 3 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3 

B. A. 1 0— Organization and Control 2 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology or Psych 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3 

Electives .... 5 



Total 17 17 

Senior Year I II 

Soc. 114— The City 3 

Soc. 118 — ♦Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 145— Social Control or Soc. 147— Sociology of Law or G. and 

P. 133 — Administration of Justice 3 .... 

Soc. 156— * Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents.. .... 3 

Soc. 191 — Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute 

elective) 3 or 3 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar .... 3 

Psych. 128— Human Motivation or Psych. 131— Abnormal Psy- 
chology 3 .... 

Psych. 142— Techniques of Interrogation or Psych 150— Tests 

and Measurements 3 .... 

Psych. 161— Industrial Psychology or a 3 hours elective in Psy- 
chology .... 3 

Electives .... or .... 



Total 15 15 

IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUM 

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology, but 
whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. The courses 
as outlined include work in Bacteriology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology, and 
introduce the student to the general principles and methods of each of these 
biological sciences. 

By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student 
may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study to be able to 
continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper selection of electives, the 
educational requirements of the State Department of Education for certification can 
be met. A student who wishes to work for a certificate must plan his entire program 
before the beginning of his junior year. 



♦Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
Institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



166 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the biological 
sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these credits at least 

18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the department 
in which he plans to do the most work. 

General Biological Sciences Curriculum 

r-Semester-^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 4 .... 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year** I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3 .... 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology .... 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 17-20 

Junior Year 

Phys. 10, 11— Mpchanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

JElectives (Biological Sciences) 6 6 

Electives 2 2 

Total 15 15 

Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 
during their junior year. 



•♦Students who wish to emphasize certain phases of the biological sciences should 
elect Chemistry 31, 32, 83, 34, or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, as directed by their advisor. 

tA student may be advised to postpone History 5, 6 to the junior year in order that 
he may elect a second course in the biological sciences which he intends to emphasize. 

^Psychology 126, 180, 181, 195 may be counted as part of the required 45 credits in 
biological sciences, but these courses may NOT be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 
credits at the 100 level in two d the four departments. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167 

r-Semester'—s 
Senior Year I II 

JElectives (Biological Sciences) 9 9 

Electives 6 6 



Total 16 16 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. One 
of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose bacteriology 
as a major subject. Two major fields of study are provided: (1) applied bacteriology, 
in preparation for such positions as dairy, sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists 
in federal, state, and commercial laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the 
more recently recognized specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public 
health, and clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide 
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied departments 
and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has been made to plan 
these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these related departments as well 
as the needs of those students who have chosen bacteriology as a major. The third 
purpose of the department is to encourage and foster original thought in the pursuit 
of research. 

Bacteriology Curriculums 

The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in the early 
stages of undergraudate study. Accordingly, the applied curriculum outlined below 
includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology {Bad. 5) is required for all 
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bact. 1). Bacteriology 
5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors in other 
departments provided the student has been introduced to certain aspects of bacteriol- 
ogy, or their equivalent, pertinent to their specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is 
required. 

The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued as 
closely as possible, although it is realized that some deviation may be necessary. 
Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student to obtain several 
courses that are correlated with his particular interests. 

All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head of the 
Department during the first year concerning his particular field of study his choice 
of a minor. The minor should be chosen only from the biological or physical 
sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below, is the preferred minor. 



^Psychology 126, 180, 181, 195 may be counted as part of the required 45 credits in 
biological sciences, but these courses may NOT be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 
credits at the 100 level in two of the four departments. 



168 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Applied Bacteriology Curriculum 

r—Semester—^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry . 3 

A. S. 1, ,2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

French or German* 3 3 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 8 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

French or German (Continued) * 3 3. 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 131 — Food and Sanitary Bacteriology .... 4 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Bact. 60, 62— Bacteriological Literature 1 1 

Bact. 103— Serology 4 

Bact. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology 2 .... 

Electives 11 9 

Total 14 14 

Medical Technology Curriculum 

This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire to 
prepare for technical work in hospital, clinical, and public health laboratories. 

Specialization in the field of Medical Technology begins in the sophomore year and 
becomes more intense during the junior year. Emphasis in this curriculum is upon 
fundamental courses in Bacteriology, Chemistry, and Zoology. 



♦F". or Ger. 6, <— Intermediate Sciontiflc French or German required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



169 



The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of 
opportunities to work in medical laboratories during the summer months. The 
optimum plan shall be to place the prospective technologist in a laboratory as an 
apprentice as soon as his training permits. 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speecli 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 10— Algebra 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. z, 4— Health (Women) 

Physical Activities ". 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

French or German* 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology 

Chem. 31, '^2, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

A. S. 3, 4 -Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

French or German (Continued) ♦ 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology 

Bact. 103— Serology 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 

Zool. ]— General Zoology 

Zool. 106— Histological Technique 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bact. 105— Clinical Methods 

Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Bact. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Electives 

Total 



r-Semester-^ 



17-18 



3 

3 
4 

3 
4 
3 
1 

18-21 



18 



// 
3 

3 
1 

4 

3 
3 
2 
1 



16 



17-18 



3 

4 
3 
4 
3 
1 

18-21 



3 
3 

4 
4 

3 

17 



4 
3 

4 

4 

15 



•Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French or German required. 



170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BOTANY 

Botany is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, 
students may register for its courses and major in the subject just as if it were 
a department of the College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about 
the department see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and 
sophomores wishing to major in Botany should ask their Lower Division adviser 
about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Botany are 
advised by the faculty of the Botany Department. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Entomology is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, 
students may register for its courses and major in the subject as if it were a depart- 
ment of the College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the de- 
partment see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores 
wishing to major in Entomology should ask their Lower Division adviser about 
preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Entomology are advised 
by the faculty of the Entomology Department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological 
Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational programs to 
both these fields. 

Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psychology are 
given elsewhere in these pages. 

ZOOLOGY 

The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for profes- 
sional work in several fields : teaching in college and secondary schools, research and 
regulatory work in the biological bureaus of the United States Government, work in 
the biological departments of state and city governments, and research in industrial 
laboratories. 

Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each of 
these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample opportunity is offered 
for the election of additional courses in the Department of Zoology or related depart- 
ments so that the student may plan his training toward the particular professional 
work in which he is interested. 

At least thirty-one hours of zoology are required for a major in the depart- 
ment. Zoology 14, 15, 53 and 55S will not be counted as a part of the Zoology 
major requirements. 

A grade of "D" in a course in zoology will not be counted toward completing 
the major requirements for graduation. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

Zoology Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Litearture 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

ElecUves 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 I 



Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Zool. 104 -Genetics 3 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Phys, 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Electives (Zoology) or 4 or 4 

Electives 3 3 



Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Elective (Zoology) 4 .... 

Electives 8 8 



Total 16 16 

Fisheries Biology 

The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the study 
of fisheries biology and marine zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries, 
representing many habitats, constitute an excellent laboratory for training in these 
fields and commercial fisheries of the state offer additional opportunity for studies 
in methods, management and conservation. 



172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this field. 
In addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at College Park, he 
is required to spend part of his summers in practical work in fisheries. 

The minor field of study for this curriculum will depend upon the specific 
phase of fisheries biology in which the student is primarily interested. A selection 
of courses to complete the minor requirements will be made by the student in con- 
sultation with his adviser. The minor may be selected from chemistry, botany, 
entomology, or bacteriology, depending upon the student's objective. All students 
in fisheries biology are required to complete, from electives, Chemistry 5 and Chemistry 
19 at some time during their course. 

Fisheries Biology Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year i H 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

• Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4-Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives * * 



Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

German* 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricty 4 4 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Zool. 118— Invertebrate Zoology or Zool. 127 Ichthyology 4 .... 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Electives 7 4 



Total 18 18 



*Ger. 6, 7 required. 



r-Semester—^ 
I 11 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


.... 


8 


12 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173 



Senior Year 

German (Continued)* 

Zool. 125, 126— Fisheries Biology and Management 

Zool. 127— Ichthyology or Zool. 118 Invertebrate Zoology 

Electives 

Total 18 18 

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Physical Sciences 

This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic knowledge 
of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in any of them. By 
proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a student may concentrate in the 
field of his choice. A number of selections are possible and there is considerable 
freedom in the choice of electives. 

The underclass requirements of the departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, 
and Physics must be fulfilled: Chem. 1, 3; Math. 14, 15, 17; Physics 10, 11 (or 
Physics 20, 21). In addition, 36 hours are required, which must include 18 hours 
of 100 level courses in at least two of the three departments. 

(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses open 
to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students who want to 
select this field as a major should consult their advisor before making up their 
schedules.) 

r— Semester— <^ 
Freshman Year I // 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry "| 

or 14 4 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics J 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 
Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebi-a and Geom- 
etry 6 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

See. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 17-18 17-18 



•Ger. 6, 7 required. 



174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester- , 
Sophomore Year I II 

Chem 1, ?>— General Chemistry 

or J. 4-3 4-3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry and Lab- 
oratory 

Phys. 50, 51— Applied Mechanics 

or I. 3-4 3-4 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature... 

or ^33 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Headings, mainly in English Lit- 
erature 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Foreign Language 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Electives 4 4 

Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7 

Total 17 17 

Students w^ho vpish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 
during their junior year. 

Senior Year 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4 

Electives 8 8 



Total 15 15 

Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-planned 
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curriculum 
outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses given 
should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, however, that some deviation 
from this sequence may be necessary toward the end of the program. All of the 
courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise designated, are required of students 
majoring in chemistry. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



175 



Chemistry Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Math. ] 4— Plane Trigonometry 

Math. 15— College Algebra 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 

Speech IS, 19 — Introductory Speech 

German 1, 2 — Elementary German 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Chem. 21, 23— Quantitative Analysis 

Chem. 141, 143— Advanced Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 142, 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 

Chem. 150— Organic Quantitative Analysis (may be elected in 

place of Chem. 142 or 144 ) 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 

Phys. 20, 21 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 101— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 

Chem. 187, 189— Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 

Chem. 146— The Identification of Organic Compounds 

Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, 
Advanced Military or English 7* 

Total 



—Semester— 
I II 



18-19 



3 
2 
2 
1 
3 
4 
3 
1 

16-19 



3 
5 

19 



3 
2 
2 

5-8 
15-18 



17-lJ 



16-19 



19 



5-8 



15-18 



♦English 7 is strongly recommended, and will be required except under unusual 
circumstances. 



176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Mathematics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in prepara- 
tion for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore courses 
in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To 
receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: 1. Complete the curric- 
ulum in mathematics with an average grade of B in all subjects; 2. Pass an honors 
examination in mathematics at the end of the senior year; 3. Write a satisfactory 
thesis on an assigned topic in mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish 
to try for honors in mathematics should consult the Head of the department at the 
conclusion of their sophomore year. 

No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of the 
requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average grade of 
C is required in the minor. 

The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice of 
electives in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three hours in 
each of the fields of algebra and geometry. 

Applied Mathematics option, Electives in mathematics must include six hours in 
the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the field of applied 
mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from the Physical Sciences or Engineer- 
ing in consultation with the Head of the department of Mathematics. 

Mathematics Curriculum 

r—Semester-^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature .... 3 3 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

French or German 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 or 19 17 orl8 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

French or German (continued) 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES \77 

r-Semester-^ 

Junior Year / // 

Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3 

Electives — Mathematics 3 3 

Electives— Minor ; 3_6 3-6 

Electives 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Elective (Women) 3 3 



Total 15-18 15-18 

Senior Year 

Math. 114— Differential Equations . , , . 3 

Electives— Mathematics 6 3 

Electives — Minor 3 3 

Electives 6 6 



Total 15 16 

Physics 

The physics curricukim is designed for students who desire training in the funda- 
mentals of physics in preparation for teaching or graduate work, and for positions 
in governmental, industrial, and biophysical laboratories. 

Courses comprising the minor may be selected in any allied field in accordance 
with the needs of the student. 

Physics Curriculum 

r-Semester—> 

Freshman Year / // 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra, Analytic 

Geometry 5 4 

G. & F. 1— American Government 3 , . . . 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Foreign Language or Physics 3-4 3.4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18-20 17-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Physics 4-6 4-6 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18-20 18-20 



178 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester- 

Junior Year I II 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Physics 5-7 5-7 

Foreign Language (Continued), Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7 

Electives 3 3 



Total 17-20 17-20 



Senior Year 

Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17 



Total 15-17 15-17 

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of academic 
credit for admission to the school. Many students plan to take a four-year program 
for the degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering law school. Such students may 
select any appropriate subject for their major. 

The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and law 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students pursuing 
this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and 
Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed cur- 
riculum in prelegal studies for a total of 92 semester hours in addition to the re- 
quirements in physical activities and military science, and they must complete the 
requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the combined 
program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's work — i. e., 30 se- 
mester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at College Park. After 
the successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the School of 
Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening 
Division of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be awarded 
on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law, provided the student has 
earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive of military science and physical ac- 
tivities with at least a C average in his work at College Park and at least a C 
average in 28 semester hours of work in Baltimore. The degree of Bachelor of 
Laws may be awarded upon the completion of the combined program. The com- 
pletion of a year's work in the Law School in Baltimore constitutes a major, and the 
student is required to complete a satisfactory minor at College Park. Recommended 
fields for the minor are English, Economics, Government and Politics, History, 
Philosophy, Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses in the sopho- 
more year in some of these fields. Students should use the electives available during 
that year to meet these requirements. 





r-Semester—\ 




I 


II 




3 


3 


3 


or 4 


3 or 4 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179 

Arts-Law Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 

Science or Mathematics 

G. & P. 1— American Government 1 

and 13 8 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life J 

Foreign Language 3 % 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

1,. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

J^hysical Activities 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 



Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature.... ] 

or I 3 3 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English Literature.... J 

Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

*Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9 

Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6 



Total 15 15 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY 

The School of Dentistry of the University requires at least two years of 
academic credit for admission. Many students plan to take a four-year program for 
the degree of Bachelor of Sciences before entering the School of Dentistry. Such 
students may select any appropriate subject for their major. 

The University offers also a combined program in Arts and Sciences and 
Dentistry leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Sciences and Doctor of Dental 
Surgery. Students pursuing this combined program v^ill spend the first three years 
in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will 
complete a prescribed curriculum in pre-dental studies for a total of 90 semester 
hours in addition to the requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If stu- 
dents enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full 
year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence in 



*The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's 
ar" visor. 



180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

College Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time dental courses 
in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore, the degree of Bachelor of Sciences may be 
awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Dentistry, provided 
the student has earned at least a total of 120 semester hours credit exclusive of 
military science and physical activities with at least a "C" average in his work at 
College Park and at least a "C" average in his work in Baltimore. The degree ®f 
Doctor of Dental Surgery may be awarded on completion of the combined program. 
The completion of a year's work in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore constitutes 
a major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor at College 
Park. Recommended fields for the minor are those sciences basic to the study of 
dentistry. There are required courses in the sophomore year in some of these fields. 
Students should use the electives available during that year to meet such pre- 
requisite requirements. 

Arts- Dentistry Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.,,. 3 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, o— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Physical Activities 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 1 

and 13 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government J 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

♦Modern Language 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

Modern Language (continued) 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Approved Minor Courses 9 9 

Electives 3 3 

Total ,. 18 18 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University 
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year 
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Sciences. 



♦Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance 
to the School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and 
complete work for the Bachelor's degree, he must choose a major. The general 
nature of the first three years of this curriculum and the generous electives of 
the third year make possible for the student a wide choice of departments in 
which he may specialize. In general the electives of the third year will be chosen 
as for a major in some particular department. 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE 

This course, which consists of three years of study in the College of Arts 
and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine of the 
University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed by the Council on 
Medical Education of the American Medical Association. 

This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to the 
degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The pre-professional training 
is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the 
professional training in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who have completed the combined program of Arts and Sciences and 
Medicine may, on recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, be 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of Arts and Sciences. To 
qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits exclusive of required work in 
military science and physical education in this college and the first year of the 
School of Medicine must have been completed so that the quantitative requirements 
of 120 semester hours are met. The qualitative grade requirements of the Univer- 
sity must also be fulfilled. The degree will be granted at the commencement following 
the completion of the student's second year in medical school. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, but 
the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum of 30 
credits, exclusive of physical training and military instruction, must be completed 
at College Park and the professional training must be completed in the Uni- 
versity of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete the 
work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when authorized 
by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission to continue in the 
pre-medical curriculum is granted only to students who have demonstrated, on 
the basis of their previous academic records, that they are fully qualified to 
carry the work included in this course. 



182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Arts-Medical Curriculum 

f—Semester—\ 

Freshman Year* I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology, Advanced General Zoology 4 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. ... 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force K. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 20-21 20-21 

Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ,. .. 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. ?, —Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Sciences) 7 4 



Total 18 18 



♦Students who wish to consider a possible major in the Physical Sciences should 
elect Modern I^anguage in the freshman year in place of Math. 10 and 11, and should elect 
Math. 14, 15, 17 in the sophomore year. 

♦♦Students who wish to consider a possible major in any of the following subjects 
should postpone English 3, 4 or 5, •> to the junior year and elect the courses listed below 
during the sophomore year. 

Bacteriology: Bacteriology 1, 5. 
History: History 5, 6. 
Psychology : Psychology 1, 4. 
Sociology : Sociology 2 and Psychology 1. 

Students who wish to consider a possible major in American Civilization, Eiologica] 
Sciences, English, Foreign Language, Philosophy, or Zoology need make no changes in the 
sophomore year but roust choose the proper electives in the junior year. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183 



Senior Year 



The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the University 
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year 
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone his 
entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and complete work for the Bachelor's Degree, he must choose a major. 
Because of the general nature of the first three years of his curriculum, the 
student has open to him a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Committee on American Civilization; Professor Bode, 

Executive Secretary; Professors Burdette, Gewehr, Hoffsommer, Murphy. 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. 

Four American classics (drawn from the fields of the departments of English, 
Government and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate in the program) 
are studied each semester. Specialists from the appropriate departments lecture 
on these books. For this academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, 
De Tocqueville's Democracy in America, Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson, and 
Thoreau's Walden; for the second semester, Twain's The Adventures of Huckle- 
berry Finn, Howells' The Rise of Silas Lapham, the Lynds' Middletown, and 
Myrdal's An American Dilemma. Through these books and the lectures on them, 
the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a focus. 

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization 
program. The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating 
departments; a student may take either or both semesters. 

(Bode and cooperating specialists.) 

The student majoring in American Civilization can obtain his other courses 
principally from the offerings of the four cooperating departments (English, 
History, Government and Politics, Sociology). 



ART 

Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Assistant Professor Maril; 

Instructors Grubar and Stites, 

Art 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course — Antique) (3) — Three two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and painting. 
Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of relative propor- 
tions, values, and modeling, etc. 



184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and move- 
ment. (Siegler.) 

Art 3. Rendering (1) — One two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings. 
Included are: techniques of monotone wash, water color, and the use of per- 
spective, shades, and shadows. (Stites.) 

Art. 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3) — One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per 
week. 

Art 5 — Basic Course devoted to elementary theory and practice of drawing 
and color. Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective 
and form principles. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice oil 
painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and 
utilized. Art 6, advanced problems. (Wharton.) 

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Drawing and painting; organization of landscape material with emphasis 
on compositional structure. (Maril.) 

Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization from Pre- 
historic times to the Renaissance, as expressed through painting, sculpture, and 
architecture. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A resume of the development of painting, sculpture and architecture in this 
country. (Grubar.) 

Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned 
with the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renais- 
sance to the present day. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2) — Two two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief. 
Mediums used; clay, plasteline. (Maril.) 

Art 15. Fundamentals of Art (3) — Three two hour laboratory periods per 
week. 

This course emphasizes the fundamental principles of the creative, visual arts 
for those wishing to teach. It includes elements and principles of design, per- 
spective, and theory of color. Studio practice is given in the use and application 
of different media. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185 

Art 20. Art Appreciation (2). 

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The 
student becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual 
arts. He is made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "whole- 
ness" of an art work. He will see examples (original and reproductions) of 
masterpieces of art. (Maril.) 

Art 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2). 

This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of art. 
It investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. 

(Grubar.) 

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration and 
easel picture problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the 
student's own desire for personal expression. (Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Three two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action, 
form, and color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3)— One lecture 
hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed, 

(Wharton.) 

Art 108, 109. Modern European Art (2, 2). 

A survey of the developments in various schools of Modern Art. Works 
of art analyzed according to their intrinsic values and in their historical back- 
ground. Collections of Washington and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar.) 

Art 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. 

This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into 
practical fields, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern commercial 
advertising problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book 
illustrating. (Wharton and Stites.) 

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3)— Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize 
in Still Life Painting. (Wharton.) 

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3)— Three two- 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art. 105. 



186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop 
greater proficiency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.) 

Art 155, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. 

This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and wish to specialize 
in portraiture. (Wharton.) 

Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. 
(Not offered 1954-55). 

A study of the development of painting and related arts from the prehistoric 
to the Roman period. (Grubar.) 

Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Art 9. (Not offered 1954-55). 

The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman periods 
including the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects. (Stites.) 

Art. 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Art 9. (Not offered 1954-55). 

A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles 
from the Early Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.) 

Art 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art (2, 2). 

The first term will be concerned with the emergence and development of 
Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the 
16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases will be 
discussed. (Grubar.) 

Art. 188, 189. History of 16th and 17 Century Painting (2, 2)— Prerequisite, 
Art. 9. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first semester 
study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17 centuries and the emer- 
gence of Baroque style. During the second semester, the paintings of France, 
Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.) 

Art 190, 191. Special Problems in Art (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Permission of Department Head. 

Designed to offer the advanced art student special instruction in areas not 
offered regularly by the Department. Permission of the Department Head is 
required. (Staff.) 

ASTRONOMY 

Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3)— (Not offered 1954-55). 

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 

The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1954-1955). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Hansen, Pelczar; Visiting Professors Hilleman, Warren; 
Associate Professor Laffer ; Assistant Professor Doetsch ; Lecturer Kent. 

Bact 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lec- 
ture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 

The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental 
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory 
fee, $10.00. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1 and Chem. 3. 

Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used 
in the field of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various 
procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture and 
one two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application 
of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial growth. 
Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation and manu- 
facture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Doetsch.) 

Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory'- period a week. For junior and senior stu- 
dents in engineering onl^^ 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their relation- 
ship to water supph% sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems. Demonstra- 
tion of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 60, 62. Bacteriological Literature (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior 
standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and 
presentation of reports. (Doetsch.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with em- 
phasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of disease, 
modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapcHtic and epidemiological as- 
pects. Laboratory fee, §10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 



188 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensitive- 
ness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological reactions and 
their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture period 
a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology. 

History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The 
modern aspects of cytology, taxonomj'-, fermentation, and immunity in relation 
to early theories. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures in 
terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum, feces, 
blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three 
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important com- 
municable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence; public 
health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 121. Advanced Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

The application of specialized equipment and technics for analysis of 
bacteriological problems. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 131. Food and Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food and methods 
of control. Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and 
sewage disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control. Lab- 
oratory fee, $10.00. (LaflFer.) 

Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (3) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream, 
cheese, and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public 
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Laboratory 
fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification, 
nitrogen-fixation, and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relationships 
of microorganisms to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
a week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international codes 
of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the consent of the 
instructor. 

This course is arranged to provide qualified majors in bacteriology and 
majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific bacteriological problems 
under the supervision of a member of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits 
in bacteriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103. 

Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the 
methods of isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and viruses. 
Practice in the preparation of materials for examination with the electron 
microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods a 
week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 
161 and 162. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, bac- 
terial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous substrates. 

(Pelczar.) 

Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects 
in the field of bacteriology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week. 
Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. (Warren.) 

Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 
Registration only upon consent of instructor. 

Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee $20.00. (Hilleman.) 

Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor. 

A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with 
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.) 



190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Bact. 280. Seminar-Research Methods (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in current 
research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in 
microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 282. Seminar- Bacteriological Literature (1) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Presentation and discussion of cur- 
rent literature in microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in consulta- 
tion with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the 
department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.) 

BOTANY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Botany as a major 
field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a 
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Drake, Reeve, Rollinson, Svirbely, White, Woods ; Research Professors 
Bailey, Michels, Shepard, Slawsky; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt, 
Schamp, Spurr, Story, Stuntz, Veitch, Wiley; Assistant Professors Aldridge, 
Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Jansen. 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester. 

A. Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period the first semester; one lecture and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods the second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 
1,3. 

Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two three-hour periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. IS, 17. 

This course includes a study of the principal operations of volumetric and 
gravimetric analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 
31, 32, 33, 34. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191 

The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constituents. 
The qualitative and quantitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. 
For students in agriculture, home economics and bacteriology. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1)— One three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190, and con- 
sent of the instructor. (White.) 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2)— First and second semesters. 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. 
Prerequisite consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for Chem. 223. 

A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted to 
the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. 

(Stuntz.) 

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 2)Z, 34. 

A study in the methods of chemical analysis of protoplasmic material. 

(Wiley.) 

B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, Z2, 
2>Z, 34. 

A chemical study of the principal textile fibers. 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 2)3, 34, or Chem. 35, Z6, 37, 38. 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 
82 MUST be taken concurrently. 

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 
36, 38. 

A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, 
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more ex- 
tensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82. 



192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, 
or Chem. 36, 38. 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of the in- 
structor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisites 161, 163. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures, one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period per week. 

An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for students 
in home economics and pre-nursing. This course is open only to students 
registered in home economics. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38. 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester 
depending on demand.) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week, (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures per 
week, (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semester. 
Two lectures per week. (Story.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two four-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 205 
(or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.) 

D. Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home 
economics. 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second 
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, ZZ, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

A course for chemists, chemical engineers, premedical students, and pre- 
dental students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. ZJ, 38. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
Z7, 38. 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prere- 
quisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. 

The systematic identification of organic compounds. 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semesters. 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the 
instructor. 

The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and 
certain functional groups. (Aldridge.) 

This course may be substituted for either Chem. 142 or Chem. 144 in the 
chemistry major curriculum. 

(One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily 
be oflfered each semester.) 

Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) — First semester. 
An advanced organic course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms 
of polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high 



194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

polymers. Prerequisites, Chem. 141 and 143. 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per 
week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Dewey.) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparation (2 to 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course 

(2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. 

(Pratt.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 2; Phys. 1, 2; Math 
10, 11; Chem. 19. 

A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the 
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — First 
and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. May be 
taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles 
studied in Chem. 181, 183. 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 
20, 21; or consent of instructor. 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must 
be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190. 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. 

Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second semes- 
ters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. (Carruthers.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189, and 
Chem. 188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281, 323, 
will be offered each semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions (2) — First or second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Spurr.) 

Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — First or 
second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Svirbely.) 

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session 
only. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (3) — First or second semester. Three 
lectures per week. (Brown or Spurr.) 

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, consent of Instructor. 

A detailed treatment of single crystal X-ray methods. (Brown.) 

Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prere- 
quisite, Chem. 307. (Spurr.) 

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. 

(Staff.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zucker; Lecturer 
McManaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; 
Assistant Professors Andrews, Gravely, Parsons. 

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com- 



196 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

parative Literature courses may be counted toward a major or minor in English 
when recommended by the student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2)— First semester. 

Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the hterary form and the 
historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester, 

Virgil's Aeneidj Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibehmgenlied and other European 
epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with the Greek 
epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey o£ Comparative Literature (3, 3) 

— First semester: Survey of the background of European literature through 
study of Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt 
of modern literature to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and 
modern Continental literature. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 103, The Old Testament as Literature (3) — Second semester. 
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 

Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to 
Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to Heine 
in English translations. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3) — 

First semester. 

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment by 
Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester. 

A study of the life and chief works of Henrik Ibsen with special emphasis 
on his influence on the modern drama. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in 
English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic struc- 
ture, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. 

(Prahl.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197 

Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3)— Narrative, dramatic, 
and lyric literature of the Middle Ages; studies in translations. (Cooley.) 

In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative 
Literature: 

English Language and Literature— Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 
130; Eng. 144; Eng. 146; Eng. 155, 156; Eng. 157. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Span. 109. 

Speech and Dramatic Art. — Speech 131, 132. 

For Graduates • 

Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature (3) — 

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's 
masterpieces. (Goodwyn.) 

The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature : 

English Language and Literature — Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 
216, 217; Eng. 227, 228. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208. 

ECONOMICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Economics as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Murphy, Aldridge, Bode, Harman; Lecturer McManaway; Associate 
Professors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Ward, Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant 
Professors Andrews, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Schaumann; Instructors F. 
Adams, R. Adams, Anderson, Barnes, Beall, Bezanson, Demaree, Dinwiddie, 
Ellis, Goldsmith, Henderson, Holbert, M. Martin, C. Martin, Miller, Mish, Orel, 
Pierson, Portz, G. A. Smith, G. S. Smith, Stone; Graduate Assistant Strasser. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester, but 
may not be taken concurrently. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of waiting; frequent themes. Readings 
are in American literature. (Ball and Staff.) 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2, Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable 



198 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given 
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics 
being read in translation. (Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 5, 61 Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable 
combination of the two are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given 
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers. 

(Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Eng. 1, 2. 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or popular 
essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Bezanson.) 

Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the 
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms, (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and 
technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 10. Practice in Composition (2) — Not offered in 1954-55. Prerequisite, 
Eng. 1, 2. 

For students desiring practice in writing essays and reports on non-technical 
subjects. (Coulter.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability. 

(C. Martin.) 

Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2, Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 or Eng. 10 in 
addition to Eng. 14. 

Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of informative 
writing including the preparation of technical papers and reports. 

Eng. 15. Readings in Biography (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study in the form and technique of biographical writing in 
Europe and America. (Ward.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). 

An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, origin, 
and development (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 
Readings in Old EngHsh. The sounds morphology, and syntax of Old 
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English. 

(Ball.) 

Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester. 

A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.) 

Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, 
and the principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3)— Not offered in 1954-55. 
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to Spencer. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3)— Not offered in 1954-55. 

The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2, 2). 

Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3)— Second semester. 
The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with emphasis upon 
the comedy of manners. (Ward.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3)— Second semester. Summer School (2). 

The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First 

semester. 

The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Not offered 
in 1954-55. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 



200 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— Eng. 125, 

Summer School (2). Not offered in 1954-55. 

Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical 
background. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — Summer School 
(2, 2). Not offered in 1954-55. 

A study of the major poets of the period, including Coleridge, Wordsworth, 
and Byron in the first semester, and Shelley and Keats in the second semester. 

(Weber.) 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). 

The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic period 
to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Eng. 140, Summer School (2). 

The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the 
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Ward, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century, (Murphy.) 

Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. (Andrews.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — Not offered in 
1954-55. 

Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3)— First and second 

semesters. Summer School (2, 2). 

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900, with 
special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. 

(Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). 

Two writers studied intensively each semester, (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2V 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 

Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with particular 
emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of 
the instructor. 

Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. 

(Fleming.) 

For Graduates 

Eng. 200 — Research (1-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

A study of selected readings o'f the Middle English period with reference to 
et3-mology, morphology, and syntax. (Harman.) 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3) — Second semester. 

Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of the 
Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English. (Harman.) 

Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester. 

The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with 
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Eng. 206, Summer School (2). (McManaway.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Second semester. 
Summer School (2). (Murphy, Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth- Century Literature (3, 3)— Not 

offered in 1954-55. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First and 
second semesters. Eng. 214, Summer School (2). (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1954-55. 
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to the present time. 
L;-i<-^*i.-..-— -^^ ^ .-. _ _ (Murphy.) 



^ 



202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 

semesters. Summer School (2, 2). (Bode.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — Eng. 227, Summer 
School (2). Not offered in 1954-55. (Aldridge.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Entomology as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn; Associate Pro- 
fessors Kramer, Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, 
Rand, Rosenfield, Hammerschlag, Dobert, Bridgers; Instructors Nemes, Norton, 
Boborykine, Becker, Rovner, Hall, Bulatkin, Arsenault; Part-time Instructor 
Greenberg. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all 
students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do 
further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns each 
student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who fails to qualify 
for the second semester of his language will be required to register for a 
different language. 

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of elementary language, 

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet 
the language requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses in his 
language. 

Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language require- 
ment 12 additional hours of English. They are advised to take Foreign Lan- 
guage! 1, 2, English for Foreign Students, for their first year andi English 10, 
Practice in Composition, plus a 3-hour course in literature during their second 
year. These courses should be taken concurrently with Freshman and Sopho- 
more English. 

Honors in French, German or Spanish: A student whose major is in French, 
German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his grades may 
read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate for honors is 
examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an area of his 
special interest. Application may be made to the head of the Department of 
Foreign Languages between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature elsewhere in 
these pages. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203 

Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-English- 
speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences between 
English and various other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.) 

French 

French 0. Intensive Elementary French (0). 

Intensive elementary course in the French language designed particularly 
for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three 
recitations and one laboratory period per week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of French in 
high school may take French 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Bingham and Staff.) 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students who have taken 
French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5. 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts designed to 
give some knowledge of French life, thought and culture. 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for stu- 
dents specializing in the sciences. Students who have taken French 4 and 5 
cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 3 or consent of instructor. 

Practical exercises on conversation, based on material dealing with French 
life and customs. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of French 4 or 5. Recommended for students who ex- 
pect to major or minor in French. 

An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drill; compo- 
sition. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 



204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French 
literature; of the lives, works and influence of important novelists. Reports. 
French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the nine- 
teenth. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, 
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 
the nineteenth. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3)— - 

First and second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation of 
representative examples. French 55 covers examples up to the nineteenth cen- 
tury, French 56 the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, 

French 61, 62. French Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite French 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Elements of French phonetics, diction and intonation; theory, transcription 
and oral practice. 

French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 

second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 

This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is de- 
signed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French, wish to 
become more proficient in the written and spoken language. 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French 
literature. 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, French 8, 9 or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge of 
French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First semes- 
ter. 

Beginning and development of the Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabe- 
lais and Calvin; the Pleiade; Montaigne. (Falls.) 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3)~ 

First and second semesters. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

First semester: the first sixty years of the century, with special attention 
to Descartes, Pascal, and Corncillc, including Racine. Second semester: the 
remaining great classical writers, with special attention to Moliere. 

(Quynn, Rosenfield.) 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: continuation of traditional literary forms; beginning and 
development of the philosophical and scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second 
semester: Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls and Bingham.) 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism. Second 
semester: the major prose writers of the same period. (Bingham, Quynn.) 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time. 
Second semester: the contemporar}^ novel. (Falls.) 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing. 

(Falls.) 

French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: the historical 
development of the nation and its people. Second semester: present-day France. 

(Rosenfield.) 

French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3)— First semester. 
A study of the pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their pro- 
duction, the stress group, intonation. Practical exercises. (Smith.) 

French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — Second 

semester. Especially designed for French majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high point in the history of French literature. 

(Falls.) 
For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2)— First 
and second semesters. (Falls.) 



206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. (Smith.) 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth 

Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (Smith.) 

French 215, 216. Moliere (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.) 

French 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French 
literature. Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. 

(Staff.) 

French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in French. 

(Staff.) 

German 

German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0). 

Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particularly 
for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of German in 
high school may take German 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Cunz and Staff.) 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken 
German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5. 

Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German 
life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation. 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken 
German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. Second-year German 
for students specializing in the sciences. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 3 or consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the abiHty to speak 
and understand simple colloquial German. 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of German 4 or 5. Recommended to students who wish 
to major or minor in German. 

Intensive review of the elements of German grammar with ample practice 
in sentence structure. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of German; study of phonetics, oral 
exercises and ear training. 

German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course is required 
of students preparing to teach German. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with 
ample practice in composition work. 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements in 
German literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 8, 9 or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a general knowledge of 
German, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the 
language. Reading of German newspapers. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller. 

(Prahl, Schweizer.) 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. 

Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel, Ludwig, Stifter, 
Keller, Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.) 

German 105, 106. Modern German Literature (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. 



208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present time 
(1890-1950.) (Prahl, Hammer schlag.) 

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.) 

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, German 71, 81, or consent of instructor. 

Translations from Enghsh into German, free composition, letter writing. 

(Kramer, Cunz.) 

German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Survey of German geography, history, government, literature, folklore, and 
thought; with special emphasis on the inter-relationship of social and literary 
history. (Cunz.) 

German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1)— 

Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. 

Weekl}'- lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German 
literature. (Schweizer.) 

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, 
and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and German 
Literature. 

For Graduates 
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Zucker.) 

German 204. Schiller (3). (Prahl.) 

German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.) 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.) 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.) 

German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German 
literature. Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic conferences. 

(Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.) 

German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in 
German. (Staff.) 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pro- 
nunciation and conversation. A student who has had two units of Spanish in 
high school may take Spanish 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. 

(Parsons and Staff.) 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin- 
American life, thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, exercises in 
pronunciation. 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 3 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak 
and understand everj^day colloquial Spanish. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of Spanish 4 or 5. Recommended for students who expect 
to major or minor in Spanish. 

An intensive review of the elements of Spanish grammar; verb drills; com- 
position. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, second-year Spanish or equivalent. 

Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial letters. 

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics, 
oral exercises, and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. 

This course is more advanced than Spanish 17, and is designed to give the 



210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is also in- 
tended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the history of Spanish Hterature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. 

This course is intended to give the student the ability to speak fluently 
about subjects of general interest. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 

The legendary and heroic matter of the Spanish-speaking world, viewed in 
the historical and folklorist context through an extensive study of its written 
and oral manifestations. (Goodwyn, Parsons.) 

Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 
Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina 
and others. Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Parsons.) 

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 

Selected dramatic and non-dramatic works of Lope de Vega. Outside 
readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Selected works of Cervantes; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote. 
Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Rand.) 

Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester. 

Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.) 

Spanish 111. Modern Spanish Novel (3)™Second semester. 
Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. Outside readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester. 
Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Outside read- 
ings, reports. (Rand.) 

Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought (3) — First semester. 
The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings of 
the twentieth century. (Rand.) 

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing. 

(Bingham, Nemes.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211 

Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester. 

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present 
and their reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere. 

(Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and 
writers. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay (3) — First and second semesters. 

Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship 
to social and political conditions in Spanish America. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, eudcational, artistic traditions; great men, 
customs, and general culture. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America, as expressed in its 
literary masterpieces. Lectures on the historical-political background and the 
dominating concepts in the lives of the people. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — 

Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish 
literature. (Parsons.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

. Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. 

(Staff.) 

Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 207. The Spanish, Mystics (3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons.) 

Spanish 221, 222^) Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the 
graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Extensive 

outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 



212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3)— Required of all graduate majors in 
Spanish. (Staff.) 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in transla- 
tion, (Bo'borykine.) 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first-year Russian. QuaHfied 
students who had the grade A or B in Russian 1 may take this course in 
conjunction with Russian 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken Russian. 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation; reading of texts designed to 
give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 3 or consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Russian. 

Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second-year Russian. 

This course is designed to give a thorough training in the structure of the 
language. It is also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Russian 
composition. 

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of Russian literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Russian 101, 102. Modern Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The works of some outstanding authors, such as Maxim Gorky, Alexei 
Tolstoy, P. Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermontov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, 
Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. (Boborykine.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213 

"Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

(Greenberg.) 

« 

Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. 
A practice course in simple Hebrew. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, 
and culture. Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation, 

(Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Hebrew 3 or consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew. 

Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of Hebrew literature. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 101. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. 

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets and Writings. 

Hebrew 103. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). 

Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). 

Portuguese 

Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in trans- 
lation. (Not offered in 1954-55). 

Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Portuguese 1 
and consent of instructor. (Not offered in 1954-55). 

A practice course in simple Portuguese. 



214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Italian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Also 
recommended to advanced students in French and Spanish. (Not offered in 
1954-55). 

Elements o"f grammar; pronunciation; exercises in translation. ♦ 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and con- 
sent of instructor. (Not offered in 1954-55). 
A practice course in simple Italian. 

Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs (3, 3) — Not offered on the 

College Park campus. 

An introductory study of the Italian people. Against a background of 
political and social history, a survey of Italian literary and cultural traditions. 

Modern Greek 

Mod. Greek 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 

Park campus. 

An intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on the 
vocabulary of everyday situations and including an introduction to Greek v^riting. 

Mod. Greek 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Not offered on the College 

Park Campus. 

A practice course in simple spoken Greek. 

Mod. Greek 4, 5. Intermediate Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 

Park Campus. 

Reading of literary texts and newspapers in Modern Greek. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Geography as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

GEOLOGY 

Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer 
Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural 
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com- 
posing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the 
agents that form them. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Government and 
Politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this department for 
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of 
Business and Public Administration. 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors Bauer, 
Merrill; Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski, Sparks; 
Instructors J. L. Bates, Whitney Bates, Beard; Hanks, Riddleberger. 

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 

A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. 
First semester to 1815. Second semester since 1815. (Bauer, Prange, Gordon.) 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — Required of all students 
who entered the university after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the Sopho- 
more year. 

An historical survey of the main forces in American life with emphasis 
upon the development of our democratic heritage. First semester from the 
colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War. 

H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural 
development is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the 
various civilizations which have contributed to the common cultural heritage 
of western civilization. The political, social, and economic settings of the 
various civilizations are presented in chronological order. The characteristic 
achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, literature, art, science, 
and music enrich this background. By presenting actual masterpieces in 
literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination, appreciation, and critical 
judgment will be stimulated. This course is designed as an introductory course 
in history which will make a more direct contribution to the other liberal art 
fields. First semester to the Renaissance. Second semester since the Renais- 
sance. (Jashemski.) 

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Gordon.) 

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all 
classes. Especially recommended for English majors and minors. First semes- 
ter to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. 



216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the 
eighteenth century. (W. Bates.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the forma- 
tion of the Constitution. (W. Bates.) 

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) — 

First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American Life from its independence through the Civil War. 

( Chatelain. ) 

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil 

War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, vjiih. emphasis upon the 
period since 1876. (Chatelain.) 

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First 

semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to 
Lincoln v^ith particular emphasis on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy, 
Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican 
Party, and secession. (Sparks.) 

H. 115. The Old South (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the institutional cultural life of the ante-bellum South with 
particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (J. L. Bates.) 

H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco- 
nomic effects of the war upon American society. (Sparks.) 

H. 117. The New South (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The South's place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with 
special reference to regional problems and aspirations. (J. L. Bates.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World 
War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American 
institutional development. First semester, the trans- Alleghany West; second 
semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.) 

H. 123. The New West (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Regional pecularities and national significance of the Plains and Pacific 
Coast areas from 1890 to the present. (J, L. Bates.) 

H- 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Summer School (2). Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big 
Business and industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. 

(Merrill.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of 
the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War; second 
semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Summer School (2). 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with reference 
to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as 
liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Beard.) 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitu- 
tion, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice 
thereafter. (Gewehr.) 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a 
focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as 



218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, 
The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Special- 
ists from related departments participate in the conduct of the course. (Bode.) 

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of 
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and 
role as a state in the American Union. (Chatelain.) 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Eng. 146, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the 
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with 
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. First semester, the 
Colonial Period. Second semester, The Republics. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period 
and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-American 
neighbors. (Crosman.) 

B. European History 

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with 
particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the 
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the 
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction 
through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) 

H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — (Not offered in 1954-55). 
Summer School (2) Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

The Old Regime in France and Europe; the changes effected by the French 
Revolution; the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power 1789-1815. 

(Gordon.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural development of 
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 
53, 54. . 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth 
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World 
Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Eng. 186, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and its 
fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the rise of 
the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible self- 
government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British Empire into a Common- 
wealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the dependent Empire. 

(Gordon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the thirteenth century and 
upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States. (Gordon.) 

H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester. A 
survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real 
property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development 
of Parliament, and the expansion of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.) 

H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 
the equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3)— Second semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, H. 191. 

A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special 
emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts 
with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Far 
East will be studied. (Bauer.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of 
China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific 
area. (Gewehr.) 



220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semesters. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the 
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be en- 
couraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most interested. 
Required of history majors in senior year. (Sparks, Riddelberger.) 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. 

Required of all candidates for degrees. (Staff.) 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. 
Summer School (2). (Staff.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining 
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in United 
States History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History. 

(W. Bates.) 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution. 

(W. Bates.) 

H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of 
the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum South. 

(Gewehr.) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. 
Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social 
and economic impact of the war on American society. Opportunity is also 
given to read in the rich source material of this period. (Sparks.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. PoHtical, social and 
economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-war 
attitudes and problems into the present. ' (Merrill.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance with 
some of the more important sources and some of the most significant literature 
of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.) 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with 
emphasis on reHgious traditions, social and political theory, and development of 
American id^as. (Beard.) 

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, research, 
and conferences on important topics in Latin American History. (Crosman.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2). (Bauer.) 

H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3) — Readings and conferences de- 
signed to acquaint the students with selected topics in Greek and Hellenistic 
history, such as the growth of democracy in Athens (with special attention to 
the nature of democracy in fifth-century Athens), and the development of 
federaHsm during the Hellenistic period. Time will also be devoted to the 
contributions of the Greeks in philosophy, literature, art, and architecture. 
Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source material 
in this field. (Jashemski.) 

H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3) — Readings and conferences designed 
to acquaint the student with selected topics in Roman history, such as the 
development of the Roman constitution, the growth of democracy in Rome, 
Roman provincial administration, the nature o'f Roman imperialism, and Roman 
law. Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source 
material in this field. (Jashemski.) 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im- 
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the medieval 
Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and archi- 
tecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3) — Investigation of 
various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, diplo- 
matic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. 

(Prange.) 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater Britain 
(3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and Hterary materials dealing 
with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution of the British 
Empire since 1763. (Gordon.) 



222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution 
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected 
masters. (Sparks.) 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Carper, Dewey, Disney, Hayes, 
Phillips, Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer. 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and 
Science, Pre-Law and Pre-Nursing curriculums. 

These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries 
with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lec- 
tures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to 
the students. The courses consider the classification of books in libraries, the 
card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential reference 
books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and in later 
years. 

L. S. lOlS. School Library Administration (3). 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the modern 
school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the 
school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student 
assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other 
practical problems. 

L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3). 

Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog for 
school libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, 
Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards. 

L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3). 

Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in the 
effective use of book selection aids in the preparation of book lists. Evaluating 
of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc. 

L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4). 

Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias, 
dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks, for school libraries. 
Study of bibliographical procedures and forms. 

L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3). 

An introductory course of library methods as applied to an organization 
in which the primary function of the library is bibliographic control of material 
pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train 
in general library methods a person who already is a specialist in some 
particular phase of library service. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson; Research Professor Weinstein*; Associate 
Research Professor Diaz*; Assistant Professors Good, Haywood, Ludford, G. 
Spencer, Young; Assistant Research Professors Payne*, Weinberger*; Instruc- 
tors Brace, Brewster, Cree, Ehrlich, Greenspan, McLean, Mehegan, Roth, 
Schwartzman, Shepherd, E. Spencer; Junior Instructor Cato. 

The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty and 
graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in current 
mathematical journals. 

The Mathematics Club meets o'nce a month under the direction of Professor 
Haywood for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the under- 
graduate. 

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 14, 15. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe- 
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students 
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if 
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math 1 if their curriculum calls 
fftr Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math. 14 con- 
currently. 

In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. 
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated. 
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit on only one course. 
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1^ credits; Math. 14 — 2 credits. 
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1^ credits; Math. 17 — 4 credits. 

Math. 11, 14, 17. Math. 11—0 credit; Math. 14—2 credits; Math. 17— 
4 credits. 

The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a grade 
of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade before 
going on to a more advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required 
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying 
examination for these courses. 

The fundamental principles of algebra. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls 
for Math. 15 and who' fail the qualifying examination for this course. 



♦Member of tha Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 



224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. 

(Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who enter 
deficient in solid geometry. Students in the College of Education may be 
granted two credits for Math. 2. 

Lines, planes, cyhnders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary emphasis 
on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students. 

(Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of Business 
and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, the College of Military 
Science, and the Department of Industrial Education. Note regulation above 
in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, 
exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank dis- 
count, true discount, and promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the College of Business 
and Public Administration, and open to students in the College of Arts and 
Sciences onlj^ for elective credit. 

Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities, general 
annuities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of bonds, 
amortization, and sinking funds. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit 
each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, 
and general Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case stu- 
dent enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents 
and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and 
combinations, probability, mathematics of investment. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, 
predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. This course is not recom- 
mended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regulation above, 
in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in both Math. 11 and 17. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas solution of triangles, 
coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs. 

(Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the 
normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.) 

Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math, 15. Open to students in 
engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in 
case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, 
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations. (Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
high school algebra completed, and plane geometry. Open to students in en- 
gineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case 
student enrolls in more than one of the courses. Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equations, 
theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms, determin- 
ants, progressions. (Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — Fir:5t and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, solid geometry and Math. 14. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial and 
astronomical triangles. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill 
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or 
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 
Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 17. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transfor- 
mation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental 
equations, solid analytic geometry. (Spencer and Staff.) 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods 
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 17 or equivalent. Open 
to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates, 
curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications, 
partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series. 

(Good and Staff.) 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students in 
mechanical and electrical engineering. 

Differential equations of the first and second order with emphasis on their 
engineering appHcations. (Ludford and Staff.) 



226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. Algebra 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 100. Higher Algebra (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed 
to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.) 

Math. 102- Theory of Equations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
21 or equivalent. 

Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.) 

Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.) 

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime num- 
bers, Moebius function, congruences, residues. (Good.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent 
of instructor. 

Groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory, (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103. 
or consent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the study 
of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The concept of a 
uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation problem will 
be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. (Hall, Good.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3)— (Arranged). 

B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiva- 
lent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with application 
to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables, multiple 
integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations. 

(Hall.) 

Math. 114. Differential Equations (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 110 or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, symboHc methods, successive approximations, 
solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. 

(Spencer.) 

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. 
Partial differential equations of first and second order, characteristics, 
boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Spencer.) 

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical 
sciences. Graduate students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 210, 211. 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, 
sequences and series, povv^er series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, resi- 
due theory, special functions. (Ludford.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114, or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications 
to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential equations 
of physics and engineering. (Ludford.) 

For Graduates 

Math- 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. Ill or equivalent. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal 
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory, Riemann 
surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the theorems of 
Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. (Young.) 

Math. 212. Special Functions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
210 or consent of instructor. 

Gamma function; second order differential equations in the complex domain, 
regular and irregular singularities; hypergeometric functions, Riemann's P- func- 
tions, Legendre functions, confluent hypergeometric functions, Whittaker func- 
tions, Bessel functions. (Diaz.) 

Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 
Ill or equivalent. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous 
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann integral, 
Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Young.) 



228 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Con- 
sent of instructor. 

Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential 
equations and for partial differential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to 
normal forms, the methods of finite differences. (Martin.) 

Math. 217. Existence Theorems in Differential Equations (3) — Second 

semester. Prerequisite, Math. 114. 

Recent results on the existence of solutions of quasi-linear systems of partial 
differential equations. (Spencer.) 

Math. 218. Integral Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 211 
or consent of instructor. 

Integral equations of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's 
equation and fractional differentiation; the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt 
theory, Mercer's theorem, expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of 
potential theory and other applications. (Ludford.) 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 214 or equivalent. 

Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear operations and transforma- 
tions and their inverses, Banach and Hilbert spaces. (Spencer.) 

C. Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Open and closed sets, elementary topology of the straight line and the 
E.uclidean plane, the Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications, simple con- 
nectivity. (Hall.) 

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro- 
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordinates, 
projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis 
(3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector and 
tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, 
the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, 
curves on a surface, appHcations to problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity, 
and relativity. (Jackson.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent 
of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open to students 
in the College of Education. 

This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in high 
school. The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the triangle, 
circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed on the axiomatic 
development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. HI and 
152, or consent of instructor. 

Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, sur- 
faces of constant curvature. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 
111, or equivalent. 

Homology, cohomology, and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. 

(Spencer.) 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill or 
equivalent. 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, con- 
vergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and continuous 
curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — Arranged) 

D. Probability and Statistics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130. Probability (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Combinatory analysis, total, compound, and inverse probability, continuous 
distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, theory of errors. (Good.) 

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and 
correlation, theory of sampHng, analysis of variance, statistical inference. 

(Good.) 

E. History 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 140. History of Mathematics (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or consent of instructor. 



230 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A survey of the historical development of mathematics and of the mathe- 
maticians w^ho have contributed to that development. (Good.) 

F. Mathematical Methods 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3, 3) 

— Prerequisite, Math, 21 or equivalent. 

An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application to 
the technical problems of physics and engineering. Topics include Fourier series, 
matrices, ordinary and partial differential equations of applied mathematics, 
numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex variables, operational calculus. 

(Haywood.) 

Math. 152. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 
or equivalent. 

Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. (Haywood.) 

Math. 153. Operational Calculus (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
64 or equivalent. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier 

and Laplace transforms. (Haywood.) 

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 
or equivalent. 

A brief survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in numerical 
computations, the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of poly- 
nomial and transcendental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and 
integration, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations. 

(Young.) 

Math. 156. Programming for High Speed Computers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math 21 or equivalent. 

General characteristics of high-speed automatic computers; logic of program- 
ming, preparation of flow charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of 
floating point routines; construction and use of subroutines; use of machine for 
mathematical operations and for automatic coding. Each student will prepare 
and, if possible, run a problem on a high speed computer. (Young.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 250. Tensor Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 152 
or consent of instructor. 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, 
differential invariants; applications to physics and engineering, and in particular 
the theory of relativity. (Weinberger.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231 

Math. 251. Hilbert Space (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math, 214 or 
consent of instructor. 

The original and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and 
weak convergence, linear functionals, symmetric operators, complete continuity, 
eigenvalues, orthonormal systems, Schwarz-Bessel inequality and Parseval 
identity, eigenvalues in sub-spaces, spectral theorem. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 252. Variational Methods (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
260 or consent of instructor. 

The Euler-Lagrange equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, 
estimation of capacity, torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetri- 
sation, isoperimetric inequalities estimation of eigenvalues; the minimax principle. 

(Weinstein.) 

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 
155 or consent of instructor. 

Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary 
differential equations, stability, accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, 
properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations, con- 
version of partial differential equations to partial difference equations, stability 
and convergence of methods for solving partial difference equations, rates of 
convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods, iterative methods, the 
method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems, existence and 
uniqueness theorems for difference equations associate with partial differential 
equations, stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest de- 
scent, eigenvalue problems. (Young.) 

G. Mathematical Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics, 
Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three degrees of 
freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial differential equation. 

(Ludford.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics (3)— First semester. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

General survey of mathematical methods and results employed in various 
branches of mathematical physics. The following are among the general topics 
to be discussed: vector analysis and integral identities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), 
ordmary and partial differential and difference equations, integral equations, 



232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

formulation of typical boundary and initial value problems and indication of the 
main methods of solution. (Diaz.) 

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Djmamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent 
of instructor. 

Basic kinematic and dynamic concepts, equation of continuity, velocity 
potential and stream function, vorticity, BernouUi's equation; perfect incompres- 
sible fluids, Helmholtz' vorticity theorems, plane hydrodynamics, Kutta-Jou- 
kowski theory of lift, conformal mapping, vortices and vortex streets, Prandtl- 
Munk theory of finite wings; viscous fluids, Navier-Stokes equations, boundary 
layer theory; perfect gases, method of characteristics, subsonic, transonic, and 
supersonic flows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. (Ludford.) 

Math. 263, 264. Elasticity (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of 

instructor. 

Stress and strain, nuclei of strain, compatibility equations, Saint- Venant 
principle, bending, torsion and flexure of beams, complex variable methods, 
Airy's stress function, axial symmetry, strain energy and potential energy, buck- 
ling, bending, and vibration of plates and shells. (Weinberger.) 

Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

Two variables, Cauchy's problem, characteristics, Piemann's method, proper- 
ties of the Riemann function, quasi-linear equations and canonical hyperbolic 
systems, wave equation in n-dimensions, methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler- 
Poisson equation and the singular problems, Huygens' principle. Weinstein.) 

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and 
Green, potentials of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions. Green's 
function and the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann; linear elliptic equations 
with variable coefficients, in particular the equations of Stokes and Beltrami; 
fundamental solutions, the principle of the maximum, and boundary value prob- 
lems; introduction to the theory of non-linear equations. (Payne.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged.) 

H. Research 

For Graduates 

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

one semester of graduate work in mathematics. 

A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical 
logic, axiom systems, and set theory. (Spencer.) 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233 

MUSIC 

Professors Ulrich, Randall; Associate Professor Springman; Instructors 
Kemble, Haslup, Landers, Meyer, Carow. 

Music 1. Introduction to Music (3) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory hours per week. Open to all students in the University, and re- 
quired of all Music majors in the first semester of the freshman year. 

A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent apprecia- 
tion of the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the 
Department of Music. 

Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1). 

Not offered after 1953-1954. 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six- 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle of 
about six semesters. 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, 
chord structures, and tonahties through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard 
drill. The student must achieve a grade of B in Music 8 in order to register for 
Music 17 and 70. 

Music 9. Elementary Instrumental Ensemble (1). 
Not offered after 1953-1954. 

Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six 
semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle 
of about six semesters. 

Music 15. Chapel Choir (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to all students in the University, subject to the Director's approval. 
The Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial Chapel. May be taken 
until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned. 



234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Music 17, 18. Dictation and Sight Singing (2, 2)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music- 
Education majors must take Music 70 concurrently with Music 17, and Music 
71 with Music 18. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

Harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and contrapuntal dictation. Sight-singing of 
two-, three-, and four-part music, and an introduction to clef reading. 

Music 21, 22. Class Voice (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of tone production and diction, and correct breathing as 
applied to singing. 

Music 23, 24. Class Piano (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of hand position, and technical problems related to acquiring 
facility at the piano. 

Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First semester. 

Techniques of the baton, based on fundamental meter designs; score reading, 
interpretation, and accompanying. Eurhythmies are applied to develop the 
sense of rhythm. Practical experience in conducting choral and simple orchestral 
music. 

Music 70, 71. Harmony (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite: 
completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music-Education majors must 
take Music 17 concurrently with Music 70, and Music 18 with Music 71. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A review of music theory and a study of harmonic progressions, triads, 
dominant sevenths and ninths in root positions and inversions. Altered and 
mixed chords, modulation, enharmonic intervals. Simple harmonizations and 
original composition. 

Music 80, 81. Class Study of Instruments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Four laboratory hours per week. 

A study of the techniques of orchestral and band instruments. Practical 
experience on the instruments in class ensembles. Music 80, strings; Music 81, 
winds and percussion. 

Music 110. American Music (2) — Second semester. 

Designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization program, the 
course is a survey of the development of music in the United States from Colonial 
days to the present. Phases of our musical history which are studied include 
early hymn writers, Stephen Foster, the negro spiritual, and twentieth-century 
music. 

Music 120, 121. History of Music (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 1 and junior standing. 

A study of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their 
present-day manifestations. The interaction of music and other cultural activi- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235 

ties. Music 120, the Greek period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present. 

Music 141, 142. Musical Form (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A study of the organizing principles of musical composition, their inter- 
action in musical forms, and their functions in different styles. Music 141, the 
phrase to the rondo; Music 142, the larger forms. 

Music 143, 144. Composition (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

The principles of musical composition, and their application to the smaller 
forms. Original writing in nineteenth- and twentieth-century musical idioms 
for various media. 

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A course in eighteenth-century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of 
imitation in the invention and the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller 
contrapuntal forms. 

Music 147, 148. Orchestration (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Alusic 70 and 71. 

A study of the ranges, musical functions, and technical characteristics of the 
instruments, and their color possibilities in various combinations. Practical ex- 
perience in orchestrating for small and large ensembles. 

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony (2) — First semester. Prerequisite: Music 
70 and 71. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

The application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired 
in Music 70 and 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompany- 
ing, playing from dictation, and transposition. 

Music 151. Harmony IV. 
Not offered after 1953-1954. 

Music 160, 161. Advanced Conducting Methods (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite: Music 50. 

Materials and methods of conducting larger ensembles. Tone production, 
interpretation, more complex score-reading. Practical experience is obtained. 
Music 160, choral conducting; Music 161, orchestral and band conducting. 

Music 166. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite: Music 
120 and 121. 

A study of the music, librettos, and composers of the standard operas. 

APPLIED MUSIC 

Music (Piano) (0, 0)— First and second semesters. Two half-ho-ur lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

Basic piano course required of all music majors whose principal instrument 



236 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

is not piano, and to be taken until minimum proficiency is attained. Special 
fee of $30.00 per semester. 

Music 12, 13. Applied Music (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Fresh- 
man course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 12 (Piano), or Music 12 (Voice), or 
Music 12 (Viohn), etc. Special fee of $30.00 per semester. 

Music 52, 53. Applied Music (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Sopho- 
more course. Prerequisite: Music 13 on the same instrument. Two half-hour 
lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 52 (Piano), or Music 52 (Voice), or 
Music 52 (VioHn), etc. Special fee of $30.00 per semester. 

Music 112, 113. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Junior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 53 on the same instrument. Two half-hour lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 112 (Piano), or Music 112 (Voice), or 
Music 112 (Violin), etc. Special fee of $30.00 per semester. 

Music 152, 153. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Senior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 113 on the same instrument. One one-hour lesson 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 152 (Piano), or Music 152 (Voice), or 
Music 152 (Violin), etc. Special fee of $30.00 per semester. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Garvin; Assistant Professors Robinson, Schlaretzki. 

Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature 
of man and the universe and the nature and function of scientific knowledge and 
religion. (Garvin, Robinson.) 

Philosophy 1 and Philosophy 2 survey different philosophical fields. Either may 
he taken first or alone. 

Phil. 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the 
nature and function of morality, government, education, and art. 

(Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics (3) — First semester. 

An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the student 
increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason cor- 
rectly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for 
making sound inferences, and the logic o-f science. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester. 

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing ideas 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 237 

significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — Second semester. 

This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which he may 
approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature of 
religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of 
religion and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the life 
of the individual. (Garvin, Robinson.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. 
The chief figures discussed: the Preso'cratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, 
Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and 
18th Centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, 
Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the 
Classical period to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in the Stoics, early 
Christian writers, Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 114. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention will 
be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead 
and to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and 
Existentialism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these 
developments on contemporary problems of science, religion and society. 

(Garvin.) 

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian 
thought \\\\\ center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philos- 
ophers, and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center 
about Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given to 
the development of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th Century to the 
present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce, 
Peirce, James, Dewey, and Santayana. (Schlaretzki.) 



238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By (2, 2)— Designed as electives 
for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 
123 not necessarily a prerequisite for Phil. 124. Students receiving credit for 
Phil. 123, 124 may not receive further credit for Phil. 1, 2, or vice-versa. 

An exploration of the fundamental behefs which determine what men make 
of their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic statements of 
these behefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on the basis 
of their significance for the problems confronting modern man. 

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3)— Second 

semester. 

A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assumptions, 
goals, and methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, sociaHsm, and com- 
munism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the U. S. and 
Russia. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories (3) — Second Semes- 
ter. 

A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the proper ends 
of education and the implications of these views for educational practice. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 151. Ethics (3) — First semester. 

A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, aimed at 
developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contemporary 
personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of 
life. (Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3) — First semester. 

An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will begin with 
an examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft, art and 
beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art, and 
good, bad, and great art, and conclude with a consideration of the uses of art, 
propagandistic, religious, escapist, and therapeutic. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

An inquiry into the nature and functions of society and of the state. Atten- 
tion is given to the major classical and contemporary theories, but the course 
is not primarily historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds 
of political obligation; reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social 
welfare. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester. 

A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course includes an examination 
and appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of the founda- 
tions of modern symbolic logic. Consideration is given to the application of the 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 239 

techniques of logic in the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. 
This course does not presuppose Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it. 

(Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypo- 
theses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the 
basic concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to 
society. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1-3) — Each semester. 

Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics 
selected by students in conference with the department chairman. Restricted to 
advanced students with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly 
by independent investigation of special topics under individual supervision. 
Any of the courses listed below may be elected more than once. Course selec- 
tions require the approval of the department chairman. 

Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 

Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staff.) 

Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 

Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual 
supervision. (Staff.) 

Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (1-3) — Second semester. 

A special topic will be selected for each year, e.g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, 
British Empiricists, Russell. (Staff.) 

Phil. 206. Seminar in Problems of Philosophy (1-3) — First semester. 

A special topic will be selected each year, e.g.. Symbolic Logic, Philosophical 
Analysis, Perceptual Knowledge. (Staff.) 

PHYSICS 

Professors Toll, Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, de Launay, 
Kennard, Wangsness; Associate Professors Iskraut, Singer; Assistant Professors 
R. Anderson, Ferrell, Grant, Krumbein; Research Associates J. Anderson, 

Green, Visscher. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey 
course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does not 
satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, successful passing 



240 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration 
fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3)— 

Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half of a 
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does 
not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. 
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (4)— 

First semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory period 
a week. The first half of a course in general physics. This course together with 
Phys. 11, satisfies the minimum requirements of medical and dental schools. Pre- 
requisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent enrollment in 
Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. 

(Iskraut and Staff.) 

Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Optics, Magnetism, Electricity, and 
Modem Physics (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one 
three-hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general 
physics. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and laboratory 
fee, $6.00. (Iskraut and Staff.) 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures, two recitations and one three-hour laboratory period a 
week. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all students 
in the engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture 
demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. (Anderson, R. and Staff.) 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5) 

— First and second semesters. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three- 
hour laboratory period a week. Two second half of a course in general physics. 
Required of all students in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. 
Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory 
fee, $6.00. (Anderson and Staff.) 

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21. (Ferrell.) 

An intermediate course in the phenomena associated with the atomic 
nucleus. Special emphasis will be placed on the radiations emitted. 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Anderson.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 241 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. Three haurs laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prere- 
quisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

A. General Physics 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours laboratory work for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or 54. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Ph3^s. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Grant) 

Phys. 106, 107- Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or consent of 
instructor. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Two 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Myers.) 

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics (3) — First semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, a college physics course. (Myers.) 

Course with a minimum of mathematics, covering the main field of modern 
physics. This course should be taken by all students minoring in physics and 
is recommended for the general student wishing to learn something of modern 
physics. 

Phys. 119. Atomic and Nuclear Physics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 118. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Two lectures and 
one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits of Phys. 100. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3)— Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and 
Math. 21, or equivalent. 

Phys. 150. Special Problems in Physics. Research or special study. Credit 
according to work done. Lab. fee, $6.00 per credit hour when appropriate. 
Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of Instructor. (Faculty.) 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year; 
all others will be given according to the demand. 



242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 20O, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5)— Five lectures a 
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics 
and mathematics. (Myers.) 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 200. 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209- Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equiva- 
lent. (Betchov.) 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory o£ Gases 

(2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201. (Montroll.) 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — Three lectures 
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 214. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2) — 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (de Launay.) 

Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 213. 

(de Launay.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar — Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are 
held each semester, with the contents varied each year. One semester credit 
for each seminar each semester. (Faculty.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

(Visscher.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 236 
and 212. (J. Anderson.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 213. (Myers.) 

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Calculus and consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 243 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, 
$6.00 per credit hour. 



B. Applied Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts. Three hours laboratory a week for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Laboratory fee, 
$6.00 per credit hour. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 102. 

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.) 

Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (4) — Second semester. Four lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Phys. 105. (Grant.) 

Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2 or 3) — Three hours laboratory 
work for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken concurrently. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or Phys. 54, and one credit in Phys. 100. (Krumbein.) 

Physics 111. Physics Shop Techniques (1) — One 3 hour laboratory per 

week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. ^ (Staff.) 

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, intermediate Physics and Calculus. 

(Morowitz.) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. (Resler.) 



For Graduates 

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a 
week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — 

Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) — 

Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Pai.) 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.) 



244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory o£ Sound and Vibrations (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 
201. (Parker.) 

Phys. 244. Aerophysics (3) — Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

(Resler.) 

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2)— Prerequisite, 

Advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor. (Resler.) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Andrews, Cofer, Hackman, Sprowls; Associate Professors Ayers, 
Gustad, Ross; Assistant Professors Heintz, McCormick, McGinnies. 

Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students 
majoring in Psychology. 

Psych. 2 and 5 are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature 
and are organized primarily as elective courses for students in other departments. 

Departmental requirements tovirard the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences: 
1, 4, 106, 121, 145, 150; and 128 or 142; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological Sciences: 
1, 4, 106, 136, 145, 150; and 180 or 181; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Psych 1. Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact 
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important at- 
tempts at their solution. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Ayers.) 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and 
industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life. 

Psych. 4. General Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 1. (Ross, Hackman.) 

Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major or 
minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology with 
particular emphasis on methodology. Consideration of individual differences, 
motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning, emotional behavior and 
personality. 

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 1. (Sprowls.) 

The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of adjustment. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 245 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart- 
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research; 
measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psy- 
chology should take this course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. Advanced Educational Psychology (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in education; 
measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, motivation, 
transfer of training, and the educational implications of theories of intelligence. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz, McGinnies.) 

Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of 
others on individual behavior, social conflict, social determinants of behavior and 
adjustment, attitudinal behavior, communication and group processes. 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (McGinnies, Heintz.) 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major 
problems in the field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz.) 

Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of the 
growing child. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. (Heintz.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research on 
simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms of the 
development of normal adult behavior. 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 121. (Gofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human perform- 
ance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contributions in this 
area. 

Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects of Literature (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 131 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.) 



246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The familiar rubrics of dynamic psychology are studied in the light of 
literary products. Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as func- 
tional determinants of well known literary personalities. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, three courses in Psychology. Two lectures, one clinic. (Sprowls.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormalities, 
with emphasis on cHnical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3)— First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of 
machinery and equipment. Organized for students in engineering, industrial 
psychology, and the biological sciences. 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3)— First semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and 
testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these problems through 

research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence 
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research 
evidence. 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4) — First and second 
semester. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, Ps3^ch. 4. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Ross.) 

Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic 
survey of the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. 
Emphasis is placed on individual and group participation in experiments, use 
of data, and preparation of reports. 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Gustad.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orientation 
and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardization. 
Laboratory practice in the use and interpretation of test and non-test predictors. 

Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3)— 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (McCormick.) 

A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior positions 

involving a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake graduate 

study. 

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology (3) — Second semester. Summer School 

(2). Prerequisite, 6 hours in Psychology. (Ayers.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 247 

A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of 
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych 1. 

Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on special 
conditions encountered in flight. 

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 145. (Andrews, Ross.) 

An introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior, 
including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, 
drives, and the neurological basis of learning. 

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, 
learning, sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major 
emphasis on mammals. 

Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and con- 
sent of instructor. (Ross, Cofer.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which 
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior majors 
and for graduate students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of individual 
faculty supervisor. (Staff.) 

Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade- 
quately documented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervisor. 

(Staff.) 

An Individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized 
topic or research project under supervision; also designed to allow groups of 
students to work under supervision in a topical area not included in the courses 
offered at the graduate level. 

Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science (2) 

— Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of faculty advisor. 

(Staff.) 
Survey of professional problems in Psychology, including considerations 
of contemporary developments, professional ethics, literature resources, formula- 
tion of critical research problems, and discussion of the major institutions re- 
quiring psychological services. 



248 UNIVERSITY OP MARYLAND 

For Graduate Students 

(All the following courses require consent of the instructor.) 

Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (2) — (Not 
offered 1954-55.) (Andrews.) 

Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol- 
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Hackman, Cofer.) 

Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — (Not offered 1954-55.) (Ayers.) 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Evaluation (3) — First semester. (Ayers.) 

Psych. 220. Counseling Techniques (3) — Second semester. 

(Gustad, McCormick.) 

Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3)— (Not offered 1954-55.) Pre- 
requisites, Psych. 150, 220. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — Second 

semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Center (1-3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 220. (Gustad, McCormick.) 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester. 

(Ross.) 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. 

(Ayers.) 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — Second semester. 

(Ayers.) 

Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3) — 

Second semester. (Ayers.) 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semester. 

(Hackman, Heintz.) | 

Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — Second semester. 

(Hackman, McGinnies.) 

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
253. (Gustad.) \ 

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 253. 

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 249 

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (2)— (Not offered 1954-55.) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 253. (Andrews, Hackman.) 

Psych. 260. Individual Tests (3)— (Not offered 1954-55.) Laboratory fee, 
$4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3)— (Not offered 1954-55.) Prere- 
quisite, Psych. ISO. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 264. Projective Tests (3) — Second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — (Not offered 1954-55.) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 131. (Cofer, Gustad.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 260. (McCormick.) 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3)— (Not offered 1954-55.) 
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Gustad.) 

Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — Second 
semester. (Sprowls.) 

Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (2) — First semester. 

(Andrews, Ross.) 

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems (1, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Staff.) 

Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second 
semesters. (Staff.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Associate Professors Barker, Melvin, Shank- 

weiler; Assistant Professors Anderson, Fitzgerald Rohrer, Roth; Instructors 

DiBella, Franz, Harper, Imse, Lawson, Motz, Sampson, Scott, Schmidt; Junior 

Instructors Marches, Tomlin, Wrenn. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in sociology. 

Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an under- 
graduate major in sociology. 

Sec. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small 
town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and change; 
social organization. (Hoffsommer and Staff.) 



250 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3)— First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, See. 1 or sophomore standing. 

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; 
institutions; culture; human nature and personality. (Melvin, Schmidt.) 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and transmission 
of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns, and 
problems. (Hoffsommer, Fitzgerald.) 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban 
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental 
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control. 

(Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
sophomore standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies of 
criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; pre- 
vention of crime. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior 
through customs and social norms; typical contemporary American institutions. 

(Melvin.) 

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

A sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of 
physiological and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical 
considerations. Designed primarily for students in the lower division. 

(Shankweiler, Fitzgerald.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to courses 
numbered 100 to 199. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 251 

Soc. 105. Applied Anthropology (3) — Second semester. 

Examination and critical analysis of recent applications of anthropological 
methods and data in the fields of administration, industrial relations, and social 
and cultural adjustment. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester. 

The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and 
urban life; migration, decentralization and regionaHsm as methods of solving 
individual and national problems. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis o-n levels of living, the family, 
school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recrea- 
tion, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer, Fitzgerald.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process 
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and 
planning. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). 
Social organization of American industry; functions of members of industrial 
organization, status, social structure, patterns of interaction, and relations of 
industry and society. (Imse.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of com- 
munity needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; 
neighborhood projects. (Roth.) 

Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Soc. 121. 
Summer School (2). 

Population distribution, composition, and growth in North America and 
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects and 
policies. (Imse.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state; 
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in 
Europe. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 

A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of acculturation 
on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Soc, 51 or permission of instructor. 



252 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical develop- 
ments; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, private 
and public. (Roth.) 

See. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and the 

role of religion in social life. (Anderson.) 

Sec. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life; 

processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. 

(Motz.) 

See. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure 
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public. 

(Melvin.) 

See. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior; 
problems of social control in contemporary society. (Motz.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing con- 
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and 
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as determinants 
of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (OflFered in alternate 
years with Soc. 156. (Lejins.) 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and 
delinquency; area programs and projects. 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — Second 
semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisite, Soc 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of 
instructor. (Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults 
and juveniles. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 160. Interviewing in Social Work (1^). Summer School only. 

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 
The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 253 

causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations of peace 
and war and revolution in contemporary civilization. (Staff.) 

See. 162, Basic Principles and Current Practice in Public Welfare (3). 

Summer School only. 

See. 163. Attitude and Behavior Problems in Public School Work (1^). 
Summer School only. 

Sec. 164. The Family and Society (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. 

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural 
foundations, historic development, changing structure and function: the inter- 
actions of marriage and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in 
present day trends. 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families 
and children; child placement; foster families. (Roth.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester. 

The social security program in the United States; public assistance; social 
insurance. (Staff.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the 
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies 
and institutions. (Roth.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters. 

Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems 
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.]^ 

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Soc. 183, or equivalent. 

Provides refined statistical research methods for advanced students in the 
social sciences. Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique, tests of 
significance, and other procedures. (Imse.) 

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters. 

Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent 
theories of society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 191. Social Field Training (1, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: For social work field training, Soc. 131; for crime control field 
training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available placements. 

Supervised field training in public and private social agencies. The student 
will select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for 



254 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

a definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, 
and written progress reports will be required part of the course. 

(Lejins, Roth.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open 
only to senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields, and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociological 
knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling 
at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of sociology 
(including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of 
comparable work in economics, political science, or psychology. Reasonable 
substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in the case of students 
majoring in other departments who desire a gjraduate minor or several courses 
in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered 
200 to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of 
sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. 

(Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and growth, 
social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analysis of particular 
communities. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester. 
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative as- 
pects; American and world problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects 
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Ander«on.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 

Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and 
social traits in select social structures. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 

Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and tech- 
niques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. 

(Motz.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 255 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminologfy (3) — First semester. 

Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and 
research. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester. 

Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 

Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3) — Second 
semester. 

An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delin- 
quency in Maryland. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester. 

Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; 
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends, methods 
of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester. 
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scientific 
method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American 
theories of society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. (Thesis Advisor.) 

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Associate Professors Strausbaugh, Ansberry; Assistant Professors Batka, 

Hendricks, Linkow, Niemeyer, Provensen; Instructors Aylward, Cathcart, 

Craven, Gillis, Mayer, Meeker, Pugliese, Starcher; Jr. Instructor Works. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II. 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings; 
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman 
year. Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.) 



256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech Clinic — No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted 
in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by 
consultation with the respective speech instructor. (Ansberry and Staff.) 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester. 

Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for 
students who expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken concurrently 
with Speech 1, 2. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — First and Second semesters. 
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. May 
be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters, 
Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed upon 
speaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations. 

(Starcher and Staff.) 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman 
engineering students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., 
on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Linkow and Staff.) 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by 
consent of instructor. 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their appli- 
cation in the discussion of contemporary problems. (Hendricks and Staff.) 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, 
briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. 

(Gillis.) 
Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students 
in the art of reading. (Provensen.) 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of scenery. 
Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Meeker.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 
14, Laboratory fee $2.00. (Meeker.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 257 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First and second semesters. 
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses 
in Drama. (Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory 
a week. (Pugliese.) 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, 
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. Lab- 
oratory fee $2.00. 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speaking 
who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. Lab- 
oratory fee $1.00 for each semester. (Linkow and Staff.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite for all courses in Radio, 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting and tele- 
casting, including visits to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers 
from Radio Station WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Aylward.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied 
to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of 
Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4. 
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all types 
of radio speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second Semester. 

A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is 
given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the coordination 
of personnel factors involved in" the production of radio programs. Admission 
by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00, (Batka.) 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3)— First and second 

semesters. 

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in con- 
junction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public 
address. (Staff.) 

Speech 105. Pathology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 112. 
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders. 

(Ansberry.) 



258 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105, 120. 
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus 
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Speech 13. 

Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior 
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that 
fall within student's own experience. (Linkow.) 

Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For stu- 
dents who intend to teach. 

Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — First and second semesters. Required of speech 
majors. Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, 
with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the 
international phonetic alphabet. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 

Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for 
pubHc performance. (PugHese.) 

Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratories a week. (Not offered 1954-55.) 

Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, constructing, 
and adapting costumes for the stage. (Meeker.) 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to students 
in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2. EngHsh 1, 2. 
Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising of 
wearing apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington and 
Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.) 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 
101. 

The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee 
$2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Appli- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 259 

cation will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity. Admission 
by consent of instructor. (Aylward.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 117, 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by con- 
sent of instructor. (Aylward.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. 
Admission by consent of instructor. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3) — First Semester, Speech 105. 
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of 
organic speech disorders. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14, 
15. 

The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of 
design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor. 

(Meeker.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. 
Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each semester. 

(Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War 
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through the 
contemporary period. (Staff.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General 

Semantics. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4) — First and second 
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. 
Effective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice 
recordings. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of instructor. 

A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cutting, 
pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing 
of plays. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3)— First semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.) 



260 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Limited to the students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisites, 
Speech 5 and 6. 

Lecture and laboratory course dealing with the techniques used in military 
briefings, staff reports and the use of visual aids. (Linkow.) 

Speech 134. Intelligibility and Voice Communication in the Armed Forces 

(3) — Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. An 
analysis of factors envolved and practice in the delivery of military messages 
under varying conditions of transmission. (Linkow.) 

Speech 135. Introduction to Audiology (3) — Second semester. Study of the 
basic problems of deafness among children and adults. (Ansberry.) 

For Graduates 

Speech 200. Thesis (3, 6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 201. Special Problems (2, 4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off- 
campus. 

A study of the anatom}'- and physiology of the auditory and speech 
mechanisms. (Glorig.) 

Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus. 

A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical practice. 

(Glorig.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus. 

Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. 

(Senft.) 

Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus. 

Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conservation. 

(Senft.) 

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus. 

Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Hayes.) 

Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus. 

Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. 

(Shutts.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 261 

Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus. 

A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech reading. 

(Shutts and Staff.) 

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handi- 
capped (3) — Off-campus. 

A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids. 

(Hayes and Walker.) 

Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus. 
The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially, 
emotionally, and vocationally. (Horlick and Butler.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Wharton, Burhoe and Phillips; Lecturers King and Reynolds; 

Associate Professors Littleford and Anastos; Instructors Allen and Grollman; 

Junior Instructors Gorirossi and Pierson; Lecturers Baker and Camin. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Tv^o lectures 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Zoology 1 and Zoology 2 satisfy 
the freshman premedical requirements in general biology. 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the basic 
principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian form are 
studied. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 2. Advanced General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 
or Zoology 16. 

A study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of representative 
animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year 
of zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. 
Laboratory fee $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 
or Zoology 16. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and 
physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 14. 

A continuation of Zoology 14. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 



262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First and second semester. Two lectures 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Open only to students for whom 
this is a required course. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee, |8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
zoology. 

Basic principles of early development of the vertebrates with special em- 
phasis on the development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early 
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Zoology 15. 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the 
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the integ- 
ration by means of the nervous system. Open only to students for whom this 
is a required course. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body (2) — Summer School. Five 
lecture periods a week. Cannot be counted as credit by Zoology majors. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the 
child with especial emphasis on normal development. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 75, 76 — Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec- 
ture period a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department and a major in 
zoology. 

Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. (Staff.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of 
zoology and one year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and 
lower animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week. 
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for premedical 
students. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histologfy (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Preparation of tissues for microscopic 
study will be a part of the laboratory work. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative 
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Brown.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 263 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A study of the taxonomy, morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal 
parasites. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 111. Veterinary Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite one year of 
Zoology or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. To be offered 1954-55. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important para- 
sites of domestic animals. Laboratory fee, §8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 112. Wildlife Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite one year of Zoology, 
or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. Not offered 1954-55. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important parasites 
of game animals, fur bearers and commercial and game fishes. Laboratory fee, 
$8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 
Alternate years. To be offered 1954-55. 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryol- 
ogy of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
zoology and one j-ear of chemistry. 

Aniamls are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, 
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, be- 
havior, habits, and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee, $8,00, 

(Allen,) 

Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology and Management (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 

A study of the biology and management of fresh and salt water fin fishes. 
Particular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries work. Lab- 
oratory fee, 8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 126. Fisheries Biology and Management (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week, 

A study of the biology of shellfish and other invertebrates of economic 
importance. Particular attention is given to problems of management and con- 
servation of these forms. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool 127. Ichthyology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 5 and 20. Alternate 
years. Not offered 1954-55, 



264 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A course in the anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits, and taxonomy of 
fish. Particular attention is given to the general taxonomy of North American 
fishes with especial reference to local forms both fresh and salt waters. Lab- 
oratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Psych. 181) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, 
learning sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major 
emphasis on mammals. (Ross.) 

For Graduates 

Zool. 200. Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods per v/eek. Alternate years. Not offered 1954-55. 

A course in the environmental characteristics of salt waters. Particular 
attention is given to brackish water environments such as the Chesapeake Bay. 
The laboratory work in the course is concerned with a study of local plankton 
forms and the methods used in investigation and identification of plankton. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. Alternate 
years to be offered 1954-55. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology 
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned with 
methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Laboratory fee 
$8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 

two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20. Alternate 
years. Not offered 1954-55. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important contribu- 
tions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

(Burhoe.) 

Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102. 

The principles of general and cellular ph3'siology as found in animal life. 
Laboratory fee $8.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Alternate years, not offered 1954-55. 

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine the 
growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near microscopic 
organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special reference to the 
Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Littleford.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 265 

Zool 206. Research (credit to be arranged)— First and second semesters. 
Work on thesis project only. Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (Credit to be arranged) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture a week for each credit hour. (Staff.) 

Zool. 208. Special Problems in Zoology (Credit to be arranged)— First and 

second semesters. 

Studies in A— Cytology; B— Embryology; C— Fisheries Biology; D— Gene- 
tics; E — Parasitology; F — Physiology; and G — Systematics. Hours, topics and 
credits to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Staff.) 

Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite Zoology 110 or per- 
mission of instructor. Alternate years. To be offered 1954-55. 

A study of parasitism as a biological phenomenon and an investigation of 
its fundamental nature, origin and interrelations with emphasis upon life histories. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period per week. Alternate years. To be offered 
1954-55. 

The principles and practices involved in the collection, preservation and 
classification of animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 211-212. Lectures in Zoology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. 

Advanced lectures by outstanding authorities in their particular fields of 
Zoology. As the subject matter is continually changing, a student may register 
several times, receiving credit for several semesters. (Visiting Lecturers.) 

Zool. 215. Fisheries Technology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. To be offered 1954-55. 

The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery 
resources, methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and 
recent advances in the utilization of fishery products. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Littleford.) 

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite organic chemistry. 
Physics 11, Zoology 102, or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. Not 
offered 1954-55. 

A study of the structure and function of cells by means of chemical, physical 
and microscopic methods. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Alternate years. 
To be offered 1954-55. 



266 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo- 
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with 
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

(Burhoe.) 

Zool. 231S. Acarology (3)— Summer Session only. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

(Gorirossi.) 

An introductory study of the Acarina or mites and ticks with special em- 
phasis on classification and biology. 

Zool. 232S. Medical and Veterinary Acarology (3) — Summer Session only. 
Laboratory fee $8.00. (Wharton.) 

The recognition, collection, culture, and control of Acarina important to 
public health and animal husbandry with special emphasis on the transmission 
of diseases. 

Zool. 233S. Agricultural Acarology (3) — Summer Session only. Lab- 
oratory fee $8.00. (Baker.) 

The recognition, collection, culture and control of acarine pests of crops 
and ornamentals. 




Summer Campus 



College of 

BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

Alford, Albert L., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Anderson, Thornton H., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Ash, Willard O., M.A., Assistant Professor of Statistics 

AuGELLi, John P., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 

Bowen, Don L., D.S.S., Associate Professor of Government and Politics and 

Director of Bureau of Governmental Research 
BuRDETTE, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Government 

and Politics 
Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance 
Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

Clements, Joseph H., M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Office Techniques and 

Management. 
Cook, J. Allen, Ph.D., Professor of Marketing 

Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and Economic 

Research 
Cronin, Charles F., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 
Crowell, Alfred A., M.S. J., Professor and Head of Department of Journalism 

and Public Relations 
Cumberland, John H., Ph.D., Research Associate Professor and Assistant Director 

of Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
Daiker, John A., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 
Danegger, Alfred, B.S., Assistant Professor of Press Photography, University 

Photographer 
DiLLARD, Dudley, Ph.D., Professor .and Head of Department of Economics 
Dixon, Robert G., Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 
Edelson, Charles B., M.B.A., Instructor of Accounting 
Firman, David, M.A., Instructor of Geography 

267 



268 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Fisher, Allan J., Ph.D., Professor of Accounting and Finance 
Frantz, Louise W., M.S., Instructor of Office Techniques 

Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Business 
Organization 

Gera, George, M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques and Management 

GooDELL, Robert A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Management 

Grayson, Henry W., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics 

GuRLEY, John G., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

Hamberg, Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 

Hathorn, Guy B., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Herbst, John C., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 

HoTTEL, William H., Lecturer of Journalism 

Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography 

Johnson, Edward McK., B.A., Executive Secretary of Maryland Municipal League 

Karinen, Arthur E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography 

Kopp, Charles B., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Journalism 

Krimel, Donald W., Ph.M., Associate Professor of Public Relations 

Lee, LeRoy L., A.M., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting 

Lemons, Hoyt, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography 

LiNDAMOOD, Joseph C, Jr., L.L.B., Lecturer in Business Law 

McBryde, F. Webster, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography 

Measday, Walter S., B.A., Instructor of Economics 

Milliken, Francis J., B.S., Research Associate in Bureau of Business and Economic 

Research 
MouNCE, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor 
Nelson, Boyd L., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration 
Norton, Hugh S., M.A., Instructor of Economics 
O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor of Office Techniques 
Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and Business 

Education 
Patton, Donald, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 
Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government and Politics 
Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and Public 

Administration 
Raines, Irving L, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing 
Reid, James H., M.A., Professor and Assistant Dean of College of Business and 

Public Administration 
Richard, Donald L., M.B.A., C.P.A., Instructor of Business Administration 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 269 

Robinson, Edward A., M,A., Instructor of Economics 

Root, Franklin R., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 

RoTERUS, Victor, M.A., Consulting Professor of Geograpliy 

SiMONETT, David S., Ph.D., Instructor of Geography 

Smith, Spencer M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 

Starr, Joseph R., Ph.D., Professor of Government and PoHtics 

Steinmeyer, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics 

Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A,, C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 

Syl\tester, H.\rold F., Ph.D., Professor of Personnel Administration 

Tape, Ch.\rles A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Transportation 

Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Geography 

Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance 

Wedeberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 

Whipple, Clayton E., M.A., Consulting Professor of Geography 

Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 

Yeager,, Leland B., Ph.D., Instructor of Economics 

Zagoria, Samuel, B. Lit., Lecturer of Journalism 

MEMBERS TEACHING ABROAD 

Ahlmann, Elmer F., M.S., Instructor of Geography 

Campanella, Anthony P., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Carraher, Eugene F., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Delamater, Lloyd A., ALA., Instructor of Economics 

De Marr, Frederick S., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Dooley, Mary T., ALS., Instructor of Geography 

DooLEY, William E., M.S., Instructor of Geography 

Durand, Robert Y., ALB. A., Instructor of Business Administration 

Gordon, Leland J., Ph.D., Professor of Economics 

Hall, John D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Held, Colbert C, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 

Leffland, K. William, ALA., Instructor of Office Management 

AIcNelly, Theodore, Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Miles, Edward J., ALA., Instructor of Economics and Geography 

Rich.\rdson, Francis S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and 
Office Alanagement 

Totten, Donald E., ALS., Instructor of Geography 

Toussaint, Donald R., ALA., Instructor of Government and Politics 

WuEST, John J., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 



270 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

THE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for 
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Ad- 
ministration, Geography, Journalism and Public Relations, Foreign Ser- 
vice and International Relations. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five 
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less 
than an hour in the other. There is frequent transportation service from the 
University gates to each city. Special arrangements are made to study com- 
mercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing agencies and methods in 
Baltimore. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a first- 
hand glimpse of the farflung economic activities of the national government or 
to utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities available 
in Washington. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College comprises seven departments, two bureaus of research, and 
one institute. 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

5. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

6. Personnel Administration 

7. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 
II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations 

IV. Department of Geography 
V. Department of Government and Politics 

VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations 
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 271 

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

IX. Bureau of Governmental Research 

X. Institute of World Economics and Politics 

XI. Maryland Municipal League (Affiliated) 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental 
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, small business units, 
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills and tech- 
niques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography, government 
and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools and colleges. 
It supplies scientific training in administration to students and prospective ex- 
ecutives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the College 
of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for this profession 
by offering courses of instruction which present general principles and tech- 
niques of management and administration and brings together in systematic 
form the experiences and practices of business firms and governmental units. 
This plan of education does not displace practical experience, but supplements 
and strengthens it by shortening the period of apprenticeship otherwise neces- 
sary, and by giving a broad and practical knowledge of the major principles, 
policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study program the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more tech- 
nical courses offered in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and oper- 
ating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar- 
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management 
and public administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the 
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and to 
solve administrative and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his 
organization, policies, and practices to changing social, political and economic 
situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are. on the other 
hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small business. 
If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners 
and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative 
that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles 
of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vices is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business and Public 
Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply effective 



272 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

education in administration to the young men and women whose task will be 
the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units 
resulting from industrial, social and political development and expansion. 
This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect to secure a 
major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the contrary, usually be 
required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the ladder and work 
his way up through a number of minor positions. He will, however, be able to 
move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advantage of the opportunities 
offered by the college in developing his talents and acquiring technical and 
professional information, point of view, skills, and techniques. 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the 
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical activi- 
ties and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required to have 
a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative graduation re- 
quirements. The time required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's 
degree for the average student is eight semesters. A superior student, by carry- 
ing more than the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of 
time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Adminis- 
tration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number 
of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Government and Politics and Bureau of Busi- 
ness and Economic Research available for qualified graduate students. Applica- 
tions for these assistantships should be made directly to the Dean of the College 
of Business and Public Administration. (See bulletin of Graduate School for 
graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Can- 
didates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred 
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional 
cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at least 
"C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical activities 
for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better than a "C" 
average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he may be permitted 
to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing he has the prerequi- 
sites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 27S 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exckisive of the required work in military science, physical activities, 
and hygiene, either at the Universitj'- of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn 
a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of 
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may 
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in 
the selected curriculum must be met. 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, of!ice techniques, office management, public administration, government and 
politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination cur- 
riculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and 
industrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modern 
business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efificient organization and ad- 
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he operates. 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other subjects. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern- 
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting, 
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, and 
then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and to 
formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and future 
professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probabl}' the most important 
qualities in a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina- 



274 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing 
them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public 
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing 
a type of professional and technical training that will aid the capable and 
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity. 

The college study program on both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
presuppose effective training in EngHsh, history, government, science, and 
mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may be 
so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, 
such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administra- 
tion, marketing administration, personnel administration, office management, real 
estate practice, insurance, journalism, public relations, government employment, 
office management, teaching, and research. 

Professional Advice 

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, 
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the preparation most in demand 
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction 
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business 
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in 
each major field of business activity. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required 
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who meet the requirements of the Military Department 
may carry advanced Air Force ROTC courses during their Junior and Senior 
years and may receive, under conditions determined by the Military, a regular 
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of 
resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, tran- 
scripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dor- 
mitories, off-campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service, scholar- 



*The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school 
and the first two years of college. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 275 

ships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors 
and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and special 
clubs, the University band, student publications. University Post Office and 
Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Informa- 
tion issue of the Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges: $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued, A matriculation 
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A tuition charge of $150.00 is assessed 
to all students who are non-residents of the State of Alaryland. An additional 
$50.00 is assessed to dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of 
Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Admissions 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pat- 
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each 
of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra 
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for 
certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Pub- 
lications for a copy of the "General Information" catalog. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

L BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of 
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department 
of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and 
problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and 



276 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the 

essence of Administration and Management. 

Study Programs in the Department 

Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for 
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the under- 
graduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study program. 

The following study programs will aid the thoughtful student in planning 
his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the line of his major 
interest: 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based on 
the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that 
each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Business 
Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum 
number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major 
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the 
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of 
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions, 
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and 
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and courts, 
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and 
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these 
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving 
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex- 
ternal or "social" control. 
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete 
the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular curriculum: 

Required Courses: Semester Hours 

English, Composition and American and World Literature 12 

Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 G 

Economic Geography 1, 2 4 

Economic Developments 4, 5 4 

Organization and Control 10, 11 4 

Government and Politics 1 3 

Sociologj^ of American Life 1 3 

History of American Civilization 5, 6 6 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16 

Health and Physical Activities for Women g 

Accounting 20, 21 ^ ^ 3 

Speech 18, 19 2 

Principles of Economics 31, 32 g 

Total specified requirements* ,..., 68-74 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 277 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis- 
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work 
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may 
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. A 
"C" average in Business Administration courses is required for graduation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan- 
guage. 

Junior and Senior Requirements 

During the junior and senior years each student in the department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses 
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and in the 
fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statistics, Production 
Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Purchasing, Foreign Trade, 
Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, Insurance, Investment and 
General Finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate Secretarial Training 
courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Program 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough 
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military science, phj'^sical 
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year of 
college work before entering the Law School must be done in residence at 
College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business 
and Public Administration is conferred upon the completion of the first year 
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better, and the recommenda- 
tion of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be used as credit in 
this combined curriculum. 



278 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate 

School. See Graduate School, Section II. 

The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student 
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer 
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in a shorter 
period of time by carrjnng a heavier load each semester. 



'Semester— s 



Freshman Year 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Mathematics 5 and 6 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . . 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Electives (Girls) 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total , , ^ 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management . 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved 
subjects 

TfjLuI 



18-19 



17-18 



// 

2 
2 
3 
2 
3 

3 
3 
2 
1 



18-19 




3 


. . . . 


3 


. . . . 




3 


3 


* • « • 


• • 


8 


3 


6 


15 


16 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 279 

r—Semester-~>, 

Senior Year I II 

B, A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3 .... 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics or other approved 

subjects 6 6 



Total IC 16 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad- 
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student 
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General 
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the 
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or 
major when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration 

2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Utilities and Public Adminis- 

tration 

1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized 
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control 
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces- 
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of 
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it 
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various 
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and 
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob- 
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the 
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career 
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer, 
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with 
firms or certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the District 
of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This 
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad- 
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship train- 
ing before graduation. 



280 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 

r— Semester— \ 

Junior Year I II 

B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting . — 4 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting. 4 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Elective 3 .... 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 124, 126 — Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 .... 

B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 16 

The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid 
of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such courses as will best 
meet his needs: 

B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3) 

B. A. 118— Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting 

B. A. 125— C. P, A. Problems (3)* (arranged) 

B. A. 129— Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) b. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- b. A. 228— Research in Accounting 

tics (3, 3) (arranged) 

B. A. 141— Investment Management (3) B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in the 

B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) fields of Control and Organization (ar- 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management ranged) 

(3) Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements (3) 

(3) Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) (3) 

B. A. 210— Advanced Accounting Theory Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

(2-3) 



*C. P. A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public accoimt- 
ing. Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional ex- 
amination requirements of the State in which they expect to take the examination or to 
practice. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 281 

2. Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enter- 
prises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on 
credit, and the activities of local, state, and federal government depend, in 
large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated 
structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved together 
with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are equally 
varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive throughout 
our economic life and because it is an expense which must be borne by the 
ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance function is endowed with 
a high degree of public interest. 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him 
in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form 
sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection 
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for 
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest- 
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and 
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e.g., in 
departments regulating banking operations, international finance, the issuance 
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and 
operated or controlled by the government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study •program for the freshman and sophomore 
years, the program for the junior and senior j'^ears is outlined as follows: 

r—Semestef—> 

Junior Year I // 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking ?, .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

and Public Administration 2 4 



Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 

B. A. 143— Credit Management 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 148- Advanced Financial Management 3 

Electives 3 g 



Total. 



16 16 



282 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the follow- 
ing list of subjects: 



B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) 
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements 

(3) 
B.A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3) 
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial 

Management (3) 



B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems In 
the Field of Financial Administration 
(arranged) 

Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and 
Prices (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 

Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and 
Prices (arranged) 



3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech- 
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required to go on 
inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand informa- 
tion through both observation and participation. He should be familiar with 
the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings, and 
the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he should understand 
effective methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials 
and machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 

place in this field of effort are: 



*B. A. 121— Cost Accounting (4) 

B. A. 122, 127— Auditing (3, 3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- 
tics (3, 3) 

B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) 
*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 

(2) 
*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) 



B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B.A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
*B. A. 177— Motion Economy and Time Study 

(3) 
*B. A. 178— Production Planning and Con- 
trol (2) 
B. A. 265— Development and Trends In 
Industrial Management (3) 



4. Insurance and Real Estate 

Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university 
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices 
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or 
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers, 
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real 



*These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating In Industrial 
Administration. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 283 

estate — are now recognized, A proper arrangement of courses by a student 
will povide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life 
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.), 
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal 
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value. 

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should 
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. 
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

r-Semester—\ 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

B. A. 190— Life Insurance 3 .... 

B. A. 191— Property Insurance .... 3 

B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3 .... 

B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3 

Elective .... 3 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 194 — Insurance Agency Management 3 .... 

B. A. 197— Real Estate Management .... 3 

Electives 3 6 



Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the 

following and other subjects: 

Soc. 114— The City (3) B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management 

Soc. 173— Social Security (3) (3) 

Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and b. A. 151— Advertising (3) 

Prices (3) B. A. 165-OfRce Management (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) b. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) B. A. 290-Seminar in Insurance (3) 

B. A. 295— Seminar in Real Estate (3) 

5. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing ac- 
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter- 



284 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



prise are closelj^ related to present-day marketing organization and practice. 
Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success 
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. 
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is 
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods, 
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transportation, 
financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate action 
taken bj^ qualified technicians and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the stu- 
dent an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems 
connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and 
practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop his 
aptitudes, on the technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing 
advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his abilities for 
organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in the field of 
marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student in 
preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He may 
form a concentration in: 



a. General Marketing 

b. Advertising 

c. Foreign Trade and International Finance 



d. Retail Store Management 

e. Sales Management 



B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Sta- 
tistics (3, 3) 
*B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
*B. A. 151— Advertising. (3) 
*B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout 

(3) 
*B. A. 153— Purcliasing Management (3) 
* B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3) 
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- 
dising (3) 
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 
Regulation (3) 



B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3) 
B. A. 250 — Problems in Sales Management 

(3) 
B. A. 251— Problems in Advertising (3) 
B. A. 252— Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 
B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) 
B. A. 258— Research Problems in 
Marketing (arranged) 



*These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in 
Marketing Management. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



285 



For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made 
from the following courses: 



tEcon. 13 6— International Economic Policies 
and Relations (3) 
Econ. 13 7— Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (3) 
tEcon. 14 9— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 
B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and 
Campaigns (3) 
IB. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 
tB. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 
B. A. 1S9— Government and Business (3) 
Ec. Geog. 4— Regional Geography of the 

Continents (3) 
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of the 



United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (3) 

Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115— Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Eu- 
rope (3) 

Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (3) 

Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 180, ISl— Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 3) 



6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance of 
personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious co- 
operation between employer and employee. The interests of the public, the 
owners, and the management, as wll as those of the employees, may be greatly 
afiFected by the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. 
The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the 
increased participation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created 
problems for which business management, union officials, and government 
representatives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. 
The government, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to 
deal effectively with these problems. They should have broad training and 
technical information in the fields of business and public administration, 
economics, and psychology, together with suitable personalities. They must be 
able to approach these problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal 
and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective working 
force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employment 
in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corporations, 
educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 



tThese courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration In 
Foreign Trade and International Finance. 



286 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) 

*B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and 

Court Decisions (3) 
*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit 

Rating (2) 
*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) 
G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Adminis- 
tration (3) 
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) 
Psych. 121— Social Psychology (3) 
Psych. 161— Psychological Techniques in 

Personnel Administration (3) 
G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person- 
nel Administration (arranged ) 



B. A. 262— Seminar in Contemporary 
Trends in Labor Relations (3) 
B. A. 265 — Development and Trends in 
Industrial Management (3) 

B. A. 266— Research in Personnel Man- 
agement (arranged) 

B. A. 267 — Research in Industrial Rela- 
tions (arranged) 

B. A. 269— Studies of Special Problems in 
Employer -Employee Relationships 
(arranged) 

B. A. 271— Theory of Organization (3) 



7. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economits, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation, j 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the student 
in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, highway, 
and railway transportation. This curriculum besides preparing for positions 
with carriers also fits the student for industrial traffic management, trade asso- 
ciation and government work in transportation. (To major in Transportation 
Administration the student must complete 15 hours of the courses Hsted below 
including B.A. 171.): 



B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade. 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
B. A. 171 — Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 
B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation 

(3) 



B. A. 175 — Airline Administration (3) 
B. A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage- 
ment (3) 
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 
B. A. 270— Seminar in Air Transportation 

(3) 
B. A. 277 — Seminar in Transportation (3) 
B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities (3) 



Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the 
curriculum. 

II. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale in 
this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the 



♦These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration 
in Personnel Administration and Labor Economics, 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 287 

professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business 
or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service Administration, 
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work. 
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements 
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general 
requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily 120 
semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
tor graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C" 
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the Economics Major are: 

I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically 
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting) are 
recommended, and B.A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses in Eco- 
nomics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with the aid 
of a faculty adviser. 

II. Social Studies — American Government (3); Sociology of American 
Life (3); History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours. 

III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6; 
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours. 

IV. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language 
— or completion of sophomore course in language. Candidates for the Ph.D. 
degree are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern foreign 
languages, normally French and German. 

V. Natural Science and Alathematics, 12 semester hours. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are required to 
take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects economics as a major should have earned 10 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning the 
advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during the 
freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average grade 
of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until at least 
26 credits, in addition to the required prerequisite courses, are satisfactorily 
earned, that is, with an average grade of at least "C". 

A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned 
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics. 



288 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's objective 
and major interest. 



Suggested Study Program for Economics Majors 



-Semester->, 
I II 



1 1 



Total . 



Freshman Year 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng-. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 14, 15, 17 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Govenment (or Sociology of American 

Life) 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

Foreign Language 

Natural Science (or B. A. 20, 21) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

Administration* 6 9 

Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business 

Administration* g 12 



3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


1 


1 



16 



♦Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the Junior and Senior level. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



289 



III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well grounded 
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his an- 
ticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices of organiza- 
tion and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training 
can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or 
more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. 
The individual program in either instance, however, should be worked out 
under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is 
offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Foreign Language (Selection) 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) . . . 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

G. & P.— Comparative Government, selection in accordance with 

the student's need 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

A, S. .3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs . . . 
Electives to meet student's major interest 

Total 



-Semester— \ 
II 
3 

3 
3 
2 
2 
3 
3 
2 
1 



19-20 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 
1 
3 
1 

16-19 



19-20 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 
1 
3 
1 

16-19 



15 



15 



290 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

f— Semester— ^ 
Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Lav/ ^ 

G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law ^ 

B. A. 189— Government and Business ^ • - • • 

Ec. 132— Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary 

Thought ^ • • • ; 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Lav? ^ ^ 

Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations 3 .... 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; 

History 195— The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154. 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo- 
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources of 
that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water power, 
and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibilities of a 
country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and degrees 
of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical unit, in turn 
determine in large measure the degree of effectiveness with which the natural 
resources are utilized. The standard of living, the purchasing power, and the 
political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, in the main, the result 
of the expression of the interrelationship existing between the people and their 
physical environment. 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and analyzing 
the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social activities. 
The student interested in international trade, international political relations, 
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find the courses 
in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on both the under- 
graduate and the graduate levels. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material 
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers 
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as 
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet 
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor, 
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult 
the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general requirements for the 
advanced degrees. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 291 

Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geography 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C" 
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 
40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other Geography courses num- 
bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a total of 
39 hours in geography. 

II. Social Sciences— G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5 

and 6 (3, 3); Soc. 1 and 5 (3, 3); a total of 21 semester hours. 

III. Natural Sciences— Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron. 115 
or equivalent (3); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours. 

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19 (1, 1); 
a total of 14 semester hours. 

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language, 
unless an advanced course is taken. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present Uni- 
versity requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for able-bodied male students. Women students are required to take 
8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen 
semester hours credit in thee prerequisite courses in geography prior to be- 
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C". 

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30 

(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable. 

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography, 
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly 
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social 
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource 
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele- 
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the 
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other 
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of 
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource 
utilization and the social consequences. 



292 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography 
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 



Suggested Study Program for Geography Majors: 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year ■* ■'^ 

Geog. 10, 11— General Geography 3 3 

Cham. 1— Introductory Chemistry 4 .... 

Bot. 1— General Botany • • • • * 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life • • • • 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total.... 19-20 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology 3 .... 

Geog. 3 5— Map Reading and Interpretation 3 

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3 .... 

Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology .... 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 tS 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Bot. 113— Plant Geography 2 

Agron. 115— Soil Geography .... 3 

Soc. 5— Anthropology .... 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 6 3 

Electives, with adviser's consent 3 3 

Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

Geog. 170— Local Field Course 3 .... 

Geog. — Selection to fit student's needs 6 6 

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 6 

Total 15 12 

V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1) 
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other 
courses offered by the Department. Persons taking this course of study must 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



293 



complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In this curriculum, at 
least 36 hours of Government and Politics, including G. & P. 1, must be com- 
pleted. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C" may 
be counted as a part of these 36 hours. (3) The electives of the junior and 
senior years are to be chosen from the list suggested below, unless consent 
to take other courses is obtained from the Head of the Department. Electives 
in Government and Politics and in related fields are to be chosen to make an 
integrated course of study. 



-Semester— > 



Freshman Year 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, 13— Mathematics 

Econ. 4. 5— Economic Developments 

Speech IS, 19— Introductory Speech 

Foreign Language , 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 

G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psychology 

1 or Sociology 52 (Criminology) 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

Foreign Language 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

G. & p. 7 or 9, 8 or 10— Comparative Government 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 

G. & P. 174— Political Parties 

G. & P. 124— Legislatures and Legislation 

G. & P. —(Elective) 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 101— International Relations 

'G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 

One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses 

Electives 

Total 



18-19 



16-19 



17 



3 

3 
3 

6 

15 



// 

3 
3 
3 
2 
1 
3 
3 
2 
1 



18-19 



3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 



3 

3 
9 

17 



15 



294 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any history 
courses related to the student's integrated course of study. 
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems Decisions 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 
Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Philosophw 155— Logic 

Thought Psychology 121, 122— Social Psychology 

Econ. 140-Money and Banking Sociology 52-Criminology 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 18-0, 181-Business Law Sociology 147-Sociology of Law 

B. A. 189— Government and Business Sociology 186— Sociological Theory 

VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Purposes of the development are (1) to give the student two years of broad 
or liberal education, (2) to provide one year of technical study in journalism 
or public relations, (3) to arrange one year of studies in allied courses which 
serve as a background for the major or as a specialized use for it, and (4) to 
cooperate with professionals and their organizations in journalism and public 
relations. 

The department offers two professional majors: one in editorial journalism, 
for those who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public 
relations, for those who plan to work in public relations, public information, 
or on company publications. 

Although a minor is not permitted in this college, a student may take as 
many as 18 semester hours in a subject or field other than his major, since 
specialized jobs are most attractive financially. Journalism majors ordinarily 
elect secondary concentrations in such fields as agriculture, home economics, 
business administration, advertising, foreign language, science, social and 
political sciences. Public relations majors choose theirs from business adminis- 
tration, advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. 
Other electives may be approved by the advisor in this department. 

Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses 
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart- 
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot type at 
least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking Journalism 
10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial or public re- 
lations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and shorthand for 
lower-division elective credit. 

Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more) are 
required for graduation in this department, the student should use his electives 
and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites for his 
upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an upper- 
division elective. 

To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated 
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of R.O.T.C. and Physical Ac- 
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2. (C). 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 295 

To enroll as an upper-division major in this department, a student must 
have earned at least C in both Journalism 10 and 11. A major who makes less 
than a C in an upper-division required course, is asked to repeat the course 
and/or change his major. 

A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in it at 
the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that time 
until graduation by the same advisor in the department. In no case, however, 
can one be graduated with a major in this department without having spent at 
least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula. 

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their college 
residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. Four se- 
mesters of experience on a student publication or three months as a fulltime 
professional are required for graduation. 

The department maintains close working relations with professionals and 
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers, 
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the 
department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each 
event, and his participation is required unless it happens to conflict with one of 
his scheduled classes. 

Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of 
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take 
more than a course or two. 

Lower-division Curricula 

(Journalism, Public Relations) 

r-Seniester—\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5— Economic 

Developments or foreign language 4-3 4-3 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or 

natural science) 3-4 3-4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech (or Speech 1, 2) 1-2 1-2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Air Science 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 



Total Ig 13 

Sophomore Year 

Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting I, II 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (or foreign language)... 2-3 2-3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Air Science 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 



Total , 



18 18 



296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Journalism Study Program 



-Semester-^ 
I II 



Junior Year 

Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3 

Journ. 162— Community Journalism 3 

Journ. 176— Newsroom Problems 3 . . . . 

Journ. 181— Press Photography (either semester) 3 

Journ. 184— Picture Editing 2 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Electives "^ ^ 



Total. 16 16 



Senior Year 

Journ. 161— News Editing II .... 3 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing .... 3 

Journ. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs 3 .... 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press .... 3 

Journ. 192— History of American Journalism 3 .... 

B. A. 189 — Business and Government (either semester) 3 .... 

Electives 7 7 



Total 16 16 

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training 
on the Baltimore Sunpapers. 

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun reporters 
on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students spend one afternoon a 
week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk. 

Senior majors "take over" the Baltimore Evening Sun one day each se- 
mester. They go out on the beat with reporters and are responsible for one 
news-feature page of the paper that day. Seniors also observe Sun operations 
on unusual occasions such as state or national election nights. 

Some journalism majors serve as "stringers" in the special coverage of the 

campus maintained by the Sunpapers. 

Neil H. Swanson, executive editor of the Sunpapers, annually gives a series 
of nine lectures on "Newspaper Making" for the majors of this department at 
a time when one of the classes is scheduled. It was through his cooperation 
with the president of the university that facilities of the Sunpapers were made 
available for helping educate journalism majors in this department. Mr. Swan- 
son also serves on the journalism committee of the Maryland Press Association 
which meets on the campus each semester to advise in the development and 
growth of the department. 

Other members of the committee are E. M. Jackson Jr., general manager, 
Capital-Gazette Press, Annapolis; John Cofifman, Jr., publisher, Takoma Journal; 
E. T. Gunning, managing editor, Cumberland Times. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 297 

Public Relations Study Program 

Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum are 
the same as those in the journalism program (see above). 

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the 
average male public relations student who plans to work for a public relations 
firm or in a public relations department. 

For electives preparatory to P.R. work in business, the student should look 
to at least the following fields: business administration, advertising, economics, 
business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For government 
P.R. work: public administration, American history, international relations, 
political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any P. R. major may be found 
in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio, and education. 

r-Semester—>, 

Junior Year I II 

Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing .... 3 

Journ. 170— Public Relations 3 .... 

Journ. ISl— Press Photography (either semester) 3 .... 

Journ. 184— Picture Editing .... 2 

Journ. 194— Public Relations Cases .... 2 

Electives 7 9 



Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Journ. 1 6 6— Publicity Techniques 3 ,,,, 

Journ. 171 — Industrial Journalism 2 .... 

Journ. 186 — Public Relations of Government .... 3 

Journ. 191 — Law of the Press .... 3 

Journ. 195— Seminar in Public Relations .... 2 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Electives c ' ' * « 



Total, 



16 16 



VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 
1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective office 
management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular opinion 
that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems and machines, 
there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe that the management 
and supervision of an office is, quite as important a job as the management 
of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. Many instances may be cited 
where the managers of offices have, by a consistent and logical use of scientific 
management principles, saved as much as $100,000 a year for their companies. 

Any young man or woman entering business need have no hesitancy in 



298 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



preparing himself for the position of oflfice manager, for that position has proved 
a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of our present 
executives. 

The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested electives under the guidance of the adviser, a valuable aid 
in preparing for positions in this field. 



Office Administration Study Program 



Freshman Year 



Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature.... 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Matli. 5— General Mathematics 

Math. 6— Mathematics of Finance 

G. & -'. 1 — American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



Total. 



18-19 



18-19 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature.. 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 



Total. 



17-19 



15-18 



Junior Year 

Psych, 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 112— Records Management , 

B. A. 121- Cost Accounting , 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics. 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 

Electives 



Total. 



16 



16 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299 

r-Semester—>, 
Senior Year I il 

B. A. 165— Office Management 3 .... 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 .... 

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3 .... 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management 3 

Electives in Accounting, Marketing, Real Estate, Insurance, 

Finance, and Transportation 3 8 

Total 16 15 

2. Office Techniques 

In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and 
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offering 
to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. The 
Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain the 
essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative positions. 
One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen profession is 
through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this end the courses 
have been designed. The major objectives of the College will be maintained 
and emphasized throughout the presentation of the program of studies. The 
purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish merely technical or vocational 
training, but also, to aid the student in developing his natural aptitudes for sec- 
retarial and administrative positions. The development of the student's capacity 
to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this 
curriculum. This program of study will appeal to the young man or woman 
who is ambitious, naturally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal 
to those who realize that positions in secretarial service require much more 
than merely skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, 
but knowledge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more 
responsible positions. 

Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 

training in shorthand and/or typewriting are required to take a placement 

examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registration 
in shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt from 
certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and typewriting. 
Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 

Record of Competency 

Students must make grade of "C" in each course in the Office Techniques 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. 

Senior Requirement 

A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the 



300 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following the 
secretarial curriculum must either take O. T. 116 and O. T. 117 (or O, T. 118) 
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency ex- 
amination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month period. 

The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 

r—Semester—^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Amei^ican Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Speech IS, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance. 3 3 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting* 2 .... 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting .... 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal & Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18.21 16.17 

Junior Year 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthandf 3 

O. T. 117— Gregg Transcriptionf 2 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation \\\ ' " 3 

B. A. 166— Business Communications . , , _ 3 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines ' "o 

B. A. 112— Pcecords Management 2 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking ^ ^ ^ ^ Z 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics o 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management * ' *3 

Total "~7J ""[^ 

*0. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 

to. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription must be 
taken concurrently. O. T. 10 should be completed prior to, or taken concurrently with 

O. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand. ' 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 301 

r—Semester-~\ 

Senior Year ^ ^^ 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3 .... 

O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice 3 

B. A. 165— Office Management 3 

B. A. 16S— Advanced Office Management 3 

B. A. 180, ISl— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 6 

Econ. 150— iMarketing Principles and Organization 3 



To^al 16 16 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 
schools. 

Requirements to teach business subject: Twenty semester hours of pre- 
scribed courses in education are required for certification to teach business 
subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of Columbia. 

VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information concerning 
business and economic conditions in Maryland; or which affect Maryland 
interests and third, to make available the facilities and to give active research 
assistance to interested business firms, governmental units, and citizen groups. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain 
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of tech- 
niques and principles studied in the class room to actual business and gov- 
ernmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves as 
an important source of information relative to business and economic con- 
ditions and developments in this region. This information is made available, 
in part, by means of Bureau putlications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the 
Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual 
business firms and citizen organizations within the state who request assistance 
in the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important 
bearing upon community welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be 
of real service to such organizations. 

IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called 
the Bureau of PubHc Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and 



302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department 
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Governmental 
Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to 
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages 
in research and publishes research findings with reference to local, state and 
national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service 
to units of government in Maryland. Finally, it serves as a clearing house of 
information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The 
Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure 
practical experience in research in government problems. 

X. INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS AND POLITICS 

The Institute of World Economics and Public Affairs is an administrative 
agency of the University responsible for fostering, establishing and correlating 
existing instruction, research, and extension on International Economic and 
Political Relations. 

The main objectives of the Institute's program are concerned with de- 
veloping and promoting research; organizing and correlating programs of 
study and instruction on and off campus; advise and make recommendations 
with reference to new and revised courses designed to prepare personnel for 
effective service with Government and Business Agencies in the fields of 
International Economic and Political Relations. 

The Institute is designed to correlate and supplement existing facilities 
rather than to create a new and competing academic agency. It operates in 
large measure, through and with other relevant divisions and departments 
of the University. Among these are the Departments of Business Organization 
and Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, History, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Modern Languages, and the Bureaus of 
Business and Economic Research, and Governmental Research, 

The Director of the Institute is the Chairman of the Advisory Council. 
This Advisory Council comprises representatives of each of the Departments 
concerned and selected representatives of Government and Business. 

/ 
XL MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE 

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland 
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The 
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers serv- 
ices to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal 
affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's 
mailing address is: Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, 
Maryland. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 303 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to w^ithdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee, v^^ill be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: coilrses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with 
a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arable numeral in parentheses after the title of the 
course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Frederick, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Fisher, Mounce, Pyle, 
Reid, Sweene}^ Sylvester, Watson, Wedeberg, Wright; Associate Professors 
Raines. Tafif; Assistant Professors Ash, Cronin, Daiker, Goodell, Nelson; 

Instructors Edelson, Lee, Richard. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a 
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization and 
control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore 
standing. 

The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for pro- 
prietorships, corporations and partnerships. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3)— First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in account- 
ing, or consent of instructor. 



304 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, 
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the interpretation 
of accounting statements. 

B.A. 112. Records Management (2)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Since Records Management is a key factor in promoting modern business 
practices, this course is designed to assist students in determining the needs 
for an effective records program. The technical phases of records handling are 
combined with the broader problems of conducting a modern records program — 
its function, organization, operation, and control. 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. 

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including systems 
of financial control and accountabihty, the settlement of claims, centralized 
purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con- 
sent of instructor. 

The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental 
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms and 
types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all 
governments. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in 
B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those 
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 111. 

A study of the principles and problems of auditing and application of 
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or 
better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of 
returns. 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111. 

Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner- 
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships and 
liquidations; also budgeting and controllership. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 305 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, 

or consent of instructor. 

A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means 
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. 
problems covering the various accounting fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 122. 

Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing. 

B.A. 128. Advanced Cost Accounting (2) — Prerequisite, B.A. 121. 

A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis on process 
costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs. 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff. 

A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for 
a semester after graduation. 

B'A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — Prerequisite, junior stand- 
ing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. 

This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. Emphasis 
is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation; graphic 
charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; sampling; elemen- 
tary tests of reliability and simple correlations. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50 for each course. 

The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in 
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of cor- 
relation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses of 
economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand indexes 
and functions. 

B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ. 
140. 

This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organization, 
financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the various types of securi- 
ties and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; inter- 
corporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of problems 
of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 



306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and 
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment in- 
formation, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility, 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 140. 

A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, the 
operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension of com- 
mercial credit. 

B-A. 143. Credit Management (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, B.A. 140. 

A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its extension 
and redemption for mercantile and consumer purposes; sources of credit in- 
formation and analysis of credit reports; the organization and management of* 
a credit department for effective control. Recent developments and effective 
legal remedies available. 

B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140 
and senior standing. 

A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 140. 

Advanced course designed for students specializing in finance. Emphasis 
is placed upon the techniques employed by executives in their application of 
financial management practice to selected problems and cases. Critical classroom 
analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used by business 
enterprises. 

B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21, 
B.A. 140. 

Analysis of financial statements for the guidance of executives, directors, 
stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items; determination and 
interpretation of ratios. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 150. 

A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. The 
work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of marketing 
activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on 
the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing 
of various forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. 
A study of the role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of 
advertising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 307 

applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, magazine, and 
other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern research 
methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the 
advertising business. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 151. and senior standing. 

A study of the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The 
student will participate in exercises designed to teach him the essential principles 
of writing copy for various media and presenting ideas in visual form. The 
course deals with the development of ideas rather than art forms. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

B.A. 150 and senior standing. 

Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan- 
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore- 
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and 
methods and procedures used in their procurement, 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150 and senior standing. 

Retail store organization, location, la5^out and store policy; pricing policies, 
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; purchasing 
methods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail sales force; 
and administrative problems. 

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 154. 

Designed to develop skill in the planning and control of merchandise 
stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit control procedures, 
mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the gross margin- 
expense-net earnings relationships. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3)— Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and senior 
standing. 

Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used 
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in 
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the customs 
districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 158. Advertising Campaigns (3)— Second semester. Prerequisites, 
B.A. 151 and B.A. 152. 

This course is devoted to the application of advertising skills for the purpose 
of conducting advertising campaigns scaled to specific marketing needs and 
financial resources. It combines sound principles with laboratory techniques; 
familiarizes the student with the price structure, technical needs, and problems of 



308 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

effective presentation for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and other 
media. 

B.A. 159. Newspaper Advertising (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 151. 

A study of the problems of newspaper advertising with special attention to 
the needs of retail business. The course covers layout, production methods, sales 
techniques, and classified advertising. Students are encouraged to work in the 
advertising departments of campus and nearby publications for actual experience. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 160. 

This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employees 
under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel administration 
are stressed, the appHcation of scientific management and the importance of 
human relations in this field. 

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
160 and senior standing. 

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry 
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal 
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, medi- 
ation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts, 
lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions. 

B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, B.A. 160 and senior standing. 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases 
include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in 
their application to office work. 

B.A. 166. Business Communications (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and 
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for presentation, 
methods of handling various types of information, and physical setup; the 
various types of business letters; special consideration will be given to application 
letters. 

B.A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite B. A. 160, B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study 
of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing 
job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to 
pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs, the methods of 
merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 309 

B.A. 168 Advanced Office Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 165 and senior standing. 

A study of the policies, systems, practices used to promote the effective 
utilization of the office functions. Among the subjects studied will be organ- 
ization, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, layout, and process 
charting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, and im- 
proving the office methods found in several actual business cases. 

B.A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Both semesters. Prerequisite, B. A. 
11. 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics 
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production plan- 
ning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary control, 
standard costs, and problems of supervision. 

B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop- 
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other 
transportation courses.) 

B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management (3) — Prerequi- 
site, B. A. 170. 

Covers the details of classification and rate construction for ground and 
air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications is 
provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of 
shipping and receiving and is required for all majors in Transportation 
Administration. 

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation (3)— Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 
The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribution, 
competitive situations, organization, regulation. 

B.A. 173. Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 

The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company 
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Alarine as a factor in national activity. 

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 
The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, air- 
lines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of com- 
mercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling 
of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services. 

B.A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in 
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and 
other manuals of various companies. 



310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3)— Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan- 
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Management, 
financing, operations, revenue sources. 

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion 
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard 
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans. 

B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite B. A. 169 and Senior standing. 

An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for production 
according to the several types of manufacture. The development and application 
of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules, production 
reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period and one 
laboratory period each week. 

B.A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3)— Prerequisite B. A. 160, B. A. 169 
and Senior standing. 

A case study course in problems of management and administration with 
emphasis upon analysis and reasoning applied toward a solution. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, 
agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales. 

B.A. 184. Public Utilities (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior 

standing. 

Using the regulated industries as specific examples attention is focused on 
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, pubHc administration, government control of business, ad- 
vanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, 
finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 189. Business and Government (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. 

A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control 
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the 
decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government regulation of 
private enterprise. 

B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A general survey of life insurance: Its institutional development, selection 
of risks, mathematical calculations, contract provisions, kinds of policies, their 
functional uses, industrial and group contracts and government supervision. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 311 

B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A study of the insurance coverages written to protect individuals and 
businesses: fire, extended coverage, business interruption, automobile, liability, 
fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards, rate-making, legal 
principles, standard forms, and business practices are discussed. 

B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 190 or 191. 

This course deals w^ith the more practical problems and policies of the 
insurance agent, manager, or broker: the management of his own organization 
and its relations with the public and home offices. Advanced topics in life 
insurance and additional coverages in property insurance are considered also. 

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite Econ. 
32 or 37. 

The course covers the nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a 
business, basic legal principles, construction problems and home ownership, 
city planning, and public control and ownership of real estate. 

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

This course includes consideration of the factors influencing real estate 
values, methods and techniques in the general appraisal of real estate by brokers 
and professional appraisers, and general problems in real estate financing, 

B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 195 or 196. 

A study of mortgage banking in its relation to real estate operations, various 
financial institutions, and the general economy; and a study of real property 
management wuth its responsibilities to owners, tenants, emploj^ees, and the 
public. 

For Graduates 

B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3)— Prerequisite B. A. Ill and 

graduate standing. 

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). 

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or- 
ganization — ( Arrange d . ) 

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec, 
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140. 



312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis- 
tration — ( Arrange d. ) 

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3). 

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management— (Arranged.) 

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations— 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management (3). 

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations— (Arranged.) 

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation- 
ships — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3). 

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3). 

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3). 

B.A. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.) 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Dillard, Gruchy; Associate Professors Grayson, Gurley; 

Assistant Professors Hamberg, Root, Smith; 

Instructors Norton, Robinson, Measday. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums. 

An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and 
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western 
Europe and the United States. (Dillard and Staff.) 

Econ. 7. Economic Development of Europe and the U. S. (3) — (European 
Program). 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A consid- 
erable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and ex- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 313 

planatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of the 
economic system. (Grayson and Staff.) 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 32. Not open to fresh- 
men or to B. P. A. students. 

A survc}'^ of the general principles underlying economic activity. Designed 
to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of Engineering, 
Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to take the more 
complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. (StafT.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of econoniic 
systems. The course begins wnth an examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of eco- 
nomic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors. 

This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special 
attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing. 

A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco- 
nomic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C. 
Mitchell. J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other 
contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First se- 
mester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade. Full con- 
sideration is given to contemporary problems facing international trade and to 
the impact of governmental policy upon international commercial relations. 

(Root.) 

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special 
reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and the United 
States. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 



314 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary, 
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the Federal 
Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and 
foreign exchange, and the impact of public poHcy upon banking and credit. 

(Gurley and Staff.) 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. 

A study of recent domestic and international monetary policies, their ob- 
jectives and theoretical foundations. (Gurley.) 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of government fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of 
public revenue, the tax system, government budgets, and the public debt. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 140. Econ. 136 and 141 recommended. 

This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and 
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, 
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis, (Root.) 

Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or Z7. 

This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is 
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, 
natural products, services, and manufactured goods. (Reid and Staff.) 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or Z7. (Measday, Norton, Robinson, Smith.) 

The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor 
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in detail: 
wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, and col- 
lective bargaining. 

Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 2)7. 

Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations, 
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts, and 
some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monoply. Problems 
of small business. 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa- 
tive American industries. (Clemens.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 315 

For Graduates 

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

Price, output, and distribution analysis as developed by Chamberlin, Triffin, 
licks, and others; econometric methods, including Leontief input-output tech- 
niques of inter-industry analysis. Considerable attention is given to contribu- 
tions in periodicals. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

National income accounting; determination of national income and' em- 
ployment especially as related to the modern theory of effective demand; con- 
sumption function; multiplier and acceleration principles; the role of money as 
it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical fluctuations. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. 

A stud}' of the development of economic thought and theories including the 
Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, 
Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second 

Semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. 

A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic 
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his- 
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study of recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory 
in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.) 
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. (Root.) 

Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3). 

Econ. 240. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3). 

Theories of money, prices, and national income with emphasis on recent 
developments. Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and inter- 
national monetary policies. (Gurley.) 

Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability (3) — Second semester. 

An analytical study of long-term economic growth in relation to short-term 
cyclical instabilit3% Attention is concentrated on the connection between accumu- 
lation of capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business 
cycles. Earlier writings as well as recent growth models are considered. 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries 
(3)— (Arranged.) (Clemens.) 

Econ. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.) 



316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Van Royen, Hu; Consulting Professors Roterus, Whipple; Lecturers 
with rank of Professor Lemons, McBryde; Associate Professor Patton; 
Assistant Professors Augelli, Herbst, Karinen; Instructors- Firman, Simonett; 
Research Associate Battersby; Research Assistants Chang, Kelley; Lecturers 
(o£f-campus courses) Ahlman, Anderson, Brierly, Davies, Dooley, Fernstrom, 
Held, Kyte, Miles, Totten, Roscoe. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture 
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying production 
economics. Emphasis upon chmate, soils, land forms, agricultural products, 
power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog- 
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Patton and Staff.) 

Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2) 

— First semester. 

Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the under- 
lying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems arising 
therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education. 

Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2) 
— Second semester. 

Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human 
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the 
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and 
teachers in the field of education. 

Geog. 10, 11. General Geog^raphy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Required of all majors in geography; recommended for all minors; Geog. 
10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education, and others who 
may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of their 
respective fields. 

Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content, 
philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for 
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography (3, 3) 

(Not offered on College Park campus). 

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3) — First semester. 

A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their geographic 
distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological processes, 
the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of 
land forms and land use problems. (Simonett.) 

Geog. 35. Map Reading and Interpretation (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. 

Designed to familiarize the student with various types of maps, their func- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 317 

tions and limitations. Introduction to map projections and their adaptability 
to different purposes. Emphasis upon characteristics and interpretation of 
topographic maps. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3) — First semester. 

An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of the 
atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and 
conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic dis- 
tribution patterns. Practical applications. (Simonett.) 

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. 

Climatic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of 
world climates, and relevance of climatic differences to human activities. 

(Simonett.) 

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate (2) — Summer only. Permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major types 
of climate, with special emphasis upon North America. 

Geog. 50. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or second 
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30 and 35, or equivalent. 

Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems 
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of general- 
ization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and generalization 
of cultural features, including place-name selection. 

(Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second se- 
mester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30. 

Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and 
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used 
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods to 
the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-separation 
work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. (Skop, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America (3) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 

A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions 
of Eastern United States and Canada, including an* analysis of the significance 
of the physical basis for present-day diversification of development, and the 
historical geographic background. (Herbst.) 

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo- America (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 



318 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of Western United States, Western Canada and Alaska along the 
lines mentioned under Geog. 100. (Herbst.) 

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States (2) — Summer only. Per- 
mission of instructor. 

A general study of the regions and resources of the United States in relation 
to agricultural and industrial development and to present-day national problems. 

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and adjacent areas (3) — First and 
second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 

An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population 
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of 
Maryland and adjacent areas. (Patton.) 

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland (2) — Summer only. Permission of 
instructor. 

The geographic regions of Maryland and their principal characteristics, 
especially in relation to the development of home studies and other study 
projects. 

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America (3)— • 

First semester. 

An analysis of the physical framew^ork, broad economic and historical trends, 
cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, the 
West Indies, and parts of Colombia and Venezuela. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America (3) — 
Second semester. 

A survey of natural environment and resources, economic development, and 
cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon prob- 
lems and prospects of the countries. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester. 

The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial 
development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Van Royen, Patton.) 

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3) — Second 

semester. 

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral 
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities 
of the future. ^ (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second semester. 

Problems of development of colonial areas, v^ith special emphasis upon the 
development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settlement in 
the tropics. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 319 

Geog. 130. 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China, and the East Indies; 
natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons of physical 
and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social and 
political development. (Hu.) 

Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution 
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China, 
Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis w^ill be placed on the unique characteristics 
of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life, 
contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially 
for students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign 
service, foreign trade, education, and international relations, (Hu.) 

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3) — First or second semester. 

The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in 
the expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and in- 
dustrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, 
and diversity of population. 

Geog. 146. The Near East (3) — First semester or second semester. 

The physical, economic, political, and strategic geography of the lands 
between the Mediterranean and India. 

Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) — 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, Geog 30. 

Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important 
schools of topographic coi:scepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means 
of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map coverage. 
Methods of preparation of data for compilation purposes, including types of 
source materials. Methods of map cataloging and bibliography are given brief 
consideration. (Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-use 
Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory 
a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150. 

Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps in the fields of 
geography, geology, pedology, forestry, demography, transportation, military 
science, and other special fields. Each type is studied from the viewpoint of 
history, criteria, for selection of features and scales, methods of representation 
and preparation, interpretation, and availability of source materials. Field trips 
when possible. (Brierly, Army Map Service.) 



320 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3)— First or 

second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, Geog. 30, 35 or equivalent. 

Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on topo- 
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpretations 
of soil, geologic, vegetation, and military data. 

Geog. 154, 155. General Cartography and Graphics (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Geog. 30 or consent of instructor. 

Problems and techniques of compilation, design, construction, and repro- 
duction of the various types of maps and graphic materials. Laboratory 
exercises are directed primarily toward the solution of actual cartographic 
problems encountered by the geographer, (Karinen.) 

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources (3) 

— First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. 

The nature of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex- 
ploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution of certain major crops 
and animals in relation to the physical environment and economic geographic 
conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources (3)— 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. 

The nature and geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic, 
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. 
Consequences of geographic distribution and problems of conservation. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3) — First semester. 

Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observation of 
land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture 
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for 
undergraduates. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3). — First 
semester. 

A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic prin- 
ciples of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic 
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and 
methods of geographic research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 190. Political Geography (3) — Second semester. 

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an 
analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference 
to the current world scene. (Augelli.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 321 

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3) — Second semester. 

The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of 
transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions 
of the natural environment centers and their distribution. (Patton.) 

Geog. 197. Urban Geography (3) — First semester. 

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location with 

reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities 

will be analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be 

appraised. (Patton.) 

Geog. 199. Topical Investigations (1-3) — First and second semesters. 

Independent study under individual guidance. Choice of subject matter 
requires joint approval of adviser and head of the Department of Geography. 
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours 
of geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 200. Field Course (3) — Field work in September, conferences and 
reports during first semester. 

Practical experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive 
training in field methods and techniques and in the preparation of reports. 
For graduate students in geography. Open to other students by special per- 
mission of the head of the Department of Geography. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Geog. 210, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America, (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploi- 
tation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111 
or consent of instructor. (McBrj'de.) 

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. 

Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development 
of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of instructor. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and 

second semesters. 

Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East Asia with emphasis 
on special research methods and techniques applicable to the problems of this 
area. (Hu.) 

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 



322 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis on the 
use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and 
Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. 

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3)— First and 

second semesters. 

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged)— First or second 
semester. 

The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts, 
practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical approaches 
to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of 
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students. 

(Karinen and Davies.) 

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. 

Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles 
of climatic classification. Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite Geog. 
41, or consent of instructor. 

Study of principles, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and 
regional climatology relating to such problems and fields as transportation, 
agriculture, industry, urban planning, human comfort, and regional geographic 
analysis. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in meterology and climatology chosen to fit the individual 
needs of advanced students. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and 
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography (1-3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of geography. To be 
taken only with joint consent of adviser and head of the Department of 
Geography. (Staff.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 323 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Burdette, Plischke, Starr, and Steinmeyer; 

Associate Professor Bowen; Assistant Professors Anderson and Dixon; 

Instructors Alford and Hathorn. 

G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester. 

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri- 
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other 
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the 
United States — national, state, and local — and of their adjustment to changing 
social and economic conditions. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of state government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland. 

G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of local government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland cities 
and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British 
Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy, 
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em- 
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2)— Second 

semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan. 

G. and P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3). 

An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political 
processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany, 
Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and 
also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10. 



324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A stud}^ of the major factors underlying international relations, the in- 
fluence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the develop- 
ment of international organization, with emphasis on the United Nations. 

G. and P. 102. — International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including mat- 
ters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons; treatment 
of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and neutrality. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far 
East and their influence on world politics. 

G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign relations, 
with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service, 
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States. 

G. and P. 108 — International Organization (3) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and procedures of international 
organizations, including the United Nations as well as functional and regional 
organizations such as the organization of American States. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of public administration in the United States, giving special at- 
tention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, per- 
sonnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3)— First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. 

A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of 
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, exami- 
nation techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee 
relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. 

A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of 
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the tech- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 325 

niques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit 
and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and problems. 
The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress and with 
the Legislature of Maryland. 

G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American constitu- 
tional sj'Stem, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the inter- 
pretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position of the states 
in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; due process of 
law and other civil rights. 

G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in the 
L^nited States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon the 
federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers 
from Plato to Bentham. 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of 19th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis 
on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of the development and growth of American political concepts from 
the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes 
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to 
report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & 
P. 1. 

A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, nom- 
inations, elections, and political leadership. 



326 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3)— First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with 
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure 
groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including 
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their pro- 
cedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

G. and P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3) — Second se- 
mester. Prerequisite G. and P. 1. 

A careful study of major political institutions, such as legislatures, ex- 
ecutives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected foreign 
governments. 

For Graduates 

G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 

G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
substantive and procedural international law. 

G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the back- 
ground and development of American government. 

G. and P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and readings in 
American foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations. 

G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world. 

G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of recent federal-state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public personnel administration. 

G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland 
state and local government. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



327 



G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra- 
tive planning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of 
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will 
relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the 
cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and 
local housing authorities. 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of 
public opinion. 

G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com- 
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process. 

G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of political organization and action. 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory 
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, 
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the 
fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and poHtics 
and instruction in the use of government documents. 

G. and P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National (3). Summer session 



only. 

G. and P. 253. 

session only. 



Problems of Democracy: International (3). Summer 
Democracy: National II (3). Summer 



of 



G. and P. 254. Problems 
session only. 

G. and P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II (3). Summer 
session only. 



328 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 261. Problems o£ Government and Politics (3). 

Credit according to work accomplished. 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration for 
two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire 
departmental staff in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged). 

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Professor Crowell; Associate Professor Krimel; Assistant Professor Danegger; 

Lecturers, Hottel, Zagoria. 

Journalism Courses 

Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. 

Fundamentals of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in writing 
news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10. 

More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 160. News Editing I (3). — First semester. Two lectures, two hours 
of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. 

Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 161. News Editing II (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; three 
hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun desk each week, arranged. 
Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy editing. 

Journ. 162. Community Journalism (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; 
three hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper each week, arranged. 
Introduction to community and weekly newspaper. 

Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; one 
hour of laboratory work. 

Writing- and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3). — First semester. One lecture; 
three hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular beat for Baltimore 
Sun, by arrangement. 

Advanced reporting: city, county, federal beats. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 329 

Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3). — First semester. Three lectures per 
week. 

Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, freedom and responsibilities of 
the press. 

Journ. 181. Press Photography (3). — First, second semesters. One lecture, 
four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, junior major standing in the 
department. 

Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Equipment 
provided by university. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course. Lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00, provides demonstration supplies, maintenance of cameras. 

Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2). — Second semester. Prerequisite or core- 
quisite, Journ. 181. 

Theories and exercises in handling pictures for the press. 

Journ. 191. Law of the Press (3). — Second semester. 

Introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, 
contempt by publication, Maryland press statutes. 

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (3). — First semester. 
Leading personalities, chief movements in American journalism. 

Public Relations Courses 

P. R. 166. Public Relations (3). — First semester. Preparation in Journ. 
10, 170 desirable. 

Strategy and techniques of pubhcity operations. Orientation, practice in 
use of major media of public communications. 

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques (3) — First semester. 

Survey of public relations; general orientation, principles, techniques. 

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism (2) — First semester. 

Introduction to industrial communications, management and production 
of company publications; public relations aspects of industrial journalism. 

P. R. 186. Public Relations of Government (3). — Second semester. 

Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in 
public administration. 

P. R. 194. Public Relations Cases (2). — Second semester. 

Study of cases in public relations, with particular attention to policy form- 
ulation, strategy, ethical factors. 

P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2). — Second semester. 
Group and individual research in public relations. 



330 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors O'Neill, Costello, Frantz, Knapper. 

O. T. 1. Principles of T5rpewriting (2)— First and second semesters. 
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the 
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of the 
"touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in O. T. 
12, Principles of Shorthand. 

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Five 
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" 
in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and 
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter 
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for im- 
proving stroking skill will be used. 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters. 

Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of 
"C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. 

In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and 
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of type- 
writing with special emphasis on production. 

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and consent of instructor. 

This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short- 
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from copy 
and dictation. 

*0. T. 116. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per 
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consent 
of instructor. 

Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu- 
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maximum 
for each individual. 

O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per 
week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 
and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concurrently 
with O. T. 116. 

A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related skills 
and knowledges. 



*0. T. 10 should be completed prior to, or concurrently with, Advanced Shorthand 
(O. T. 116) ; O. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription, must 
be taken concurrently. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 331 

O. T. 118. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods 
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 116 and O. T. 117, 

or consent of instructor. 

A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on the 
development of a special shorthand vocabulary. 

O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week. 
Prerequisite, O. T. HI and O. T. 112 or consent of instructor. 

This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addition 
to the stenographic skills needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned on 
communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, selection 
of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of statistical data, 
and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic skills are obtained 
from other sources. 

O. T. 111. Office Machines (3) — First and second semesters. Six periods 
per week. Prerequisites, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern office 
devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other common 
office equipment Some attention is given to supervision of small groups of 
office workers. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters. 
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110. 

The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to 
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under 
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written 
report on an original problem previously approved. 




ROSSBOROUGH INN 





lad 







College of 

EDUCATION 

STAFF 

Arthur Aiialt, M.A., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education. 
George E. Avery, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
David H. Barnes, B.S., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

Walcott H. Beatty, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child 
Study. 

Richard M. Brandt, M.A., Instructor, Institute for Child Study. 

Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean. 

Glen D. Brow^n, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Industrial Education. 

Lillian W. Brown, B.A., Instructor in Childhood Education. 

Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Associate Professor of Education. 

Charles O. Burns, Jr., M. Ed., Research Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

Richard H. Byrne, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education. 

Mary Carl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor and Educational Adviser, Baltimore Division, 
College of Special and Continuation Studies. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Arts. 

Marie Denecke^ M.A., Instructor in Education. 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Dean. 

Stanley J. Drazek, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, College of Special and Continuation 

Studies. 
Elizabeth F. Duff, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
Katherine Evans, M.A., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 
Florence M. Gipe, R.N., Ed.D., Dean, School of Nursing. 
Christine Glass, M.A., Instructor in Childhood Education. 

Ira J. Gordon, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
John D. Greene, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
Jewell Haddock, M.A., Research Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
Margaret Hayes, M.S., Instructor, School of Nursing. 
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education. 

333 



334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Kenneth O. Hovet, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education*. 

Mary F. Kemble, M.S., Instructor in Music and Music Education. 

Robert B. Kindred, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

John J. Kurtz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Frances McKee, M.A., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Childhood Education. 

Donald Maley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 

Nancy C. Mellen, B.S., Instructor, Childhood Education. 

Madelaine J. Mershon, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Elaine Milam, B.A., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

H. Gerthon Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration. 

Lois H. Paradise, M.S., Instructor in Childhood Education. 

Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Education. 

Hugh Perkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child 

Study. 
William B. Royster, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 
Fern D. Schneider, Ed.D., Instructor in Education. 
Charlotte J. Sears, B.S., Instructor in Childhood Education. 
CoRRiNE Shulman, B.S., Instructor in Childhood Education. 
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education. 
Margaret A. Stant, B.S., Instructor in Childhood Education. 

Fred Thompson, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
William F. Tierney, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education. 
James A. Van Zwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration. 

Walter B. Waetjen, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child 

Study. 
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335 

SUPERVISING TEACHERS— 1952-53 

Samuel Agree, Forest Park High School, Baltimore City. 

Leonora Aiken, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Helen Woodburn Annis, Takoma Park Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Jean .Baker, Alontgomery Blair High School, Montgomery County. 

Edward S. Beach, Jr., Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ellen J. Beckman, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Albert W. Bender, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Helen K. Biggs, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Gilbert Blumberg, Fprest Park Senior High School, Baltimore City. 

Elizabeth Bomar, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Hannah Bonell, Sousa Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Clara Bricker, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harry M. Brown, Milford Mill Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Sarah Virginia Brown, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Joseph Bryan, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Esther Burns, Roland Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Julia Burton, Eastern High School, Baltimore City. 

Grace M. Butcher, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Eugene D. Carney, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Kathryn Carr, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Gladys Clarkson, Stuart Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

IsADOR R. Cohen, Roland Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Jerry Cohen, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Rae R. Cohen, Stemmer's Run High School, Baltimore County. 

Laurel D. Cook, Taft Junior High School, Washington, D, C. 

Ethel Louise Crawford, Thurmont Senior-Junior High School, Frederick County. 

Elizabeth S. Cross, Parkwood Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Helen E. Darrow, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Mearle D. Duvall, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Lucy B. Eastham, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Lea K. Engle, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D, C. 

Henrick Essers, Woodrow Wilson Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Walter Fedora, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Irene Fernandez, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Edith Ferrens, Arlington Elementary School, Baltimore City. 

JuANiTA Fitzgerald, Sherwood Senior- Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Hazel Fitz water, Oxon Hill Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Robert M. Foster, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Katherine S. Fowler, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Vernon Fox, Oxon Hill Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

James Eraser, Jr., Frederick Senior-Junior High School, Frederick County. 

Paul T. Garrett, McFarland Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Herbert H. Gorin, Kensington Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Abraham Granek, Patterson Park High School, Baltimore City, 



336 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

WiLLARD Lester Grantz, Dundalk Senior- Junior High School, Baltimore County. 
Miriam Greenberg, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County, 
Alice Griffith, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Joseph Gugliuzza, Samuel Gompers General Vocational School, Baltimore City. 
Helena J. Haines, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Theodore Hajdasz, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Sara Helen Hall, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Rebecca L. Hamilton, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Caroline Hardy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County, 
Louise P. Harmon, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 
Virginia C, Harshman, Smithsburg Senior- Junior High School, Washington 

County, 
Ernest H, Herklotz, Annapolis Senior- Junior High School, Anne Arundel County, 
Charles E, Hiden, Jr., Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Clara Hiller, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Mary J. Hinze, Allegany Senior- Junior High School, Allegany County. 
Margaret O. Hobbs, Calvin Coolidge Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Leon D. Horowitz, Southern High School, Baltimore City. 

Harry Tex Hughes, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Mildred A. Hutt, Forest Park High School, Baltimore City. 
Franklin A. Jackson, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Evelyn Jarrell, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Benjamin M. Joffe, Robert E. Lee Junior High School, Baltimore County. 
Mary A. Kaifesh, Sherwood Senior- Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Mary F. Kaiser, Hamilton Junior High School, Baltimore City. 
George Anna Kemerer, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Robert J. Knepley, Frederick Sasscer Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 
Viola Jane Knowles, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Lucy Knox, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Sarah R. Lacy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
HoLGER C. Langmack, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 
June E. Lippy, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 
John Calvin Lloyd, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Mary Winter Long, Thurmont Senior-Junior High School, Frederick County. 
William L. Lynn, Jr., Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
J. Warren Maclay, Oldtown Senior- Junior High School, Allegany County. 
Mary Louise Matassa, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Mary Elizabeth McCarthy, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery 

County, 
Joan Ann McDonald, Sherwood Senior-Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Thomas K. McDonald, Baltimore City College, Baltimore City. 
Carola McMillan, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Jeanne H. Metz, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
John J. Michaels, Taft Junior-High School, Washington, D. C. 
David H. Miller, South Potomac Junior High School, Washington County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337 

CoRixE B. Mitchell, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Margaret Yvonne Moore, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harold Mulholland, Towson Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

George W. Murphy, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Joseph M. Murphy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

William J. Myers, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Cecil T. Norris, Edison Vocational High School, Baltimore City. 

Anne H. Nowland, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Estelle G. Nuttall, (patonsville Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

William Albert Odell, Milford Mill Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Chesta D. Osborn, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Howard B. Owens, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Daniel Palumbo, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Lois Parker, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Margaret Powell Payne, Towson Senior- Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Naomi G. Payne, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Vasila Petroff, Hamilton Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Frederick J. Procopio, Western Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Samuel W. Pursell, Calvin Coolidge Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Ronald Reeder, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Esther H. Regan, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Kathleen P. Rehanek, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ernest V. Rhodes, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County, 

Alice M. Richey, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Wallace Russell Roby, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harold Rock, Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, Baltimore City. 

Michael Ronca, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

David Rothenhafer, Laurel Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Alfred A. Sadusky, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Gerard E. Shelton, Dolly Madison High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Winifred Sherwood, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Raymond Maxwell Shingler, Rising Sun High School, Cecil County. 

Oli\*e p. Simpson, Allegany High School, Allegany County. 

Carl Thomas Skidmore, Catonsville Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Phyllis M. Skinner, Bladensburg Senior Lligh School, Prince George's County. 

George Slate, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Warren G. Smeltzer, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Zelma V. Smith, Frederick Senior-Junior High School, Frederick County. 

Mary S. Snouffer, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

William Henry Snyder, Jr., Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's 

County. 
Edward Solomon, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Nick J. Staresinic, Har-Brack High School, Brackenridge, Pennsylvania. 
Audrey Steele, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 
Jack Swearman, Hyattsville Junior High School. Prince George's County. 
John F. Temple, Jr., Southern High School, Baltimore City. 



338 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Sara Lucille Traband, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ruth Trundle, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D, C. 

DoRTHEA H. Umbach, Northwcstem Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Marjorie L. Van Dien, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Philip F. Warner, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Everett G. Waterman, Bladensbu»-g Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Otis C. White, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Ann Whitener, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Ellen C. Whitmore, Sherwood Senior-Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Flora W. Willard, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Nellie Sophronia Willison, Fort Hill Senior-Junior High School, Allegany 

County. 
Eleanor F. Worley, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Gertrude C. Worsley, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Alice Wyman, Towson Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore County. 
William Yarnall, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
David C. Young, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Frankie Anne Yowell, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Glen M. Zech, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 
Stanley R. Ziobra, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 



SPONSORING ADMINISTRATORS 

Internships in Educational Administration 
1952-53 

Elsie D. Bosley, Principal, Lynnbrook School, Bethesda, Maryland. (Montgomery 

County) 
Robert W. Eaves, Executive Secretary, Department of Elementary School Principals, 

National Education Association. 
Mildred Parker, Principal, Larjgley Park School, West Hyattsville, Maryland. 

(Prince George's County) 



HP 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 339 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Wilbur Devilbiss^ Ed.D., Dean 
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

HE College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of stu- 
. dents : ( 1 ) persons preparing to teach in secondary schools, elementary 

schools, kindergartens, nursery schools, and nursing schools ; (2) present 
or prospective elementary teachers who wish to supplement their preparation; (3) 
students preparing for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) graduate 
students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (5) stu- 
dents whose major interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in education. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Research and Teaching Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capital, 
unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and faculty. 
The Library of Congress, the, library of the U. S. Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education Association, American Council on Education, 
U. S. Office of Education, and other institutions, public and private. The school 
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland oflfer 
generous cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under- 
takes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and synthesizes research 
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes, 
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teachers 
in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems; (4) it offers field 
training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them 
to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human 
development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and 
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all participants, 
it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge about 
children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) training for 
study-group leaders for in-service child study programs ; (4) planning in-service 
programs of child study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory ex- 
periences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and 
school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human development 
and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March 15 
of each year and advance registration is required because the number of participants 
must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child 
Development and Education. 



340 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School 

The University of Maryland operates a nursery-kindergarten school on the 
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school education 
receive training and practical experience. 

Professional and Pre-professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations : Phi Delta 
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and Iota Lambda 
Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Education. Both fraternities 
have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding professional leader- 
ship in their fields of service. 

The College of Education also sponsors a Chapter of the Future Teachers of 
America, a department of the National Education Association. This chapter is open 
to undergraduate students on the College Park campus. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of courses 
in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to 
meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a 
part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's 
degree. Graduate courses in education are offered in Baltimore. 

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests to the 
Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Requirements for Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the 
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject 
matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences 
are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is required 
for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are 
strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and 
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records, 
student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off-campus 
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics 
and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious derio:ninational 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 341 

clubs, fraternities, societies and special clubs, the University band, student publica- 
tions. University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications 
for the '"General Information Issue" oi the Catalog'. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. 1. C training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken b}' all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do 
not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete 
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses durir.g their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction, write 
the Director of Publications for a copy of "General Information Issue" of the 
Catalog. 

Physical Education and Health 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sophomores, 
irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than six 
semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. 
These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students v/ho do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent, must complete 
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military 
service may receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of 
the College of Air Science. 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member 
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject 
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty 
guidance during the first year in the Introduction to Education course required of 
all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty member 
responsible for his teaching major. While it may be possible to make satisfactory 
adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have 
not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable 
that the student begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who 
intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of 
Education, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and guidance of 
the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional preparation. 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of 



342 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a 
student must have attained junior status. (See Academic Regulations.) 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high 
schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily 
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certifica- 
tion to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and 
who make a grade of C or better in student teaching." The several high school 
curricula and the elementary curriculum of the College of Education fulfill State 
Department requirements for certification. 

From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement of 24 
semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students intending to 
qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Wahington, or any other city or state should, in 
their junior year, obtain a statement of certification requirements from these areas 
and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining 
and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed for 
a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. 
Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B.A. degree. 
Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the B.S. degree. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include : $165.00 fixed charges ; 
$71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and laboratory fees, 
which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is 

charged all new students. A tuition charge of $150.00 is assessed to all students 
who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. An additional $50.00 is 
assessed to dormitory students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

GRADUATE STUDIES 

Graduate Status 

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 semester 
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or master's 
degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The committee on 
masters' programs may interpret this requirement so that foundation work in fields 
other than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for 
school work. The student must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability 
to do graduate work. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 343 

Registration 

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School. 
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of 
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School. 
For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog. 

Masters' Degrees 

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education or 
a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student should 
consult both the Graduate School catalog and the duplicated material issued by the 
College of Education. On matriculation, the student should select a faculty 
adviser. 

Doctors' Degrees 

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education degree 
in education are administered for the Graduate School by the department of educa- 
tion. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both the Graduate 
School catalog and the statement of policy relative to doctoral programs in edu- 
cation. If the student has not already made arrangements with a member of the 
faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman of the education Com- 
mittee on Candidacy regarding a proper adviser. 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for each 
curriculum are as follows : 

Academic Education 

English— Marie D. Bryan, Room T-110 

Foreign Languages — Fern D. Schneider, Room T-111 

Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114 

Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill 

Social Sciences — Kenneth O. Hovet, Room T-111 

Speech — Warren Strausbaugh, Room R-106 

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) 

Arthur M. Ahalt, Room 0-137 
Art Education 

Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103 

Business Education 

Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245 
Dental Education 

Contact School of Dentistry, Baltimore 

Elementary Education 
Alvin W. Schindler — Room T-117 
Marie Denecke, Room T-120 



344 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Home Economics Education 
Mabel Spencer, Room T-110 

Industrial Education 

Glen D. Brown, Industrial Education Building 
R, Lee Hornbake, Industrial Education Building 

Music Education 

Mary F. Kemble, Music Building 

Nursery School-Kindergarten Education 
Edna B. McNaughton, Building HH 

Nursing Education 

Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore) 
Margaret Hayes, Room T-111 

Ph5^sical Education (Men) 

Lester M. Fraley, Room G-102 
Albert W. Woods, Room G-101 

Physical Education (Women) 

Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House 
Dorothy R. Mohr, Women's Field House 

General Requirements of the College 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in 
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College of 
Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for gradu- 
ation be less than 128. 

The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula : English — 
12 semester hours ; social studies — 12 semester hours as follows : Soc. 1 — Sociology 
of American Life ; G & P 1 — American Government ; and H. 5, 6 — History of 
x^merican Civilization ; science or mathematics — 6 semester hours ; education — 20 
semester hours ; speech — 3 semester hours ; physical education and military science 
as required by the University. 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching a 
student must have a grade point average of 2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education 
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are preparing 
to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the College of 
Education. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 345 

Majors and Minors. 

Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, music, physical 
education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily select both a 
teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula may select 
minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a minor when 
necessary to permit tlw: development of an approved area such as psychology, human 
development, or sociology. 

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those selecting 
one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only one methods 
course : for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select an academic 
major and a special fields minor ^ or vice versa, must take methods courses in both 
the major and minor fields, and should divide their student teaching between the 
two fields. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum requirements 
in English and social science, plus the following : 

( 1 ) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree : 12 
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of 
foreign language credits ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years 
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credits nor of candidates for the bachelor of 
science degree unless specified in the curriculum. (See "Degrees' above.) 

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

(3) Education, 22 semester hours. 

(4) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects 
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester 
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide the 
student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations of the 
English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required, of 
which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American history 
and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses. 
For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified below, less the electives. 



346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

History (including one year each of American and 

European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government, consumer 

education, or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours 

Electives should be chosen so that there will be a total of at least 3 in Economics, 
6 in Geography, 6 in Government and Politics, and 6 in Sociology. 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or Spanish 
are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly advised 
to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative literature 
along with work in European or Latin American history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each 
of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), a semester 
of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the literature (Fr., Ger., 
Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture Course (Fr., Ger., Sp. 161 or 
162) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign 
language is ofifered as a second field, all major requirements must be met. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a minor, 
20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major and 
minor: Math. 2 — Solid Geometry (2), Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry (2), Math. 
15— College Algebra (3), Math. 17— Analytic Geometry (4), and Math. 20, 21— 
Calculus (4,4). 

Students who have had solid geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily 
an examination in this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are 
selected with the advice of the adviser. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30 
semesters hours are offered, each including the following courses : Chem. 1, 3 — 
General Chemistry (4,4), Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4), Bot. 1 — General Botany 
(4), Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of 
Physics (3, 3). 

Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major 
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological 
sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. 
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. A minor 
in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics. 

The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in natural 
science, including the above listed courses, are offered. 

Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The minimum 
requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester 
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester 
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses numbered 
100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of study in 
anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic 
coaches, and other specialists in the g^eneral field of speech. All programs for the 
minor must be approved by the departmental adviser. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



247 



Academic Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

*Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature.. 

*Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

*G. & P. 1— American Government 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 
Major and Minor Requirements 



Total . 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or. 
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature.. 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . , 

P. E. 5, 7 (Menj ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

Major and Minor Requirements 



Total. 



Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development. 
Major ; nd Minor Requirements, Electives 



Total. 



Senior Year 

*Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. 

*Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

*Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools... 
♦♦Electives 

♦Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 



Total. 



-Semester-- 
II 



16-18 



15-18 



16 



16-18 



15-18 



3 


3 


13 


13 


16 


16 


31 




3 


.... 


8 


.... 


2 







16 



16 



Agricultural Education 

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational 
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements, 
the student should consult the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers 
and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out 
and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other 
areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. General requirements 
are the same as for the academic curriculum. 



♦May be taken either semester. 
♦♦English and Social Studies majors must elect Ed. 134. 



348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Art Education Curriculum 

r-Semester— 

Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

♦Language or electives 1-3 2-4 



Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4 — Three-dimensional Design .... 2 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 .... 

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering .... 3 

Cr. 2 — Simple i^rafts 2 .... 

Cr. 3— Blockprint and Silk Screen .... 2 

Cr. 20 — Ceramics .... 2 

Cr. 30 Metalry 2 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

*Electives 2 2 



Total 16-18 16-18 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

H. 5, 6— American History 3 3 

Art 7— Landscape Painting .... 3 

Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 

Pr. Art 21 — Action Drawing 2 .... 

Pr. Art 3 8— Photography 2 .... 

Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3 

Cr. 5— Puppetry 3 .... 

Cr. 40— Vveq ving .... 2 

♦Language or electives 2-5 4 



Total 16-18 16-18 



♦Required foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credit. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349 

f—Semester—\ 

Senior Year I II 

Ed. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 .... 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... f 3 

Ed. 134— Materials dnd Procedures for the Core Curriculum.... .... 

♦*Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... 

Pr. Art 100— Mural Design 

Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout -. 2 

♦Language or electives 11-13 



Total 16-18 15 

A minimum of 24 semester hours constitutes a minor in part for which 
the following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be 
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, costume, 
interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected in consultation 
with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, 
and ObserAtition sb.ould be included as well as electives chosen from among 
the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, 198; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21, 30, 38, 
132, 140, 141. 

Business Education 

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business sub- 
jects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teaching all 
business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general 
business, including economics, this curriculum leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, 
persons following this curriculum maj^ also qualify as teachers of social studies. 

The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who wish to 
become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 

General Business Education Curriculum r-Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2 .... 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education .... 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Elect Math. 5, 6 ; H. 1, 2 ; or Science 3 3 

tElectives 2 2 



Total 18-19 18-19 



♦Required foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 

less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 

three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 

with forr years of language credit. 

** Available only during the last half of the spring semester. 

tA minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in Economics, Business Administra- 
tion, and Office Techniques are required. 



350 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/—Semester- 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 .... 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) , 1 1 



Total 16-19 16-19 



Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 166— Business Communications .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

B. A. 112— Records Management 2 .... 

O T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking .... 3 

*Electives 3 3 



Total 15 16 



Senior Year 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching ("3 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... J 3 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... I 8 

B. A, 165— Office Management 3 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 

•Electives and Requirements 10 .... 



Total 15 14 

Secretarial Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Same as General Business Curriculum 



*A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in Economics, Busmess Administration, 
and Office Techniques are required. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



351 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

*Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 

O. T. lis— Gregg Shorthand Dictation 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthand 

O. T. 117— Transcription 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

♦Electives , 

Total 

Senior Year 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. A, 166— Business Communications 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business, 

Subjects 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 

B. A. 180— Business Law 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 

Total 



r—Semester- 

1 II 

3 3 

3 3 

4 4 

2 



16-19 



16 



16-19 



16 



15 



14 



Childhood Education 

The childhood education curriculum has as its goal the praparation of 
nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the 
personal development of the student and give training in home-making. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery 
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby 
communities. Each student is encouraged to select a minor in an allied field. 

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification 
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland, 



*A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in Economics, Business Administration, 
and Office Techniques are required. 



352 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Childhood Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

C. Ed. 2— Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature . 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 

*Foods 1— Introductory Foods 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 

P. E. 2, 4 

Electives 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

*Sci. Ed. 1— Science for the Primary Grades 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

*Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 

P. E. 6, 8 

* Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

C. Ed. 100— Child Development I— Infancy 

C. Ed. 101— Child Development II— Early Childhood 

C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Nursery. , 

School 

C. Ed. 150— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Kinder- 
garten 

C. Ed. 115— Children's Activities and Activities Materials , 

C. e5. 116— Creative Expression 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

C. Ed. 145— Guidance in Behavior Problems 

C. Ed. 149— Teaching Nursery School 

C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester- 



3 
2 
1 

2 
16 



2 
18 



7 
16 



II 

2 
3 

3 

3 

2 
1 

2 

16 



3 
1 
3 

2 

18 



3 
2 
5 

16 



3 
4 

18 



8 
3 

7 

18 



♦May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 353 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching, a student 
must have a grade ^oint average of 2.275. Each student should have one summer 
of experience in working with children. 

Dental Education 

In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education offers 
a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, with 
course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This curriculum is designed to 
prepare superior graduates of the Dental School for positions as teachers of 
dentistry. Details of the program may be obtained from the Dean of the School 
of Dentistry. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com- 
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School. 

Dental Education Curriculum 

For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor of 
Dental Surgery acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study and who have 
the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School: 

Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of work) may 
be credited for the dental school work provided none of the dental school marks was 
lower than "B". 

The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required : 

Academic sub j ects 12 

Education 20 

History of Dental Education 2 

Educational Psychology 4 

Educational Measurement 2 

Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2 

Organization and Management of Vocational Classes 2 

Electives 8 

Elementary Education 

There are two undergraduate curriculums in elementary education. The first 
one is for regular undergraduate students who desire to earn the Bachelor of 
Science degree and to qualify for an elementary school teaching certificate. The 
second curriculum is for teachers in service. 

Elementary Education Curriculum for Regular Undergraduate Students 

This curriculum is designed for regular undergraduate students who wish to 
qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools. Students who complete the 
curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and they will meet the 
Maryland State Department of Education requirements for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Elementary Education." The curriculum also meets certification re- 
quirements in many other states, Baltimore, and the District of Columbia. 



354 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Some of the academic courses need not be taken in the indicated sequence. For 

example, Botany 1 may be taken during the second semester of the freshman year 
instead of the first semester, or it may be taken during the sophomore or junior 

year. However, the courses in Human Development Education and certain other 

Education courses must be taken during the junior year, and Ed. 148 — Student 
Teaching in Elementary Schools must be taken during the first semester of the 
senior year. 

r-Semesters 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Art 15 — Fundamentals of Art 3 .... 

Music 7 — Fundamentals of Music .... 3 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Health 2, 4 (Women) Personal and Community Hygiene 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2 (Men)— Basic Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Electives 2 

Totals : Women 18 18 

Totals: Men 19 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

or Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Geog. 10— General Geography 3 .... 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 3 

Ed. 52 — Children's Literature 2 .... 

Chem. 11— General Chemistry 3 .... 

Chem. 13— General Chemistry 

or Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 

or Nutrition 10— Elements of Nutrition .... 3 

Health 40 (Men) — Personal and Community Hygiene .... 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4 (Men) Basic Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Electives (Women) 3 5 

Electives (Men) ,0 

Totals : Women 18 18 

Totals: Men 18 19 

Suggested Electives for the Freshmen and Sophomore Years 
Ind. Educ. 9, 10 — Art Crafts I, II — 2 credits each course 
G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration— 3. 
G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration — 3. 
Soc. 14 — Urban Sociology — 3. 
Soc. 64 — Marriage and the Family — 3. 
Music 1 — Music Appreciati n— 3. 
Geog. 30 — Principles of Physical Geography— 3. 
Geog. 40— Weather and Climate — 3. 

Physics 1 — Elements of Physics — 3 (May be substituted for Chemistry 1) 
Hist. 1, 2— History of Modern Europe— 3, 3. 
Also, see suggested minors in Physical Education and Music Education. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 355 

r~Semester-^ 

Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Developi.ient 3 3 

Hist. 1, 2— History of Modern Europe 3 3 

Geog. 100— Regional Geography of the United States and Canada 

or Geog. 101 — Regional Geography of the United States and 

Canada or Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Europe 3 .... 

Math. 10— College Algebra 

or Math. 5— General Mathematics .... 3 

Ed. 121 — The Language Arts in the Elementary School 2 .... 

Ed. 124— Arithmetic in the Elementary School .... 2 

Ed. 125 — Creative Expression in the Elementary Schools : Art 

Methods 2 

Ed. 12 7 — Teaching in Elementary Schools .... 3 

Electives 6 3 



Totals 17 18 

Senior Year 

Ed. 149— Student Teaching in Elementary Schools 16 .... 

Ed. 122— The Social Studies in Elementary Schools 2 

Sci. Ed. 105— Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools .... 2 

P. E. 120— Physical Education in the Elementary School .... 3 

(Includes Health Education) 

Mus. Ed. 128— Workshop in Music for Elementary Schools .... 2 

Electives .... 9 



Totals 16 18 

Suggested EIecti7.'es for the Junior and Senior Years 

Ed. 102 — ^History of Education in the United States — 2. 

Ed. 150— Educational Measurements — 2. 

C. Ed. 150— Curriculum, Instruction, Observation. Kindergarten — 3. 

Eng. 150 — American Literature to 1900 — 3. 

Hist. 121 — History of the American Frontier — 3. 

Nut. 110— Nutrition— 3. 

Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency — 3. 

Soc. 118 — Community Organization — 3. 

Speech 110— Teacher Problems in Speech — 3. 
For additional electives soe suggested electives for the Freshmen and Sophomore Tears; 
also, see suggested minors in Physical Education and Music Education. 

Area of Specialization in Elementary School 
Physical Education and Health Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary 
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school physical edu- 



356 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

cation and health education, and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Special Subjects." In order to fulfill the requirements in these areas, 
students should follow the prescribed plan for a major in elementary education. 
In addition, the following courses should be taken: 

Men: P. E. 1 and 3 (1, 1) ; P. E. 5 and 7 or P. E. 50 and 60 (1, 1) ; Hea. 40 
(3) ; Hea. 50 (2) ; Hea. 110 (2) ; Hea. 114 (2) ; P. E. 55 (2) ; P. E. 120 (3) ; 
P. E. 130 (3) ; P. E. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 14 (4) ; Zool. 

15 (4). 

Women: P. E. 2 and 4 (1, 1) ; P. E. 6 and 8 or P. E. 50 and 60 (1, 1) ; 
Hea. 2 and 4 (2, 2) ; Hea. 50 (2) ; Hea. 110 (2) ; Hea. 114 (2) ; P. E. 55 (2) ; 
P. E. 120 (3) ; P. E. 130 (3) ; P. E. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 
14 (4) ; Zool. 15 (4). 

Area of Specialization in Elementary School Music Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary edu- 
cation may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school music education, 
and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science Certificate in Special Subjects." 
In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the following courses should be taken 
in addition to those required in the Elementary School Curriculum : 

Mus. 1 (3) ; Mus. 7 (3) ; Mus. 8 (2) ; Mus. 11 (2) ; Mus. 50 (2) ; P. E. 50 

(1) ; Mus. 70 (3) ; Mus. 80 (2) ; Mus. 12 (1) ; Mus. 13 (1) ; Mus. 52 (1) ; Mus. 
53 (1); Mus. 72 (1); Mus. 92 (1); Mus. 112 (1); Mus. 152 (1); Mus. Ed. 125 

(2) ; Mus. Ed. 128 (2). 

Elementary Education Curriculum for Undergraduate Teachers 

Tliis curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two- or three- 
year curriculum- in a Maryland State Teachers College or other accredited teacher 
education institution and whose records give evidence of ability and character 
essential to elementary teaching. Such persons will be admitted to advanced standing 
and classified provisionall)'- in appropriate classes. 

Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted in an 
amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours of work 
preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the University of Maryland. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in service 
may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours of credit completed 
during a school year. The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this 
connection, but candidates are advised to observe this regulation. 

This curriculum, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in elementary edu- 
cation, requires a total of 128 credits. Specific requirements are as follows : 

For graduates of two year normal schools. 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 64 

Requirements 
Education 4 

English (not including freshman English) 10 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 357 

♦Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, 

bacteriology, entomology, general science, meteorology) 10 

Social science (history, government, sociology, 

economics, geography) 12 

fElectives 28 

For graduates of three year normal schools. 
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96 

Requirements 

Education 2 

English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6 

♦Natural science (as above) 6 

Social science (as above) 12 

fElectives 6 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who are 
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any phase 
of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It 
includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with pro- 
fessional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this curriculum 
may also qualify for a science minor. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year I 11 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Speecii 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E, 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2 

P. E. 2, 4 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 



Total 17 17 



♦Not more than four semester hours of Science Education and other approved 
substitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward meeting the natural 
science requirements. 

flf a student Is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of 
Admisions, he mu^t take additional electives in the amount needed to complete 128 
semester hovirs of work. 



358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r—Semester-^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3) 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 . . . '. 

Clo. 20A— Clothing 3 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3 

P. E. 6, 8 1 1 

Total 16 16 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3 3 

Foods 101— Meal Service .... 2 

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 2 

Nut. 10 or 110— Elements of Nutrition 3 .... 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Pr. Art 40 — Interior Design 1 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Zool. 16 Human Physiology 4 .... 

Total 16 16 

^Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics .... f 3 

H. E. Ed 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... f S 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching •. .... 1 3 

Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home .... I 3 

Bact. 51— Houseohld Bacteriology 3 .... 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Electives 8 .... 

Total 15 17 

Industrial Education 

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department: 
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3) Educa- 
tion for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of : Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, 
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial arts 
at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes significantly to 
the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is not a 
condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students who are enrolled in the cur- 
riculum are encouraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the general education 
program characterized by extensive shopwork and laboratory experiences. 

♦Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be 
interchanged. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 359 

The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum may lead either to certification as a 
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science 
degree including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the 
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and 
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland. 
The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the 
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the 
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland 
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a 
designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial 
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and 
training procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education 

r—Semester-^ 
Freshman Year I // 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Speecli 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 34— Graphic Arts I 3 

Ind. Ed. 2— Elementary Woodworking 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 20 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3. 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 2 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 2 S— Electricity I 2 

Ind. Ed. 67— General Metals 3 .... 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 19 19 



360 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Junior Year 

H. D, Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 

Ini. Ed, 33— Automotives I 

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials cf Design 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management 

Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts. 

Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance , 

•Electives— (shop and/or Grafting) 

Electives— (unspecified) , 



-Semester— >, 



Total 

Senior Year 

Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation, Ind. 

Ind. Ed, 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I 

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 

Econ. 3 7— Fundamental of Economics 

•Electives— (shopwork and/or drafting) 

Electives — (prolessional courses) 



Ed. 



Total. 



17 



14 



// 
3 



18 



IS 



Vocational-Industrial Certification 

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial 
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required: 
Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management 

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 

Ind. Ed. 169 — Course Construction 

Ind. Ed. 170 — Principles of Vocational Education, and/or 

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 



•After the student has completed the basic courses in drafting, woodworking, metal- 
working, graphic arts and automotives he is to select advanced courses in one or 
more of these areas as advised. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 361 

"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective industrial 
education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the State 
supervisor of industrial education."* Among the courses from which electives may 
be chosen there are : 

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development 
Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements 
Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 
Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry 
Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education 
**Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education 
Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 
Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance 
Ed. 253 — Guidance Information 
Ed. 261 — Case Studies in School Counseling 
Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance 

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses 
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of the 
College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit 
may be earned through examination in the trade in which the student has competence. 
Prior to taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence of 
his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman experience. For further in- 
formation about credit by examination refer to the Academic Regulations of the 
University of Maryland. 

Education for Industry 

The Education for Indutsry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons for 
jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence, (a) 
technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c) com- 
munications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student who is 
enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with 
the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 124 a, b. 



*Maryland (State Department of Education). The Maryland State Plan for Vo» 
cational Edncation 1947-1952. p. lOS. 

**A course bearing a "200" number is open only to gradiiate students. 



362 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



-Semester- 



Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government • • • • 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing I 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing II • . . • 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I 2 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 

Sp 7— Public Speaking 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities. 1 

Math. 10— Algebra or 

Math. 15— College Algebra 

Total 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or . . 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics (Mechanics, Heat and 

Sound)— (Magnetism, Electricity and Optics)— or 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (Mechanics and Heat)— 

(Sound, Optics, Magnetism and Electricity) 3 or 4 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or 

Math. 14— Plar Trigonometry 2 or 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 

H. 5— History of American Civilization .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 

Total 16, 17 or 18 

Junior Year * 

H. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

*Ind. Ed. 124a— Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 

Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 

Soc. 115— Industrial Sociology i . . . • 

Electives '•••... 3 

Total 21 



// 

3 



1 
2 
1 

3 
1 

3 

19 



3 or 4 

3 
1 
3 
3 

18 or 19 



*Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between the 
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 363 

r-Semester-^ 

Senior Year I II 

B. A. IG 3— Industrial Relations .• . 3 .... 

B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 2 .... 

*Ind. Ed. 124b — Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 165— Modern Industry .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 16S— Trade or Occupational Analyses 2 .... 

Psych. 121— Social Psychology .... 3 

Electives 5 8 



Total 15 15 

Music Education 

The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the specialized 
field of Music Education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education 
with a Public School major. The curriculum provides training m both the choral 
and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet the growing demand for 
special teachers and supervisors in Public School Music. By proper selection of 
subjects, persons may also qualify in other academic subjects. Six semester hours 
of science or mathematics must be elected to meet the College requirements in this 
area. 

A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20 semester 
hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with 23 hours of 
music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a major in music education 
will be found below. A minor in the field must include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70, 
71, 80, 81, 120, and 10 hours of applied music as needed; Ed. 140 in music, and 
student teaching which is divided between the student's major and minor fields. 

Music Education Curriculum 

r-Seniester—\ 
Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Mus. 7— Fundamentals of Music 3 .... 

Mus. S, 11— Solfeggio and Ear Training I, II 2 2 

Mus. 7 0— Harmony I .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T_ C. Band 

(Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 12, 15, 52, 13, 53, 4, 5, 6, 9. 10 

(one credit each) 2 2 



Total 16-18 15-17 



♦Must be pursued concurrency with the regular Summer Sessions between the 
sophomore and junior and the junior years respectively. 



364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r—Semester-^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Mus. 2, 3— History of Music .... 2 

Mus. 71— Harmony II 3 

Mus. 80— Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) 2 .... 

Mus. 14— String Class 1 

Mus. 14— Percussion Class .... 1 

Mus. 14— Woodwind Class 1 .... 

Mus. 14— Brass Class .... 1 

Mus. 81— Instruments of the Bands (Winds and Percussion) .... 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band 

(Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

Requirements (Mathematics or Science) 3 3 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 72, 92, 73, 93, 54, 74, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 

(one credit each) 1 1 

Total 17-21 17-19 

Junior Year 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 3 

H. D, Ed, 100. 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Mus. 50— Elementary Conducting 2 .... 

Mus. 120— Advanced History and Appreciation of Music 3 .... 

Mus. 150— 151— Harmony III, IV 3 3 

Mus. 160— Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods .... 2 
Mus. 161— Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials, and Meth- 
ods .... 2 

Electives 3 3 

Applied Music as needed— Mus 112,152, 113, 153, 94, 114, 4, 5, 6, 

9, 10 (one credit each) 2 2 

TotaJ 16 18 

Senior Year 

Ed. 134 — Materials and Procedures for the High School Core 

Curriculum 2 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. 3 

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching In Secondary Schools 8 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 

Mus, Ed. 132— Workshop in Music for Junior High School 2 

Electives .... 12 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 172, 173, 154, 174, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 

(one credit each) .... 4 

Total 18 16 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Z( S 

Nursing Education 

By cooperative arrangement between the School of Nursing and tlie 
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to 
become clinical instructors in schools of nurshig. The total number of credits 
required for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which the last 30 hours of 
work must be taken in the University of Maryland. Students eligible for this cur- 
riculum must have completed a three year course in nurses' training, successfully 
passed the Maryland State Board Examination for Nurses, and ciualifiod as 
Registered Nurses. 

Nursing Education Curriculum 

Credits 
Credit for Nurses Training v30 to 42* 

General Requirements 

English 12 

Social Science (Soc. 1, G & P 1, H. 5, and H. 6) 12 

Education 

Ed. 100 — History of Education (or Nursing Education when offered). 2 

Ed. 90— Development and Learning (or H.D.Ed. 100, 101) 3 (or 6) 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 

Ed. 130 — Theory of the Junior High School or Ed. 131 — Theory of 

the Senior High School 2 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Nursing 3 

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 

N. Ed. 105 — Teaching of Nursing Arts 3 

P. E. 160 — Therapeutics 3 

Physical Education as required by the University 
Science 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 3 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 3 

Chem. 11. 13 — General Chemistry (or Chem. 1, 3) 6 

Electives (in sociology, ps\-chology, education, science, and other areas upon ap- 
proval of adviser.) 

Physical Education and Health Education 

For detailed information pn these curricula and courses, see College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog. 

Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education 

The curricula in Phj-sical Education and Health Education are designed to 
prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational techniques in 
these fields. 



*Depenclins on completion of Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination of the National 
League of Nursing Elducation. 



366 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily to 
teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be approved 
by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health. 

Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above 
requirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20 
hours of work in that area and 4 hours in a cognate area as described below, 
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval of 
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. 

Note: To be certified to teach physical education in Maryland, 30 semester 
hours are required in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 
14, IS; Hea. 50; P. E. 100, 140; Ed. 145; and Ed. 148, including at least 25 
hours of student teaching. 

MEN 

Physical Education Curriculum 

rSemester—^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Bng_ 1, 2— Composition and American Literaturj 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice & Diction 3 .... 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 

P. E. 50 — Phythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1 

P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O T. C 3 3 



Total 18 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ., 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 4 0— Personal and Community Health , . , , 3 

P. E, 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T C 3 3 



Total 1 ji i^ 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367 

r-Seinester-~\ 

Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 .... 

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2 

P. E. 113— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 3 .... 

P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 3 

P. E. ISO— Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety .... 2 

Electives 2 8 



Total 17 18 

Senior Year 

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health .... 3 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Ed. 14S — Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools .... 8 

Electives 12 



Total 15 17 

NOTE: Ed. 148 may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 
190 must be scheduled concurrently. 



WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction , 3 .... 

P. E. 20 — Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 

P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1 

P. E. 52 — Dance Techniques .... 1 

P. E. 62, 64 — Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics., 2 2 

Total 16 16 

NOTE : P. E. 72 and/or 74 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 



368 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool, 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 .... 

P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2 

P. E. 66, 68— T'^chniques of Sports 2 2 ; 

P. E. 82— Officiating 1 

Total 17 17 

NOTE : P. E. 76 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

P. E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics .... 2 

P^ E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 

P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3 

P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 .... 

Hea. 50— Firbt Aid and Safety 2 

' Electives .... 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

P, E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

P_ E. 160 — Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health . . . . ■ 3 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... 8 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Electives 12 .... 

Total 15 17 

NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also 
be scheduled concurrently. 

MEN 
Health Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

6. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3 .... 

Sp. 1 — Group Discussion .... 2 

P, E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and 

Health 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Conditioning and Fitness Exercises 1 1 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basis Air Force R. O. T C 3 3 



Total 19 19 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



369 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 

Hist, 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

P. E. 5, 7— Sports and Other Recreational Activities 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health or.. 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 

Bact, 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development I, II 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Psych, 5— Mental Hygiene 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hea. 70— Safety Education 

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Introduction and Observation 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health Education 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Elective 

Total 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng, 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology , 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

Sp. 10— Group Discussion 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health 

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

Total 



f— Semester— ^ 


I 


// 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


4 




3 


2 




1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


3 



19 



17 



20 



19 


18 




3 


3 


.... 


3 


.... 


8 


.... 


3 


.... 





12 



15 



16 



16 



370 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health ..... 3 

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports & Dance 1 1 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3 .... 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 



Total 17 17 

Junior Year 

Pact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Pact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health or. . . . 3 .... 

Ed. 150— Educational Measurement 2 .... 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 2 .... 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Electives 2 3 



Total 19 16 

Senior Year 

Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety .... 2 

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction & Observation 3 .... 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health Education 3 .... 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8 .... 

Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching 3 .... 

Electives .... 10 



Total 17 15 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double numbei extends through two semesters. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 371 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit 
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out 
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

EDUCATION 
Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re- 
quired of freshmen in Education. 

An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose wisely 
in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, teacher 
supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, and types of 
personal and professional competence required of teachers are among the topics 
included. The testing and observational program of the College of Education is 
begun in this course. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1). 

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms. 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — First and second semesters and summer 
session. Prerequisite, English 1, 2. 

A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3). 

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situa- 
tions. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for edu- 
cational psychology. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester. 

A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, medi- 
aeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 101. History of Education II (2) 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester. 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present 

system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of 
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging 
their worth. 



372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) 

This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national 
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education (2) 

A stud}'- of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affect- 
ing the development of modern education. 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 

This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading, 
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression. Special 
emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations having real 
significance to the pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) 

The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experiences. 
Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, curriculum, 
organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer methods and 
materials in the field. 

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2). 

This course emphasizes the relation of the elementary school curriculum 
to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the 
effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting cur- 
riculum content and methods to the maturity levels of children will be 
emphasized. 

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2). 

The emphasis in this course is on materials and procedures which help 
pupils sense arithmetical meanings and relationships. The content also helps 
teachers gain a better understanding of the number system and arithmetical 
processes. 

Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School (2) 

This course allows for specialization in selected phases of the creative arts. 
Separate sections will be scheduled in such fields as art, dramatics, and music. 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2) 

A study of important developments in elementary education with particular 
attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve the develop- 
ment of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are encountered in day- 
to-day teaching situations receive much attention. 

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools (2-6). 

This course provides a comprehensive view of teaching in elementary schools. 
There is empliasis on planning the sequence of activities during the school day, 
basic teaching strategies, techniques of pupil-teacher planning, grouping of pupils. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 373 

management of routine, cooperation with supervisors and administrators, teacher- 
parent and teacher-pupil relations, and analysis of instructional materials. 

*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2). 

This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes 

consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school unit; 

a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff, and 

other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective teachers. 

*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2). 

The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society; 
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education; 
curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement; 
teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Baltimore. 

This course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching 
situations. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques, audio 
and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Attention is given 
to the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Con- 
sideration is given to present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social 
studies. 

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum (2). 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are 
in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and 
teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed. 

Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2) — Summer school. 

A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school 
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — First and second 

semesters. 

This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter 
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics, 
art education, business education, industrial education, music education, nursing 
education, and physical education. Registration cards must include the subject- 
matter area as well as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is 
allowed only by special arrangement. 

In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, 
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, 
measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are 
treated. 

Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.) 



♦'"•ndit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses. 



374 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester. 

This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content for 
English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to clarify 
controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 142. High School Course of Study- Literature (2). 

Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high 
schools is studied. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 145. Principles o£ High School Teaching (2-3) — First and second 
semesters. 

This course is concerned v^ith the principles and methods of teaching in 
junior and senior high schools. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2) — First semester and summer session. 

Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, its 
cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles underlying 
projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and graphic 
materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recommended 
for vocational industrial education students. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Maley.) 

Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (2-8) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of 
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted to the 
Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one 
semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and some graduate 
students, the time and credit may be reduced. 

In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are 
blocked, including the following: Ed. 134, Ed. 140, Ed. 145, Cr. 198, H. E. 
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, Ind. Ed. 140, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124. 

Ed. 149. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools (8-16). First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites: Ed, 121, Ed. 127, and other education courses to make a 
total of at least eight credits ; a grade-point average of 2.275 ; approval of the faculty. 
Undergraduate credit only. Application forms for this course must be filed 
at least ninety days before registration. Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. For 16 credits, full time for one semester 
is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers, the time and credit may be 
reduced. 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction 
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical concepts and 
processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school marks. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 375 

Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester. 
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective methods 
are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is designed for 
both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2). 

This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational 
problems w^hich arise in the transitional period between childhood and adulthood, 
the secondary school period. 

Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2). 

Attention is given to reading readiness, activities for the development of 
interests and language skills, the use of experience stories, procedures in using 
basal readers, the organization of content units to promote development of read- 
ing skills, the program in word analysis, selection and use of children's literature, 
and procedures for determining individual needs. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2). 

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the 
work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic ideology 
for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in population and 
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of 
individuals who control the schools, and other elements of community back- 
ground w^hich have significance in relation to schools. 

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2) — First and second semesters. 

A survey course of guidance principles and techniques, and the administra- 
tion of a program of guidance services. The basic course for counseling majors. 
A course of value for teachers at any level. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2). 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom 
problems. 

Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2). 

This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the 
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes 
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults and 
which must be understood by individuals working toward school and community 
improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group in a given area 
of study and concentrates on problems which have direct application in his 
school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of study. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2) 

This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, and 
supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children. 
Preventive and remedial measures are stressed. 



376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2) 
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analysis 
of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational measures. 

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Not required. Available to mature students only. 

Individual study of approved problems of special interest to student. 

(Staff.) 
NOTE: Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name 
of the faculty member who has approved it. 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2) 

The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and 
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the 
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of adult 
learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various types of 
adult groups. (Wiggin.) 

For Graduates 

Ed. 202. The Junior College (2). 

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States 
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. 

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). 

A study of present problems in higher education. 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). 

Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2). 

(Wiggin.) 
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) — 

First semester. 

The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the organi- 
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal 
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2) — Second semester. 

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics such 
as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student 
activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. (Newell.) 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2) 

An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The 
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications of 
organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the activities 
involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, purchasing, service 
of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Z77 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). 

An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are con- 
sidered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies the 
basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new plant, for select- 
ing and developing school building sites, and for planning school buildings. 
Theory is put into practice in the development of line drawings for school 
building design in terms of the instructional program. Opportunity is provided 
to work on specific equipment problems. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2) 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school 
law. 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience. 

This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and function 
of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; participa- 
tion of teachers and other groups in policy development; school workshops; and 
other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Newell.) 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2). 

A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elementary 
schools and directing instruction. 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of 
school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. Field 
work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2) 

This course includes consideration of the organization and administration of 
state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety 
and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training of bus 
drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; and pro- 
curement procedures are included in this course. 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite 
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) — Prerequisite, consent 

of instructor. Enrollment limited. 

This course is designed to help teachers, school administrators, and other 
school staff members to learn to function more effectively in developing edu- 
cational policy in group situations. 

Each student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the 
field with a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems. 

(Newell.) 



378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16) 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few 
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to 
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or school 
system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a program of 
studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of the school staff, 
and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will maintain a close working 
relationship with the intern and other persons involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2). 

A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institution 
and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the agents 
who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda and the schools, 
with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory groups, and with such 
means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications. 

(Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). 

An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-school, 
school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores the area of 
child accounting in terms of need, development, and current practice in local 
districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record practices, and ad- 
ministrative record procedures are taken into consideration. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). 

An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration. This 
course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to personnel ad- 
ministration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying personnel needs, 
personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of absence, and retire- 
ment plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of the personnel problem 
are identified. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2). 

Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making, 
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate on 
seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively to dis- 
cover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental practices. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 230. Elementary School Supervision (2). 

This course is especially concerned with the nature and function of super- 
vision, various techniques and procedures which supervisors may use, human 
factors to be considered in planning supervisory programs, and personal qualities 
essential for effective supervision. The supervisor's role in creating conditions 
which are conducive to superior teaching and learning is stressed. 

Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2). 

This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the so- 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 379 

called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Special con- 
sideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) organization, 
and (4) supervision of student activities such as student council, school publica- 
tions, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and clubs. Present practices 
and current trends will be evaluated. 

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum (2). 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early 
childhood through adolescence, including a review of historical developments, 
an anabasis of conditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues 
in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in curriculum 
design. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 235. Curriculum Development in Elementary Schools (2). 

This course is concerned with problems ordinarily encountered in curriculum 
evaluation and revision. Attention is given to sociological and philosophical 
factors which influence the curriculum, principles for the selection and organiza- 
tion of content and learning activities, patterns of the curriculum organization, 
construction and use of courses of study, the utilization of personnel for cur- 
riculum development, and controversial curriculum issues. 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2) 

Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experiences, 
organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 237. Curriculum Theory and Research (2). 

The school curriculum considered within the totality of factors affecting 
pupil behavior patterns, an analysis of research contributing to the development of 
curriculum theory, a study of curriculum theory as basic to improved curriculum 
design, the function of theory in guiding research, and the construction of theory 
through the utilization of concepts from the behavioral research disciplines. 

(Hovet.) 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2). 

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). 

This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher- 
coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly with evolving 
patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher- 
coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in the supervisory and adminis- 
trative personnel concerned with functioning relationships of part-time co- 
operative education in a comprehensive educational program. (Brown.) 

Ed. 243. Applications of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary 
Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 



380 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching 
(2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, and 
the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the secondary level. 

Ed. 246. Applications of Theory and Research to the Social Studies in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

The results of research, viewpoints on what the content and organization of 
the social studies program should be, and important curriculum trends are 
analyzed critically for their implications. 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). (See 
Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.) 

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — First semester. 

To provide guidance workers and teachers with proficiencies in identifying 
aptitudes, interests, temperaments, and other essential characteristics of each 
individual through various techniques. Records pertinent to individual analysis 
and their interpretation will be studied. Ed, 161 is desirable as a prior course. 
Required of counseling majors. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2) — Second semester. 

To provide guidance workers and others interested with proficiencies for 
finding and presenting to pupils information needed in making choices, plans, 
and interpretations in major problem areas, such as social, occupational, and 
educational problems. Required of counseling majors. Ed. 161 is desirable as 
a prior course. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250, Ed. 253 for majors. Prerequisites may be waived by 
instructor. 

A basic course for counselors in public schools in the theories of counseling 
and study of techniques. Emphasis is on study of techniques used with pre- 
adolescents and adolescents. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Ed. 260. 

To provide elementary proficiencies in counseling in public schools through 
vicarious practice. Discussion of techniques applicable to specific cases. These 
cases will be actual ones reported by counselors in person, in writing, and by 
sound. Problems met by counselors in addition to problems of technique will 
be covered. (Byrne.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 381 

Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2). Pre- 
requisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. 

Selected research problems in the field of community study with emphasis 
on Baltimore area. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2) — Second semester. Registration only by 
approval of instructor. 

For majors in guidance who are about to complete certification or degree 
requirements. Reports and discussions on advanced readings and studies in the 
guidance field. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2). 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2). 

A study of research in education, the sources of information and techniques 
available, and approved form and stj^le in the preparation of research reports and 
theses. 

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2). 

A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to 
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance at 
class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. Especially 
valuable for students interested in research. 

Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes- 
ters and summer session. 

Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number. (Staff.) 

NOTE: Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of 
the faculty member under whom the work will be done. 

Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and summer 
session. 

Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a 
doctoral project should use this number. (Staff.) 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester. 
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents of 
each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 



382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2). 

Problems in development of occupational competencj'', achievement tests, 
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integra- 
tion of office skills. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and 
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials and 
teaching procedures. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2) 

This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects and 
fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional materials, 
and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2). 

Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives; sub- 
ject matter content; methods of organizing material; types of classroom activi- 
ties; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the secondary schools. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget 
making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the in-service training 
of teachers. 

For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects, 
B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). 

Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; 
vocational business education; general business education; relation to consumer 
education and to education in general. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6). 

This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in 
devoting the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in 
business education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of 
the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of 
appropriate course content. 

Opportunity will be provided through individual and group projects to study 
local school curricular problems. Available to the group will be the resources 
and personnel of the U. S. Office of Education, National Education Association, 
Maryland school system, and of various business organizations. 

A comprehensive report of the individual and group projects will be pre- 
pared at the end of the summer term. Enrollment limited to 25 students. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 383 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — First and 
second semesters. 

Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods of 
observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. (Glass.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester. 

Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical, 
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during the 
first eighteen months to personality development; study of a child fourteen 
months of age or under. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 101. Child Development II — Early Childhood (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months to 
five 3'ears; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help the child in 
his motor, mental, emotional and social development; observation in the nursery 
school; study of one child. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)— 

First and second semesters. 

Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child; inter- 
personal relations as affected by home, school, and community; observations in 
kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations. (Stant.) 

C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five years; 
observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other colleges of 
the University. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). 

A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of age, 
with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the materials, 
experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school. 

(McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emotional 
Needs of the Young Child (2). 

An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather than 
on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the child to 
live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole; working with 
the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the 
child. (Glass.) 

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — First and 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee, 

$5.00. 



384 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Storytelling; selection of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation, 
and presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, 
wood, and scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten. 

(Shulman.) 

C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3). Pre- 
requisite, Mus. 7 or equivalent. First and second semesters. 

Creative experience in songs and rhythms for the young child; correlation 
of music and everyday teaching in accordance with the abilities and development 
of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience 
with each age level. (Brown.) 

C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nursery 
School (2-3). 

C. Ed. 140. Curriulum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School (3) — 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or C. Ed. 110. 

Standards and organization of nursery school; study of interests, needs, 
and activities of pre-school children ; techniques of guidance ; observation. 

C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester. 

Development of an appreciation and understanding of young children from 
different home backgrounds; influence of home and community environment; 
study of individual and group problems. 

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten de- 
pends upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching 
staff of the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recom- 
mended that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are re- 
quired for each semester-hour of credit. (Shulman.) 

C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten (2-3) 

— First and second semesters. 

A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together in 

the kindergarten; discussion and workshop. (Stant.) 

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten depends 
upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching staff of 
the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended 
that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University kindergarten and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are required 
for each semester-hour of credit. (Shulman.) 



COLLEGE OP EDUCATION 385 

C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2). 

Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organizations. 
Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and recorder; developing 
methods for discussion groups; discussion of special problems of organization. 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and 
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140. 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of in- 
structional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). Prerequisite, H. E. 

Ed. 140. 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a 
plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evalua- 
tion devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second 
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school 
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics 
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices; 
directed observation in junior and senior high school home economics depart- 
ments. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (8) — 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H, E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102 
parallel. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee $30.00. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home 
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes- 
ter. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco- 
nomics (2-4). (Spencer.) 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu- 
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, 
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 



386 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION 

The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human 
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the 
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se- 
quences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's .previous experience 
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series 
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of 
human development and behavior. 

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D. 
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed. 112- 
13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed. 200, 
201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring in the 
field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) 
for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The other 
seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the 
various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development and 
behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate 
students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides 
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children 
as individuals and in groups. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that de- 
scribe human development and behavior and relate these principles to the task 
of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an integral part of 
the course and will require one half-day per week for observing children in 
nearby schools. This course is designed to meet the usual certification requirements 
in Educational Psychology. 

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III 
(2, 2, 2). 

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school 
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual, 
presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism 
and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the 
child's learning, behavior and development. This course provides opportunity for 
teachers in-service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study 
group. 

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3, 
3, 3). 

Summer workshop courses for undergraduates providing credit for as many 
as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 3S7 

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3). 

This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which 
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these principles in 
the study of individual children. Each student will observe and record the 
behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and must have one half- 
day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in child 
study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student has 
not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study. 
When this course is offered during the summer it will be H. D. Ed. 200 and 
intensive laboratory work with case records may be substituted for the study of 
an individual child. 

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior 
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control 
and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes 
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. Ed. 250 a 
or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pres- 
sures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. 
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which 
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, think- 
ing and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives 
and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3). 

This course describes in some detail the major organic processes of: 
conception, biological inheritance ;differentiation and growth of the body; 
capture, transportation and use of energy; perception of the environment; 
•rdination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual demands and 
to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, II 
(3, 3). 

This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the United 
States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human expressions in 
folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and adjustment patterns are 
analyzed. Other cultures are examined to highlight the American way of life 
and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must 
be taken concurrently with this course. 



388 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

This course anal3^zes the effects of the various physical and growth processes, 
affectional relationships, socialization processes, and peer group roles and 
status on the integration, development, adjustment, and realization of the 
individual self. This analysis includes consideration of the nature of intelligence 
and of the learning processes; the development of skills, concepts, general- 
izations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and 
purposes; and the conditions, relationships and experiences that are essential 
to full human development. The more common adjustment problems ex- 
perienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment me- 
chanisms used to meet them are studied. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be 
taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

This course describes the normal development, expression and influence 
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the 
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect, 
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional 
behavior and personality adjustment and development. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

This course analj^zes the processes of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during child- 
hood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adult- 
hood. It anal5^zes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated 
with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. H. D. Ed. 250 
a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop- 
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

Summer workshop courses for graduates providing credit for as many as 
three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 

H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development (6) — Prerequisites 
H. D. Ed. 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217. 

Summer workshop in human development for graduate students who have 
had three workshops and wish additional workshop experience. This course 
can be taken any number of times, but cannot be used as credit toward a degree. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 389 

H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3). 

This course describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children. 
These tasks, made necessary by the normal processes of growth and develop- 
ment, are learnings that the child needs and desires to accomplish because of 
emerging capacities for action and relationship, because of the demands and 
expectancies of his family and of society, and because of the progressive 
clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, attitudes, values and 
aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of developmental tasks 
concepts in educational planning and practice. 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6). 

This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified 
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con- 
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional 
child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is 
provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have passed 
their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human develop- 
ment or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1). 

This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior 
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in con- 
junction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course 
will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs 
while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use records from 
their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with 
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104. 

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3). 

A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis 
of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed 
on seeing the dynamic interrelations between all processes in the behavior and 
development of an individual. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208. 

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6). 

An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of 
special interest growing out of their basic courses in human development. 
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or 
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the specific 
needs of the course. 

Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence (Art 
Crafts I, II, and III). These courses are intended to assist persons who are 
preparing to teach art crafts in the junior high schools of Maryland or for 
teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the schools. The 



390 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts at any grade level 
and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs, adult evening classes, and 
the like. 

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and 
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object 
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of 
multi-view drawings. 

The course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimensioning, 
conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

This is a woodworking course which involves primarily the use of hand 
tools. The course is developed so that the student uses practically every 
common woodworking hand tool in one or more stituations. There is also 
included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber, and 
the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

The materials used in Art Crafts I are woods, metals, leathers and plastics. 
Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types of work 
in the four media. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

Arts Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic 
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which are 
pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving, hooking, 
knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations (3). 

Shop Calculations is designed to give the student an understanding and 
working knowledge of the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects 
of Industrial Education. The course includes phases of algebra, geometry, 
trigonometry, and general mathematics as applied to shop and drawing activities. 

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1. 

A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, 
tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies are presented. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Preiequisite, Ind. Ed. 2. 

Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 391 

of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. The 
types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe operation 
are of primary concern. The mediums of instruction are school-shop equipment, 
hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — One laboratory period a week. 

A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the 
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is carried 
on in the construction of various projects using welded joints. Instruction 
is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, methods of 
welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety considerations, 
etc. Laboratory fee, $5,00. 

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the operations 

of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, beading, bur- 
ring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns inclusive of 
parallel line development, radial line development, and triangulation. Common 
sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 26. General Metal Work (3) — Three, two-hour laboratory periods 
a week. 

This course is designed to give the student experiences in constructing 
items from aluminum, brass, copper, pewter and steel. The processes included 
are designing, laying out, heat treating, forming, surface decorating, fastening 
and assembling. The course also includes a study of the aluminum, copper and 
steel industries in terms of their basic manufacturing processes, organizational 
patterns, contributions and problems. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the electrical 
circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical energy, and 
a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the junior high school level. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. 

A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more 
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of industries 
is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 33 — Automotives I (3) — Three, two-hour laboratorj'^ periods a week. 

Automotives I is a study of the fundamentals of internal combustion en- 
gines as applied to transportation. A study of basic materials and methods 
used in the automotive industry is included. Shop practices are built around 
the maintenance and minor repair of automobiles and smaller motor driven 
apparatus. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 



392 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 34. Graphic Arts I (3) — Three, two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. 

An introductory course involving experiences in letterpress and offset print- 
ing practices. The course includes typographical design, hand composition, 
proof reading, stock preparation, offset plate making, imposition, lock-up, stock 
preparation, presswork, linoleum block cutting, paper marbleizing, and book- 
binding. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Practical experience is provided in the design and planning of houses and 
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are featured. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — Two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced production methods with emphasis on cablnetmaking and design. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 43. Automotives II (3) — Three, two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 32. 

This is an advanced course in automobile construction and maintenance 
covering the engine, fuel system, ignition system, chassis and power train. 
Shop practices are built around the major repair and adjustment of the above 
groups. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 44. Graphic Arts II (3) — Three, two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 34. 

An advanced course designed to provide further experiences in letterpress 
and offset printing and to introduce other reproduction processes. Silk screen 
printing, dry point etching, mimeograph reproduction, and rubber stamp making 
are the new processes introduced in this course. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heating 
measurements, motors and controls, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance 
and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). (Offered in CSCS Centers.) 
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects. The 
identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; the types 
of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction sheets; measuring 
results and grading student progress in shop and related technical subjects. 

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching (2). (Offered in 
Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of Teaching 
Vocational and Occupational Subjects. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 393 

Primarily for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed 
observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, conferences, and criticisms 
constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in this course. 

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. 

Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl 
ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $5.00.' 

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. 

Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming, 
and gear cutting. Work-production methods are employed. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2) — Prerequisite, 8 semester hours of 
shop credit, or equivalent. 

Skill developing practice in the maintenance of school-shop facilities. 

Ind. Ed. lOL Operational Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modern 
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery (2) — Two labora- 
tor}- periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

This course offfifers instruction in wood finishing techniques applicable to 
furniture restoration and in the processes of upholstering household furniture. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind, Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2) — Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. 

Stud}^ of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items 
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2). 

Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary school 
general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge developing 
activities in a variety of shop areas. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making, 
stone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



394 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent. 

Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the 
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D (2, 2, 

2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — One laboratory period a week. 
Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and prin- 
ciples covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 124 a, b. Organized and Supervised Work Experience (3 credits 
for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience sequence 
planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry." The 
purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for first-hand experiences 
with business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own 
employment with the coordinator advising him as regards the job opportunities 
which have optimum learning value. 

The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of em- 
ployment and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based 
upon the planned experiences. 

The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work 
hours. Any one period of internship must be served through continuous em- 
ployment in a single establishment. Two internship periods are required. The 
two internships may be served with the same business or industry. 

The completion for credit of any period of internship requires the em- 
ployer's recommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes. 

More complete details are found in the handbook prepared for the student 
of this curriculum. 

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140.) Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). 

Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Arts Education; 
its relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; 
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices and 
needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; pro- 
fessional standards. Twenty periods of observation. 

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I (2). 

This course deals briefly with the history and development of effective safety 
programs in modern industry and treats causes, effects, and values of industrial 
safety education inclusive of fire prevention and hazard controls. 

Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Education II (2). 

In this course exemplary safety practices are studied through conference 
discussions, group demonstrations, and organized plant visits to selected indus- 
trial situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices are emphasized. 
Evaluative criteria in safety programs are formulated. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 395 

Ind. Ed. 145. 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2). 

Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices of 
the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical services in 
industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control of air con- 
tamination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue; nutrition; san- 
itation; illumination; noise; radiant energy; heating and ventilation; maximum 
use of manpower; absenteeism. 

Ind Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (2-8) — First and 
second semesters. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee, $30. 

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2). 

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special 
emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop 
teachers. Actual construction and application of such devices will be required. 

Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements (2). Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or 
consent of instructor. 

The construction of objective tests for occupational and vocational subjects. 

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. 

A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application 
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass, 
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance (2). 

This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to 
the problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students 

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2). 

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an In- 
dustrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the 
arrangement of the shop. 

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2). 

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American 
social, economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied 
from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial 
relations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the like. 

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2). 

A study of the factors which place Industrial Arts education in any well- 
rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions, readings and 
reports. 



396 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). 

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret 
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education. 

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2). 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analj^sis which is 
basic in organizing vocational industrial courses of study. This course should 
precede Ind. Ed. 169. 

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2). 

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of 
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. 

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2). 

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral 
phase of the American program of public education. 

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2). 

An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive 
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered. 

For Graduates 
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2). 
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point 
of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational 
program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro- 
cedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area. 

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2). 

This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and 
provides opportunities for. applying these principles. Facilities required in the 
operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised. 

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2). 

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education (2). 

This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, supervision, 
curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational education. 

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). 

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting 
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. 

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2). 

Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are ex- 
amined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. 
Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied and practiced. 

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 397 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School Which Con- 
tribute to Musical Development (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with musical experiences in creative Hstening and creative 
response to rhythm and mood, creative use of percussion and simple melody 
instruments, creative melody writing, creative interpretation of music performed. 
Creative interpretation and creative writing will also be studied in connection 
with its development through correlation with other areas and creative programs. 

Mus. Ed. 127. Methods and Materials for Program Productions in the 
Secondary School (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Designed especially for those interested in presenting musical assemblies, 
concerts and programs for all types. Methods of presentation and materials 
suitable for various occasions will be discussed. 

Mus. Ed. 128. Workshop in Music for Elementary School (2). Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

A workshop for the study of group activities and materials through which 
children in the elementary schools experience music. This course has been 
planned as an aid to music teachers and classroom teachers in the elementary 
schools. It presents an outline of objectives, a survey of materials, and 
instructional methods that will develop a more thorough and progressive music 
program in the elementary school. 

Mus. Ed. 132. Workshop in Music for the Junior High School (2). Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

A workshop designed to make a study of the vocal and instrumental pro- 
gram in the Junior High School Curriculum. Special study will be made of a 
more flexible program that will oer many opportunities for active participation 
in experiencing music to the adolescent with or without special music aptitude. 
The part that Music can play in the integrated program will also be studied. 

Mus. Ed. 140. Workshop in Popular Music for Secondary Schools (2). 

This course is designed to train the music education student or school music 
teacher in the practical use of popular music as a means in the teaching of more 
serious music to the secondary school pupil. 

Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class In- 
struction (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with practical instruction in methods of tone production, 
tuning, fingering, and care of the instruments in the hands of the students. 
A survey will be made of the latest methods and materials for class instruction. 

Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction (2). 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with the fundamental principles of teaching piano in a 



398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

group of students of various grade levels. It includes the techniques and pro- 
cedures involved in teaching class piano and a survey of materials for piano 
class instruction and recommendation for their use. 

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School 
(2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course is designed primarily for school choral directors and teachers 
of voice training classes. Special attention will be given to song repertoire, 
interpretation, diction, tone production, and breath activity. 

Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar. (2). Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

A review of beginning methods and materials for wind and percussion 
instruments; materials for bands for all grades; problems of intonation, tone 
quality and interpretation; the percussion section; organization and adjudication 
of contests and festivals; special maneuvers of the marching band; library 
organization; planning and conducting a concert; organization within the band 
and the orchestra; point systems, and other related topics. 

NURSING EDUCATION 
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.) 
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types 
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such schools, 
and the types of professional and personal competence required of teachers in 
nursing schools are among the topics included. This course may be substituted 
for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be permitted to register for 
Ed. 2, or vice versa. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

N. Ed. 105, 106. Teaching o£ Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in 
Baltimore.) 

This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field of 
general nursing. 

N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered 
in Baltimore.) 

Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal 
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected 
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing. 

N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)— 

(Offered in Baltimore.) 

This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward, 
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the worker. 
Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting of supplies. A 
program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the entire course. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 399 

N. Ed. 117, Newer Trends in Nursing Service. (2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 
N. Ed. 118. Industrial Nursing (2)— (Offered in Baltimore.) 
This course involves an analysis of the role of the graduate nurse in 
industry and an analysis of specific problem areas in industrial nursing. 

N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3)— (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth 

and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required. 

For Graduates 

N. Ed. 286. Research Methods and Materials in Nursing Education (2). 

This course is designed to acquaint the advanced student in nursing edu- 
cation with research methodologies and materials as they apply to nursing. Of- 
fered in Baltimore. 

N. Ed. 287. Seminar in Problems in Nursing Education (2). 

A study of the current research in nursing education with an emphasis 
on evaluation and methodology. Offered in Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION 
A. Physical Education 
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Development of understanding and appreciation of the historic and signifi- 
cant purpose and place of each of the specialized areas in general education. 
A study of the educational and personal requirements and opportunities of a 
career in each professional area. Students will be acquainted with the status 
and trends of each area. 

P. E. 55. Elementary School Rhythmic Activities (2). First and second 
semesters and summer. 

This course will survey the various types of rhythmic activities suitable for 
use in the elementary school. Basic rhythms, singing games, and folk and 
square dancing will be considered in terms of their use at the various grade levels 
as well as the best accepted methods of teaching these activities. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Courses starred (*) may be taken for graduate credit 
P. E. 113. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools (3) — Two lectures 
and two laboratories a week. 

This course is designed to help the student acquire a knowledge of the 
application of methods which directly or indirectly influence the teacher-pupil 
learning situation in physical education at the secondary school level. Students 
will be required to arrange time to work with a staff physical education instruc- 
tor in order to gain some practical teaching experience. Class activities include 
discussions, reports, outside readings, and teaching demonstrations. 



400 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

P. E. 114, 116. Methods in Physical Education for Secondary Schools (3, 3). 

Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites: P. E. 40, 62, 64, 66, 68. 

Application of educational philosophy and principles to class organization 
and teaching techniques in individual sports, recreational games, gymnastics, 
body mechanics and relaxation for junior and senior high school programs. 

*P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3) First and 
second semesters and summer. 

This course is designed to orient the general elementary teacher to physical 
education. Principles and practices in elementary physical education will be 
presented and discussed and a variety of appropriate activities will be considered 
from a standpoint of their use at the various grade levels. 

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3) — Two lecture and two laboratory 
hours a week. 

Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in 
high school and college programs. 

P. E. 124, 126. Practicum in Leadership (2, 2) — One lecture and two-three 
hour laboratory periods a week. First and second semesters. Prerequisites: 
P. E. 40, 62, 64, 66, 68. 

This course is designed to prepare the student for the student teaching 
experience by assisting in non-professional University classes. It also provides 
guidance in methods and materials of teaching team sports in the junior and 
senior high schools. 

Theory in coaching and ofiEiciating sports for women. Opportunity for 
National Officials' Ratings. 

P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, MEN— P. E. 113, 115; WOMEN— P. E. 114, 116: 
124, 126. (See Ed. 140.) 

P. E. 170. Supervision in Elementary School Physical Education (3) — First 
and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite; P. E. 120. 

Principles and techniques of supervision are studied from a standpoint of 
their application in improving the learning situation in elementar}^ school physical 
education. Strong emphasis will be given to the concept that modern super- 
vision in elementary school physical education should be based on the application 
of fundamental democratic principles. 

*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3)— First and 
second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. 

The application of the principles and techniques of educational measure- 
ment to the teaching of health and physical education; study of the functions 
and techniques of measurement in the evaluation of student progress toward the 
objectives of health and physical education, and in the evaluation of the effec- 
tiveness of teaching. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 401 

*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health 
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters. 

The application of the principles of administration and supervision to 
physical education, health, and recreation. 

P. E. 191. The Curriculum in Elementary School Physical Education and 
Health Education (3) — First and second semesters and sumnier. Prerequisite; 
P. E. 120. 

Curriculum planning and construction is considered from a standpoint of 
valid criteria for the selection of content in the areas of elementary school 
physical education and health education. Desirable features of cooperative cur- 
riculum planning in providing for learning experiences will he presented and 
discussed. 

P. E. 195. Organization and Administration of Elementary School Physical 
Education (3) — First and second semesters and summer. Prerequisite; P. E. 120. 

This course considers the procedures which are basic to the satisfactory 
organization of all phases of the elementary school physical education program. 
Stress will be placed on the organizational and administrative factors necessary 
for the successful operation of the program in various types of elementary 
schools. Strong emphasis will be placed on organization and administration 
from a standpoint of adapting the program to specific situations. 

For Graduates 

P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (1) — 

First and second semesters and summer. 

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (3) — 

First and second semesters and summer. 

A study of history, philosoph}^ and principles of physical education, recrea- 
tion and health as applied to current problems in each area and as related to 
general education. 

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. (Course maj' be offered 
in Baltimore.) 

Study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and of 
their application to the special fields indicated; observation of available super- 
visory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected 
techniques. 

P.E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3) — First and second semesters 

and summer. 

Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college athletic 
competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor athletic 
equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acquisition, finances, 
inventories, and the selection of personnel. 

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 



402 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical education, 
recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their use; and 
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student 

P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3)— First and second semesters and 
summer. 

A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research 
pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health education. An effort 
will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint 
him with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques. 

P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education, 
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a 
digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted. 

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activities. 

(3). First and second semesters and summers. Prerequisites, Psych. 1; or H.D. 
Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents. 

An exploration of psychological aspects of physical education, athletic 
sports and recreation. Applications of psychology are made to teaching and 
learning, coaching, athletic efficiency (motivation, emotional upset, staleness, 
etc.), and the problem of interpreting physica;l education and recreation ex- 
periences. Means of studying problems of these kinds are evaluated. ' 

P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Physical Fitness (3). First and second 
semesters and summer. Prerequisites; Zool. 14, 15; P. E. 100, 160, or equivalent. 

This course is designed to meet the needs of persons interested in investi- 
gating the basic factors underlying exercise, physical efficiency, and physical 
conditioning. Such topics as the following are explored: the effects of exercise, 
factors determining championship performance, fatigue, nutrition and physical 
efficiency, staleness, effects of alcohol and tobacco on physical fitness, weight 
reduction, etc. Special attention is given to evaluating the various methods 
available for appraising physical condition. 

P. E. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation & Health. 
(1-6) — First and second semesters and summer. 

Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6 
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may 
register for two or more credits under this number, and write one of his seminar 
papers. 

P. E. 289. Research Thesis (1-5) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

Students who desire credit for a Master's thesis or a Doctoral project should 
use this number. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 403 

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. 

This is essentially a problems course in which administrative policies and 
techniques are analyzed in the light of sound educational practice. Oppor- 
tunities are provided for students to concentrate their efforts upon their own 
on-the-job administrative problems. 

P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health (3) — 
First and second semesters and summer. 

A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in physical 
education and health education and the practical application of those principles 
to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation. The specific content 
of this course is adjusted to meet the needs of the students enrolled in it. 

B. Health Education 

Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4, or Hea. 40. 

Organization and administration of school health services based on the 
indicated needs of the school health environment and the needs of the students 
in the schools. 

Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher. 

Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3)— First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Hea. 40, or equivalent. (May be offered in Baltimore.) 

A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the health 
education curriculum. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (2-6) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

This is a workshop type course designed particularly for in-service teachers 
to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services, 
healthful environment and health instruction. 

Hea. 170. The Health Program in The Elementary School (3) — First and 
second semesters and summer. Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4 or Hea. 40. 

This course gives consideration to health service, healthful school environ- 
ment and health instruction. These phases of the health program are con- 
sidered from a standpoint of organization and administration, health appraisal 
and counseling, health protection and emergency care, and other features which 
involve the health of the elementary school child. In addition, modern methods 
of health instruction will be considered and students will be given an oppor- 
tunity to construct health units and engage in teaching demonstrations. 

*Hea. 190. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) 

First and second semesters. 



404 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The planning of school curricula and presentation of courses of study in 
hygiene to the classroom teachers, and the planning of a community health edu- 
cation program. 

For Graduates 

Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3) — First and 
second semesters and alternate summers. 

This course endeavors to evolve a concept of "total personality health" 
on the basis of our knowledge of the human personality and the factors that 
influence its development. The various ways in which the school can contribute 
to such broadly conceived health are evaluated and discussed. 

Hea. 230. Public Health Education (3) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

A survey course designed to acquaint the staident with the current major 
problems in public health and to enable him to recognize and understand the 
relationships and relative importance of these problems. 

Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semesters 
and summer. 

A course designed to review status and trends of modern health from the 
perspective of the educator. Study will include a survey of major health prob- 
lems of the world; developments in the broad fields of modern medicine; and 
current trends in school health education and the role of the school in relation 
to mental health and psychosomatic disturbances. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

*Sci. Ed. 1. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00. 

This course considers the characteristics of elementary school children in 
grades one through three. Selecting, organizing, and presenting science ma- 
terials appropriate to this level is done in relation to these characteristics. 

*Sci Ed. 2. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00. 

This is a continuation of the previous course using different subject matter 
areas to provide a wider range of experiences. 

*Sci. Ed. 3. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer. 
This course is designed to meet the needs of teachers of grades four, five and 
six by providing background material from selected phases of science which 



*Students may receive credit for both Sci. Ed. 1 and Sci. Ed. 2 or Sci. Ed. 3 and 
Sci. Ed. 4, but no other combir.ation of these courses is accepted. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



405 



can contribute to these levels. Special attention will be given to materials of 
the local environment. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

*Sci. Ed. 4. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer. 

This is a continuation of the previous course using difffferent subject matter 
materials to provide a voider background of experiences. Laboratory fee, §1.00. 

Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools (2). 

This course gives teachers an opportunity to acquire science understandings 
and to develop materials which are of practical value. The emphasis is on 
content closely related to science units developed in elementary schools. 
Laboratory fee, $2.00. 



♦Students may receive credit for both Sci. Ed. 1 and Sci. Ed. 2 or Sci. Ed. ?, and 
Sci. Ed. 4, but no otlier combination of the.se courses is accepted. 



J^A?^ 








ROSSBOROUGH INN 

Erected in 1798, the oldest building on the Campus. Lafayette, 
Washington, and practically all colonial leaders stopped here. This 
was the first stop on the Old Post Road, Alexandria to Philadelphia, 
New York and Boston and, later, from Washington to Baltimore. 

Rossborough was the first building on the campus of the second 
agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere, established in 1856, 
and was the home of the first Agricultural Experiment Station to be 
established in the United States in 1888. When the old building 
was remodeled in 1938, huge white letters painted on the ends of the 
building proclaimed it as the "Maryland Agricultural Experiment 
Station." 

"My Son John Went Out to Ross's to Meet General Lafayette," 
wrote John Quincy Adams, President of the United States. 



CO 

o 
u 

CO 

< 
u 

H 

<! 
O 

<3 
Q 

< 

O 

2 

I— I 
HH 

o 

!z; 
O 

o 

o 
u 

H 




»rt CO 

S E 

O 4) 

*5 .tl 

«> > 
"S -^ 

C be 
►-^ C 

+^ 3 
^M 
.tl to 

^ .a 

CO 

o fi^ 
nt di 

5* 

nt (0 

t-5 "^ 
•^ +j 

CM 

Si 0) 

u ^ 
<u S: 

CO 5 
CO J^ 

•a 5 

w . 

•M 

t-l 
(0 

•-' l-l 

a % 

0) 4) 

a. 2 



a> o 

CJ 



3 <J P 



cd 



.S ho 

•> •— ' 
^ pq 



CO 

o tl 

o ^ 

h "1 

CO .^ 

C C 

o a 



73 

« s 

X! 3 

CO pq 

CO 
"^ CO 

bO.« 
C IS 

^ 2 

S c c 
'2 't «> 

c oi c 
a> 0) C 

^ *- 13 
•^ bo I 

^ ^ § 

PQ g ^ 
•»-> Mh c_i 

CO v" 

CO 

o ^ 

(U 

C5 .S 
«« 5b 

bo M 
C ^ 

c ^ 



•^ 3 



T3 CO 

ccJ — 

bO 5 
•-I i-i 

bO 0) 

•I o 



Sm« 



GLENN L MARTIN 

College of 

ENGINEERING AND 
AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 



STAFF 

-, Director of Engineering Education and Research. 
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., 



Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 



William R. Ahrendt, M.S., Lecturer on Automatic Regulation. 

Redfield W. Allen, AI.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Edward S. Barber, B.E., C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

William D. Becker, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Donald T. Bonney, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Albert H. Cooper, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

George F. Corcoran, M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman 

of the Department. 
Gerald Corning, B.S., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 
John B. Cournyn, AI.S.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
A. Bernard Eyler, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Jacob J. Freeman, Ph.D., Lecturer on Signal Analysis and Noise. 
Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Joseph A. Guard, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Arthur L. Guess, M.S., Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 
Charles R. Hayleck, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Donald C. Hen nick, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Eugene G. Hertler, M.S., Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering. 
Lawrence J. Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
WiLBERT J. Huff, Ph.D.. D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman 

of the Department; Director of the Engineering Experiment Station; 

Chairman, Division of Physical Sciences. 

407 



408 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert W. Hurlbrink, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Louis C. Hutson, Instructor in Mining Extension. 

John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

DuANE R. Keller, M.S.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ralph H. Long, Jr., D.Eng., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

John A. McLaughlin, M.S., Liaison Assistant Professor at the Army Chemical 
Center and Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

William L. Monson, B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

Morris J. Ojalvo, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Henry W. Price, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Robert M. Rivello, M.S., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

Max Schreiner, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

Wilburn C. Schroeder, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Joseph R. Schulman, M.S., Lecturer on Electronics. 

Irving H. Shames, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Shan-Fu Shen, Sc.D., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

A. Wiley Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aerodynamics; Manager of 
Wind Tunnel ; Acting Chairman of Aeronautical Engineering Dep;irtment. 

Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

David E. Simons, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

S; Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of 
the Department ; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students. 

William W. Thomas, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials. 

Joseph Weber, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engmeering. 

Presley A. Wedding, M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

William A. Wockenfuss, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

foHN E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman 
of the Department. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 409 

INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

Hannes O. Alfven, Ph.D., Professor* 

Robert Betciiov, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor. 

Alan E. Billington, Ph.D., Post-Doctoral Fellow 

Boyd B. Gary, Research Assistant 

Chieh C. Chang, Ph.D., Research Professor 

Wen-Hwa Chu, Ph.D., Research Assistant 

Ruth M. Davis, M.A., Research Assistant 

Frederik W. deWette, drs.. Research Associate** 

Joaquin B. Diaz, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 

Robert Finn, Ph.D., Research Associate 

Melville S. Green, Ph.D., Research Associate. 

Samuel L. Horn, Research Assistant 

Alfred O. Huber, Ph.D., Research Associate. 

Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Head, Department of Mathematics and Acting Director, 

Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 
Elliott W. AIontroll, Ph.D., Research Professor 
Shih I. Pai, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 
Lawrence E. Payne, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor. 
Edwin L. Resler, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 
Phrixos J. Theodorides, Ph.D., Research Professor 
Theodore Theodorsen, Ph.D., Consultant, USAF 
Hans F. Weinberger, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor 
Alexander Wein stein, Ph.D., Research Professor, 
John Weske, Ph.D., Visiting Research Professor 
Louis Witten, Ph.D., Research Associate. 
Eduardo H. Zarantonello, Ph.D., Research Associate. 

ENGINEERING AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES LIBRARY 

Benjamin H. Branch, Jr., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian 
Marguerite Ritchie, M.S. in L.S., Associate Librarian 



♦Joint appointment with Department of Physics 
** Joint appointment with Department of Chemistry 



410 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GLENN L. MARTIN 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 

, Director of Engineering Education and Research. 

S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., 
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 

THE primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men 
to practice the profession of Engineering, It endeavors at the same 
time to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public 
service and in industry. 

In training professional engineers it is necessary that great emphasis be 
placed on the fundamentals of mathematics, science and engineering so as to 
establish a broad professional base. Experience has also shown the value of 
a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engineering students since 
their later professional activities are so closely identified with the public. It 
is well recognized that an engineering training affords an efficient preparation 
for many callings in public and private life outside the engineering profession. 

The buildings occupied by the College of Engineering were made possible 
through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin of the Glenn L, Martin Company 
of Baltimore, which resulted in two large gifts from the Company to the Uni- 
versity, to which have been added funds made available by the Legislature of 
Maryland. The new units consist of four structures, namely, the General 
Engineering building, an Engineering Laboratories building, a Chemical 
Engineering building, and a Wind Tunnel building. The Departments of 
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Industrial Arts, whose courses are basic 
to Engineering, are housed in buildings contiguous to and coordinated with the 
College of Engineering, thereby promoting a community of interest that is of 
great value to the departments concerned. 

This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work 
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering of an 
Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will carry 
on full-time research in connection with an organization known as the State 
Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland Legislature to be 
under the direction of the Board of Regents of the University, and also to 
carry on studies in the various departments leading to graduate degrees. 

The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is 
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students 
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental 
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engineering 
students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement their 
undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study leading to 
the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage graduate work 
leading to the doctor's degree which is essential for graduate engineers desiring 
to enter research and development. Graduate programs will be arranged upon 
application to the chairman of the engineering department concerned. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 411 

In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering 
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curricula is the 
same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in making a 
proper choice. The sophomore courses in the various branches differ slightly, 
but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely along 
professional lines. 

Admission Requirements 

In selecting students for admission to the University more emphasis is 
placed upon good marks and other indications of probable success in college 
rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of Eng- 
lish, 3^2 units of Mathematics including Solid Geometry, and 1 unit each of 
Social and Natural Sciences is required. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are 
acceptable as electives. 

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite 
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering lacking one 
unit of Advanced Algebra and one-half unit of Solid Geometry. The program 
for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five hours 
a week would be devoted to making up algebra and solid geometry; in the 
second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled; and 
the second semester mathematics would be taken in the Summer School. 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Engineering must apply 
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Bachelor Degrees in the College of Engineering 

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in the 
Departments of Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Alechanical En- 
gineering, and in Metallurgy. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges; $71.00 for special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and 
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matricula- 
tion fee of $10.00 is charged all new students, and a College fee of $3.00 per 
semester is charged to all students registered in the College of Engineering. 
A tuition charge of $150.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the 
State of Maryland. An additional $50.00 is assessed to dormitory students who are 
non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules 
are required to take basic air force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 



412 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Trans- 
fer students who do not have the required two years of militarj'- training will 
be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever 
occurs first. 

During their Junior and Senior years, selected students may carry Advanced 
Air Force R. O. T. C. courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission 
in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information with reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resi- 
dent and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts 
of records, student health and welfare, living arrangenments in the dormitories, 
off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and 
student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, 
religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, 
the University Band, student pubHcations, University Post Office and Supply 
Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue 
of the Catalog. 

Master o£ Science in Engineering 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Engineering and in 
Metallurgy are accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of 
the Graduate School. See Graduate School Catalog. 

Professional Degrees in Engineering 

The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, 
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to graduates 
of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in engineering. The 
applicant must satisfy the following conditions: 

1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work 
for not less than five years after graduation. 

2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean 
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of Aero- 
nautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. 

3. Flis registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months 
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present 
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and an 
outline of his proposed thesis. 

4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis in duplicate on an approved 
subject. 

Equipment 

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- 
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of engineering 
work. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 413 

Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical 
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved drawing 
outfit, supplies, and books. 

LABORATORIES 

Chemical Engineering Laboratories 

The Chemical Engineering building contains lecture rooms, library, labora- 
tories, shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices, equipped for the full range 
of chemical engineering studies, from the elementary chemical and physical 
reactions underlying process development to the construction and operation 
of pilot plants and the design of full scale equipment, with provisions for 
specialized work in options such as electrochemical engineering, fuel engineer- 
ing and metallurgy. Laboratories are maintained for (1) General Testing and 
Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Unit Processes; (4) Electrochemical En- 
gineering; (5) Metallurgy; (6) Gas and Fuel Analysis; (7) Cooperative Re- 
search; (8) Graduate Research. Shops include a complete machine shop, a wood 
shop and a student shop. 

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is 
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, 
gases, coal, petroleum, and related chemicals, and for general industrial 
chemicals, both inorganic and organic. 

Unit Operations Laboratory, This laboratory contains equipment for 
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation, 
crystallization, crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and 
centrifuging. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly is 
available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical Control 
Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations Laboratory. 

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity 
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, 
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so designed 
that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, direct 
pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can be made 
on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a horizontal 
tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. Dryers include cabinet, 
tray and vacuum types. Gas absorption equipment includes a stoneware column 
packed with different types of packings in respective sections so that compara- 
tive studies ma}^ be made. Filtration equipment includes an Oliver continuous 
vacuum filter and also plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Com- 
bustion equipment available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, 
premix gas-fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding 
there is a comminuting machine, jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. 
Mechanical shakers, standard sieve, and sub-sieve separator are available for 
particle size separation. Centrifugation studies may be made on a continuous 



414 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

super centrifuge, Tolhurst basket type or centrifugal dryer. Concentrating equip- 
ment includes a flotation cell and Wilfley table. Student shop facilities include a 
milling machine, shaper, lathes, drill presses, grinder, welding equipment, and 
other tools necessary for unit operation studies. 

Unit Processes Laboratory. The Unit Processes Laboratory is designed 
to permit the preparation of chemicals on a semi-industrial scale from 1 pound 
to 100 pounds. Both organic and inorganic compounds can be made. An ad- 
vantageous feature is the integration of this laboratory with the unit operations 
laboratory, thereby allowing a broad range of typical chemical engineering 
activities. Equipment includes apparatus for autoclaving, nitration, sulfonation, 
reduction, oxidation, esterification and neutralization, halogenation, amination, 
diazotization and the like. Substances such as dyes, plastics, wetting agents, 
organic insecticides, e. g., D.D.T., analine, nitrobenzene, phenol, paradichlor- 
benzene, ethyl acetate, cellulose acetate, benzaldehyde, B-naphthyl methyl ether 
and many others can be synthesized. 

Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains ap- 
paratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well 
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies in- 
clude electric furnace operations, metal winning and refining, electroplating, 
corrosion, electrochemical preparations, chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, 
instrumentation, and related operations and processes. 

The laboratory contains small dry rectifiers, one 500-ampere 6-12 V motor 
generator set, several 300-ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA variable D.C. 
supply for furnace operations, and numerous storage batteries as power 
sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide furnace, 
aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferrosilicon, ferro- 
chromium, aluminum bronze and other alloys, numerous electrolytic cells for 
electroplating copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc, cadmium, brass, silver, 
gold, rhodium, and other metals. Equipment is maintained for the production 
electrolytically of materials such as iodoform, white lead, cuprous oxide, azo- 
benzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxylamine, chlorine, caustic soda and other chemicals. 
Corrosion testing equipment is also on hand. Arrangements are flexible enough 
so that most industrial electrochemical operations can be reproduced on a 
moderate scale. 

Metallurgical Laboratories. These laboratories contain equipment for 
heat treating, testing and metallographic work. The large furnaces available 
for heat treating include a 16 KW Hoskins muffle furnace, an 18 KW Hevi- 
Duty salt pot furnace, an 8 KW Leeds and Northrup Vapocarb unit, and an 
American Gas Furnace Company salt pot furnace. Two special units are also 
available for student and research work. These are a 10 KW General Electric 
Electronic heater and an arc furnace for producing titanium ingots of up to 
ten pounds in weight. This latter unit is powered by a 70 KW General Electric 
arc welding generator. In addition to the above, a number of smaller furnaces 
are available for general laboratory use. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 415 

The testing equipment consists of one Baldwin 60,000 lb. Southvvark- 
Tate-Emery testing machine, one 5,000 lb. Dillon Universal Tester, one 
110/220 ft. lb. Richie impact testing machine, and a Chapman high temperature 
testing machine. Brinell and Rockwell hardness testers are also available. 

The metallographic equipment consists of one Vickers projection micro- 
scope with full range of accessories, a number of smaller metallurgical micro- 
scopes, several Gamma cameras for the small microscopes, a Disa electro- 
polishing unit, and all additional equipment (mounting presses, sanders, 
polishing wheels, etc.), necessary for mounting and preparing specimens for 
examination. The metallurgical laboratories are also equipped with a North 
American Phillips 60 KV-50 MA X-ray diffraction apparatus. 

Electrical Engineering Laboratories 

Electrical Machinery Laboratory. This laboratory, with a floor space of 
5,760 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area being serviced 
by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The distribution 
switchboard also provides inter-connection between each working area as 
well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout the electrical en- 
gineering department. Each working area is provided with an educational DC- 
AC motor generator and a variety of modern motors, generators, transformers, 
and other electrical devices of such size and design as to give typical per- 
formance characteristics. An overhead crane is available to facilitate the moving 
and rearrangement of the various machines. 

Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor-generator 
set consisting of a 150-HP synchronous motor driving a 50-KW, 125/250 volt 
direct current generator, and a 62.5 KVA, 80 per cent power factor, 3-phase, 
60-cycIe generator. This latter machine is so connected as to supply both 120 
volts and 240 volts simultaneously. Modern switchgear provides well regulated 
voltage from each generator. 

Adjoining the laboratory is an instrument and small-equipment room pro- 
vided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential to practical 
electrical testing, namely ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, watt-hour meters, 
frequency meters, strobotacs, tachometers, wheatstone bridges, double bridges, 
impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special rheostats. 

A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning 
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices, and the 
general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining room provides 
lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference material. 

Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet adja- 
cent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a two-ton 
monorail crane is equipped as an Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 

This laboratory contains apparatus and controls similar to those used in 
industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by means of electronic 
devices. 



416 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an electronic 
welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic motor con- 
trollers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron rectifiers, servo- 
control systems, and X-ray installation. 

The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the 
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, a 400-cycle 
power source and high voltage power supplies are provided. 

The instrument room and shop which serve the Machinery Laboratory also 
serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 

Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machine laboratory 
is equipped with seven work stations at which basic electrical engineering 
experiments are performed. 

Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current voltage, 
power, resistance, and transmission losses. Basic non-linear circuit concepts 
are also studied experimentally in this laboratory. 

Electrical Measurements Laboratory. Fifteen basic measurements experi- 
ments which constitute the laboratory portion of the "Electrical Measure- 
ments" course are housed in this laboratory. 

Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, flux meters, potentiometers, a-c 
bridges, oscillographs, rotating standards, and impedance-measuring circuits 
are employed in measuring electric and magnetic quantities and in calibrating 
electrical instruments. 

Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, provided with 
a dark room, is available for photometric and oscillographic measurements. 
The photometry apparatus consists of a bar photometer and four types of 
portable photometers and light meters. Typical lighting installations are avail- 
able for experimental study. 

Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and 
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark room 
facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film. 

Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in width 
by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of which are 
specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four specifically 
for radio engineering experiments. 

The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal 
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency meters, 
and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this apparatus, pentode and 
thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally and basic electronic meas- 
urements are performed. The performance characteristics of amplifiers, oscil- 
lators, and regulated power supplies are also investigated in this section of 
the laboratory. 

The radio equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, including 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 417 

mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers, and 
push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are available 
both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for experimental 
study. 

Adjacent to this laboratorj'^ is a combined instrument room and radio re- 
pair shop. 

Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. Experimentation and measurements in 
the frequency spectrum ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second are 
performed in this laboratory. 

Signal generators covering this frequency range as v^ell as a wide variety 
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available. 

In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em- 
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theory. The transmission line 
is also used as an impedance measuring device. 

In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral 
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave tech- 
niques. Cr3^stal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal detection 
and power measurements respectively. Apparatus for making special tubes is 
provided. 

FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor of 
the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency-modulated 
and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus is available 
for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory, antennas may be 
installed readily and connected from the transmitter to the roof of the building, 
where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be used for antenna pattern 
measurements. 

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories 

Applied Mechanics Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study 
of Dynamics and Stress Analysis. Experiments and research can be carried 
out in the fields of: vibration, steady and transients, photo-elasticity, and re- 
lated subjects. 

The equipment includes A.C. and D.C. strain gauge amplifiers, transient 
recorder and printers, vibrographs, 15G vibrating table, vibration pick-ups of 
various types and a photoelasticity bench for the study of two dimensional stress 
problems. ' ! 

Engine Laboratory. This laboratory is for instruction in all phases of 
Internal Combustion Engine work. 

Experiments and research can be carried out in the fields of: ignition, 
injection, combustion and detonation, and engine performance. 

Included in this laboratory are: variable compression ratio test engines 
for octane determination, diesel operation and general ignition work: multi- 
cylinder gasoline engines; eddy current, electric, and water dynamometers; and 



418 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

three jet engines. In addition there are indicators of various kinds including 
Piezo-electric and Cox intermittent as well as a number of different exhaust 
gas analyzers and temperature measuring devices. 

Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Laboratory. Equipment is 
available in these laboratories for the study of heating and cooling units plus 
air flow, dehumidification and humidification systems. Heating tests can be 
made on the performance of coal and oil burning units and hot water or warm 
air space heaters. In the study of refrigeration, freon and ammonia vapor com- 
pression units and absorption units are arranged for visual demonstration and 
equipped for performance tests. 

In most cases, laboratory units are fitted with both hand and commercial 
automatic controls. Instruments that are used include mechanical and hot wire 
anemometers, pitot tubes, gas analyzers, orifice plates, inclined and vertical 
manometers, thermocouples, potentiometers, resistance thermometers and sling 
psj'-chrometers. 

Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical 
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment and 
strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals. Included 
also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite mold press, 
polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic equipment, 
Universal testing machine, fatigue testing machine, hardness tester, Jominy 
end quench testing equipment, creep testing machine, cutting oflF wheels, thermo- 
couples and pyrometers, and other special instruments. 

The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing 
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications. 

Steam Power Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study of 
steam power. Experiments and research can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: turbines, compressors, parallel operation of A.C. turbo- 
generators, series and parallel operation of turbines, condenser characteristics, 
etc. 

Included in this laboratory are steam turbines, compressors, engines, in- 
dicators, condensers, injectors, and various special equipment and instruments. 
There is also a complete Educational Power Plant consisting of two 20KW 
A.C. turbogenerators, condenser, synchronous motor and gauge board. 

Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Laboratory, This laboratory is 
equipped for study and research in 1 hermodynamics and Heat Transfer. 

Experiments can be performed in the determination of viscosity, heating 
value, conductivity, calibration of gauges, etc. 

Equipment includes: bomb calorimeters, Junkers calorimeters, viscosimeters, 
distillation apparatus, conductivity box. Brown temperature (six channel) re- 
corder, potentiometers, galvanometers, and related equipment. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 419 

Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of lathes, 
planers, milHng machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and precision boring 
head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc welding. 

The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for 
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus for 
conducting experimental and research work in engineering. 

Aeronautical Engineering Laboratories 

Aerodynamics Laboratory. The Aerodynamics Laboratory is equipped for 
study in several phases of aerodynamic problems. Research can be carried out 
in the following fields: Optical evaluation and pressure measurements in super- 
sonic flows; total drag measurements on projectile-type bodies and spheres; 
analogue solutions of potential flow problems in both incompressible and com- 
pressible flow. Equipment available includes: 6-inch supersonic wind tunnel 
with interchangeable nozzle blocks for two-dimensional flows at Mach numbers 
varying from 1.2 to 3; two-foot circular low speed wind tunnel; ballistic range; 
water table for hydraulic analogy; large electrolytic tank for electric analogy; 
Schheren optical system; high speed flash photographic unit; strain-gage type 
pressure pick-ups; manometer board; other accessories shared with the struc- 
tures laboratory. 

Wind Tunnel Laboratory. The University of Maryland Wind Tunnel has a 
test section measuring 7.75 feet by 11 feet with air velocities up to 280 miles 
per hour. The six component balance system prints and simultaneously punches 
data into International Business Machine cards. This permits the reduction 
of data automatically through use of standard punched card machines. A 
variable frequency power source with precision metering makes possible the 
operation of electric motors in airplane models to simulate propeller effects. 
Steady pressures are indicated on a 100-tube manometer board and unsteady 
pressures are recorded on a standard oscillograph with special electrical instru- 
ments. 

The laboratory is currently engaged in a year-round program of airplane 
and missile development for aircraft companies and the military services. Pro- 
vision is made for active participation of senior students in one test during the 
year in connection wath Aeronautical Laboratory. Facilities are also available 
to graduate students working on special subsonic problems. 

Structures Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to extend and comple- 
ment theoretical solutions to practical design problems and to provide facilities 
for proof tests of built-up structural units under both static and dynamic loads. 

The equipment consists of a 400,000 pound capacity Universal testing 
machine, a 24,000 pound Universal test machine complete with stress-strain 
recorder, a 500 ton hydraulic compression jack, hydraulic tension-compression 
jacks and pumps, and lead shot bags for applying structural loading. A rigid 
test rig is a permanent fixture in the laboratory. For measuring loads there are 



420 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

available traction dynamometers and SR-4 tension-compression load cells. The 
laboratory also has SR-4 strain indicating equipment with switching and balanc- 
ing units, extensometers, compressometers, Huggenberger tensometers, and 
an oscillograph for measuring strain. 

Differential Analyzer. A 10-integrater mechanical differential analyzer is 
jointly operated with the Electrical Engineering Department. This analyzer is 
used for the solution of differential equations which cannot be solved by analytical 
methods and are impractical to solve by numerical methods. 

Aeronautical Shop. The shop includes complete facilities for the working 
of metal, sheet metal, and wood with particular emphasis on the tools used in 
aircraft construction. 

The sheet metal shop includes squaring shears, bending brake, nibbler, 
bending rolls, aircraft sheet metal router, rivet squeezers, and an electric furnace 
with automatic control for heat treating rivets. 

The machine shop includes two quick-change lathes, universal milling 
machine with vertical mill attachment, shaper, drill press, electric welder, acety- 
lene welding and cutting outfit, metal cutting handsaw, power hacksaw, tool 
grinders, arbor press, table saw, belt sander, slotter and two-ton hydraulic floor 
hoist. 

Civil Engineering Laboratories 

Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically driven 
pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons of water per 
minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which can be used as a 
constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head tank, 300 foot head 
tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 25 foot glass 
sided flume for weir and model experiments, Pelton water wheel with glass sides 
for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs, 
nozzels, venturi meters, other meters, gauges, and other small apparatus neces- 
sary for the study of the flow characteristics of water. 

Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment are provided for 
making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, gravel, 
stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road mixes. 

Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, 
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound screw 
power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact testing 
machine, fatigue testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brinell and Shore 
hardness testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, cement autoclave, constant 
temperature chamber, moist room and other facilities for mixing, curing and 
testing concretes and mortars, as well as extensometer and micrometer gauges, 
electrical strain gauges and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic 
properties of various materials. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 421 

Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for 

instruction and research in water and sewage problems. 

The apparatus and equipment required to make standard chemical and 
bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available. 

Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this laboratory 
and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its facilities 
for additional studies is available. 

Soil Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction and 
research into the properties of soils and their structural applications. The lab- 
oratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve and 
hydrometer analysis, Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capillarity, 
consolidation and strength. 

The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices 
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing ma- 
chine with a 240-pound low range and automatic recorder. A repetitive loading 
device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic loads. Com- 
paction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable frequency vibra- 
tion table. 

Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment. Cali- 
fornia bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for chemical 
and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing equipment. 

Structural Models Analysis Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for 
the mechanical solution of Indeterminate structures by use of scaled models. 
The equipment available for this analysis Includes the Beggs Deformeter. the 
Eney Deformeter and the tools necessary for plastic model construction. Equip- 
ment for making brass spring equivalents of trussed frame-works is available, 
as are machines for photoelastic studies and membrane analogy (torsion) studies. 

Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and the 
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with the 
College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research laboratory 
at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation thus organized is 
to make available to the Association additional facilities for Its investigational 
work, and to provide for the College of Engineering additional facilities and 
opportunities for Increasing the scope of its engineering research. 

Surve3ang Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and 
geodetic surveying Is provided properly to equip several field parties. A wide 
variety of surveying instruments Is provided. Including foreign as well as 
domestic makes; and stereoscopic instruments are available for the interpretation 
and use of aerial photographs. 

Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various 
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available. 

A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks has 
been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from Mary- 
land. 



422 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ENGINEERING LIBRARY 

As a supplement to the general University Library, the College of Engineer- 
ing is fortunate to have a large and well-equippd Engineering and Physical 
Sciences Library located in the north wing of the new Mathematics building 
immediately adjacent to the General Engineering building. This Library consists 
of a commodius and comfortable reading room on the first floor, and three floors 
of book stacks above, with a capacity of over 100,000 volume'^. All stacks are 
open to the students and contain individual study desks and lockers for student 
use. Six small conference rooms, equipped with chalkboards, are available for 
groups desiring to study together; and a number of individual study rooms 
are available for assignment to graduate students or others engaged in intensive 
research. A room on the second stack floor is equipped w4th micro-film and 
micro-card readers. 

The Library contains collections on both the graduate and undergraduate 
levels in the fields of engineering, mathematics, and physics, including ap- 
proximately 700 scientific and technical journals. Special book collections donated 
by prominent engineers in several fields are housed here. Several newspapers 
are received daily, and the Maryland student chapters of the various engineering 
societies provide subscriptions to magazines of general recreational interest. 

The library is open from 8:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, 
and from 8:30 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturday. 

ANTIQUE TOOL EXHIBIT 

A collection of interesting antique hand tools, presented to the College of 
Engineering in memory of their collector, Ad^r. Herbert T. Shannon, is on ex- 
hibition in ten display cases on the first floor corridor of the General Engineering 
building. 

CURRICULA 

The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following 
pages. The total credit hours required for graduation varies from 149 to 160, 
depending upon the engineering department in which the student is enrolled. 
Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings of the student 
chapters of the technical engineering societies. 

All curricula in the College of Engineering have been accredited by the 
Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD), the national ac- 
crediting agency. 

Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures by 
faculty members and practicing engmeers covering the work of the several 
engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the fresh- 
man in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted. 
The student is required to submit a brief written report on each lecture. A 
series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These are 
given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the pro- 
fession. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 423 

Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab- 
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Institute of Aero- 
nautical Sciences, and Institute of Radio Engineers. The student branches meet 
regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various fields of engi- 
neering. 

A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior when 
he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman and Sopho- 
more years with an average grade of C or higher. 

The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to 
other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent 
opportunity for the engineering student to observe what is being done in his 
chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, and 
students are required to submit a written report of each trip. 

The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in de- 
tail on the succeeding pages. 

BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS 

All freshman engineering students are required to take the following cur- 
riculum: 

r— Semester— > 

Freshman Year J JI 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking .... 2 

*Matli. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

*jMath. 1 5— College Algebra . 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities i j 



Total. 



19 19 



AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte- 
nance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance ol 
aircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organization and 
operation of industrial aircraft plants. 



*A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math 14 or 
Math 15 concurrently. 



424 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year 1 " 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life . . • . 8 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... 1 

Aero. E. 50— Airplane Detail Drafting .... 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 19 

Junior Year 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 3 3 

*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5 

M. E. 53— Metallography 3 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 .... 

Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics I .... 3 

Aero. E. 105— Airplane Fabrication Shop .... 1 

Aero. E. 109— Aircraft Power Plants .... 3 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

Total 21 19 

Senior Year 

*H, 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Aero. E. 102— Aerodynamics II 2 .... 

Aero. E. 106— Airplane Fabrication Shop 1 .... 

Aero. E. 107, 108— Airplane Design 4 4 

Aero. E. 110— Aircraft Power Plants 3 .... 

Aero. E. Ill, 112— Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2 

Aero. E. 113, 114— Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 4 

Aero. E. 115— Aerodynamics III .... 3 

Aero. E. 117— Aircraft Vibrations .... 2 

Total 18 18 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic 
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on 
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to apply 
this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for the attain- 
ment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has contributed so much 
to industrial and social welfare that the field of the chemical engineer may now 
be said to cover practically every operation in which any industrial material 
undergoes a change in its chemical identity. 

When the Department of Chemical Engineering was founded in 1937, the 

*A. S. 101, 102 and A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per 
semester may be substituted. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 425 

Board of Regents transferred all the work in Industrial Chemistry, including 
the stafT and equipment, to the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Beginning in 1948-49, the Department of Chemical Engineering expanded 
its offerings to include an option in Metallurgy. Students who elect this option, 
which is outlined below, will receive their bachelor's degree in preparation for 
work in Metallurgy. 

Chemical Engineering Curriculum i^Semestei^^ 

Sophomore Year ■' " 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus * * 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures 2 2 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 • • • • 

Ch. E. 11— Chemical Engineering Control 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 21 19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

**Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or '3 3 

**Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3 

Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry Lectures 3 3 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics 3 .... 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials .... 3 

Ch. E. 110— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Total 20 20 

Senior Year 

t*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization; or 3 3 

tCh. E. 114— Application of Electrochemistry 4 .... 

Ch. E. 105, f, s— Advanced Unit Operations 5 5 

Ch. E. 109, f, s— Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3 

Ch. E. 108, f, s— Industrial Chemical Technology 2 2 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

JCh. E. 104— Seminar 1 1 

Ch. E. 123, 124— Elements of Plant Design 3 3 

Total 21 or 22 21 

Seniors desiring to do so may audit Mech. 53 in preparation of licensing examinations. 



**A. S. 101, 102, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be 
substituted. 

♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign 
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit In 
their graduate program. Students who ^\'^sh to do graduate work in Electrochemical 
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the 
American History credit in their graduate program. 

tA. S. 103, 104, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be 
substituted. 

tStudents prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering and partici- 
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing 
so a student may receive a number ol credits by re-registration. 



426 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Metallurgical Option 



—Semester- 
I II 



4 4 

5 5 



Sophomore Year 

Q ^ P i_American Government 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Chera. 19— Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 

Ch. E. 11— Chemical Engineering Control • • • • 2 

Met. 23— Non-ferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy .... 4 

A S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 



1 1 



Total 20 19 

Junior Year 

**Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

or 3 3 

**Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 1S7, 489— Elements of Physical Chemistry 3 3 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

Met. 64, 66— Physical Metallurgy 5 5 

Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics 3 .... 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials .... 3 



Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

Ch. E. 105, f, s— Advanced Unit Occupations 5 5 

Ch. E. 109, f, s— Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3 

Ch. E. 110— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3 .... 

l:Met. 104— Senior Metallurgical Seminar 1 1 

Met. 168, 170— Metallurgical Investigations 2 4 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

*tH. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 



Total 20 19 



**A. S. 101, 102, Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C., 3 credits per semester, may be 
substituted. 

{Students prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering and partici- 
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing 
so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. 

♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign 
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in 
their graduate program. Students vsrho wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical 
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry/' and secure the 
American History credit in their graduate program. 

tA. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R, O, T, C.— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES { 427 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance 
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and sewerage 
systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping. 

Civil Engineering Curriculum r-Semester—y 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Fhys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 6 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

Surv. 2— Plane Surveying 3 .... 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 19 20 

Junior Year 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Lif-e .... 3 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2 

Speech lOS— Public Speaking .... 2 

E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

M E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 4 .... 

Mech. 53— Materials of Engineering .... 2 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4 

Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 3 



Total Ig 19 

Senior Year 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 g 

Eng. 7— Technical Writing .... 2 

Eoon. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Bact. 55— Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications 2 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design .' 6 . ... 

C. E. 103 — Concrete Design .... g 

C. E. 104— Water Supply Z 

C. E. 105— Sewerage .^^^ 3 

C. E. lOG— Elements of Highways * [ * * 3 



Total 20 19 



*A. S. 101, 102, or 103 and 104-Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C — 3 credits per 
semester may be substituted. 



428 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Electrical Engineering deals with the generation, transmission, distribu- 
tion, and utilization of electrical energy; and with the transmission and recep- 
tion of intelligence as, for example, telephone, radio, radar, and television 
systems. 



Electrical Engineering Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 

E. E. 1 — Basic Electrical Engineering 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or, 
*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature,., 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 

Math. 64— Differential Equations 

E. E. 60— Electricity and Magnetism 

E. E. 62, 63— Electrical Measurements 

E. E. 65— Direct Current Machinery 

E. E. 100— Alternating Current Circuits 

E. E. 101— Engineering Electronics 

E. E. 104— Communication Circuits 

Total 

Senior Year — Electronics Option 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

M. E. 51— Thermodynamics 

E. E. 115— Industrial Electronics 

E. E. 102— Alternating Current Machinery 

E. E. 105-106 — Radio Engineering 

E. E. 114— Applied Electronics 

E. E. 109— Pulse Techniques .'.*,".* 

E. E. 108— Electric Transients 

Total 



-Semester- 
II 



19 



18 



18 



20 



18 



4 
4 

3 

3 

17 



substituted. 



*A S. 101, 102, or 103, 104-Advanced R. O. T. C.-3 credits per semester may be 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 429 

r— Semester-^ 

Senior Year — Power Option I II 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 51— Thermodynamics 4 .... 

M. E. 52— Power Plants , 4 

E. E. 102-103— Alternating Current Machinery 4 4 

E. E. 105— Pcadio Engineering 4 .... 

E. E. 117— Power Transmission and Distribution 3 .... 

E. E. 116— Alternating Current Machinery Design .... 3 

E. E. 108— Electric Transients .... 3